Castration-Resistant Prostate Cancer—Not Only Challenging to Treat, but Difficult to Define

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/09/2022 - 15:06

Purpose

Examine the impact of different definitions of castration resistance used to identify patients with castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) using electronic health records (EHR).

Background

CRPC is a form of prostate cancer that is resistant to treatment with androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) and is associated with higher morbidity and mortality. Widely used guidelines like the Prostate Cancer Working Group 3 (PCWG 3), the American Urological Association (AUA), and many others differ in their definitions of castration-resistance. Until now, the feasibility of identifying CRPC using different definitions from EHR data has not been studied.

Methods/Data Analyisis

EHR data from the Veterans Health Administration (01/2006-12/2020) were used to identify veterans with CRPC according to the following criteria: 1) PCWG 3—a PSA increase ?25% from the nadir with a minimum rise of 2 ng/mL, while castrate (testosterone < 50 ng/mL); 2) AUA—2 consecutive PSA rises of ?0.2 ng/mL; 3) CRPC screening—a PSA rise of > 0.0 ng/mL within a window of 7–90 days.

Results

36,101 unique patients were identified using 1 of (or a combination of) the 3 CRPC criteria. Approximately 12,775 (35%) patients met all 3 criteria, while 8,589 (24%) were identified by AUA, 4,785 (13%) by CRPC screening, and 145 (0.4%) by PCWG3. A total of 8,377 (23%) patients met both the AUA and CRPC screening criteria, 1,219 (3%) patients met the AUA and PCWG3 criteria, and 211 (1%) met the PCWG3 and CRPC screening criteria.

Conculsions/Implications

Although several definitions can be used to identify CRPC patients, a combination of these definitions results in the greatest yield of CRPC patients identified using EHR data. Even though the PCWG3 criterion is frequently used in both clinical trials research and retrospective observational research, PCWG3 may miss many patients meeting other criteria and should not be used by itself when studying patients with CRPC identified from EHR data.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S17
Sections

Purpose

Examine the impact of different definitions of castration resistance used to identify patients with castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) using electronic health records (EHR).

Background

CRPC is a form of prostate cancer that is resistant to treatment with androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) and is associated with higher morbidity and mortality. Widely used guidelines like the Prostate Cancer Working Group 3 (PCWG 3), the American Urological Association (AUA), and many others differ in their definitions of castration-resistance. Until now, the feasibility of identifying CRPC using different definitions from EHR data has not been studied.

Methods/Data Analyisis

EHR data from the Veterans Health Administration (01/2006-12/2020) were used to identify veterans with CRPC according to the following criteria: 1) PCWG 3—a PSA increase ?25% from the nadir with a minimum rise of 2 ng/mL, while castrate (testosterone < 50 ng/mL); 2) AUA—2 consecutive PSA rises of ?0.2 ng/mL; 3) CRPC screening—a PSA rise of > 0.0 ng/mL within a window of 7–90 days.

Results

36,101 unique patients were identified using 1 of (or a combination of) the 3 CRPC criteria. Approximately 12,775 (35%) patients met all 3 criteria, while 8,589 (24%) were identified by AUA, 4,785 (13%) by CRPC screening, and 145 (0.4%) by PCWG3. A total of 8,377 (23%) patients met both the AUA and CRPC screening criteria, 1,219 (3%) patients met the AUA and PCWG3 criteria, and 211 (1%) met the PCWG3 and CRPC screening criteria.

Conculsions/Implications

Although several definitions can be used to identify CRPC patients, a combination of these definitions results in the greatest yield of CRPC patients identified using EHR data. Even though the PCWG3 criterion is frequently used in both clinical trials research and retrospective observational research, PCWG3 may miss many patients meeting other criteria and should not be used by itself when studying patients with CRPC identified from EHR data.

Purpose

Examine the impact of different definitions of castration resistance used to identify patients with castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) using electronic health records (EHR).

Background

CRPC is a form of prostate cancer that is resistant to treatment with androgen deprivation therapy (ADT) and is associated with higher morbidity and mortality. Widely used guidelines like the Prostate Cancer Working Group 3 (PCWG 3), the American Urological Association (AUA), and many others differ in their definitions of castration-resistance. Until now, the feasibility of identifying CRPC using different definitions from EHR data has not been studied.

Methods/Data Analyisis

EHR data from the Veterans Health Administration (01/2006-12/2020) were used to identify veterans with CRPC according to the following criteria: 1) PCWG 3—a PSA increase ?25% from the nadir with a minimum rise of 2 ng/mL, while castrate (testosterone < 50 ng/mL); 2) AUA—2 consecutive PSA rises of ?0.2 ng/mL; 3) CRPC screening—a PSA rise of > 0.0 ng/mL within a window of 7–90 days.

Results

36,101 unique patients were identified using 1 of (or a combination of) the 3 CRPC criteria. Approximately 12,775 (35%) patients met all 3 criteria, while 8,589 (24%) were identified by AUA, 4,785 (13%) by CRPC screening, and 145 (0.4%) by PCWG3. A total of 8,377 (23%) patients met both the AUA and CRPC screening criteria, 1,219 (3%) patients met the AUA and PCWG3 criteria, and 211 (1%) met the PCWG3 and CRPC screening criteria.

Conculsions/Implications

Although several definitions can be used to identify CRPC patients, a combination of these definitions results in the greatest yield of CRPC patients identified using EHR data. Even though the PCWG3 criterion is frequently used in both clinical trials research and retrospective observational research, PCWG3 may miss many patients meeting other criteria and should not be used by itself when studying patients with CRPC identified from EHR data.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Page Number
S17
Page Number
S17
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 15:00
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 15:00
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 15:00
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article

MYO1E DNA Methylation in U.S. Military Veterans With Adenocarcinoma of the Lung Is Associated With Increased Mortality Risk

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/09/2022 - 15:01

Project Purpose

The aim is to assess the role of MYO1E in survival among veterans with lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD).

Background

Veterans have a higher smoking exposure than civilians; a higher incidence of lung cancer; and a younger age at diagnosis of lung cancer. We recently showed that MYO1E DNA methylation and RNA expression in LUAD are associated with survival among civilians.

Methods

This is a retrospective cohort study involving LUAD among civilians and veterans with biopsy or pathologically proven LUAD from surgical specimens. DNA extraction and isolation from FFPE cancer tissues was performed using methylation-onbeads as previously published, followed by qMSP with bisulfite treatment to quantify DNA methylation. RNA extraction and quantification from lung tissues was obtained as described in previous publications.

Data Analysis

Differences were assessed with Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous variables and Fisher’s exact test for categorical. Two-tailed log-rank test was used to estimate overall survival differences and Cox hazard models, to quantify risk of mortality using hazard ratios (HRs) with 95% confidence intervals (CIs).

Results

There were 91 LUAD patients, 27 veterans and 64 civilians. Veterans were older than civilians, aged 70 years vs aged 66 years (P = .003); with higher proportions of males, 93% vs 69% (P = .03); higher proportion of African Americans, 67% vs 39% (P = .03); smoking more, 50 pack-year vs 40 (0.005), and having a higher proportion of grade I, 78% vs 55% (P = .036). Survival was statistically longer for MYO1E high DNA methylation group 48 months vs 33 for low methylation (P = .049). MYO1E RNA expression did not show statistically significant differences (P = .32). Multivariate Cox regression analysis adjusted by age, veteran/civil status, gender, race, packyear, and stage showed that DNA methylation was significantly associated with mortality risk (HR 5.14; 95% CI, 1.12-23.60) (P = .035).

Conclusions/Implications

This study suggests the utility of MYO1E DNA methylation as a prognostic biomarker for veterans with LUAD. Further studies are necessary to understand the role of MYO1E in chemotherapy resistance and microenvironment immune modulation. Given the low expression of MYO1E in blood cells, MYO1E DNA methylation has the potential to be used as circulating tumor marker in liquid biopsies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S15
Sections

Project Purpose

The aim is to assess the role of MYO1E in survival among veterans with lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD).

Background

Veterans have a higher smoking exposure than civilians; a higher incidence of lung cancer; and a younger age at diagnosis of lung cancer. We recently showed that MYO1E DNA methylation and RNA expression in LUAD are associated with survival among civilians.

Methods

This is a retrospective cohort study involving LUAD among civilians and veterans with biopsy or pathologically proven LUAD from surgical specimens. DNA extraction and isolation from FFPE cancer tissues was performed using methylation-onbeads as previously published, followed by qMSP with bisulfite treatment to quantify DNA methylation. RNA extraction and quantification from lung tissues was obtained as described in previous publications.

Data Analysis

Differences were assessed with Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous variables and Fisher’s exact test for categorical. Two-tailed log-rank test was used to estimate overall survival differences and Cox hazard models, to quantify risk of mortality using hazard ratios (HRs) with 95% confidence intervals (CIs).

Results

There were 91 LUAD patients, 27 veterans and 64 civilians. Veterans were older than civilians, aged 70 years vs aged 66 years (P = .003); with higher proportions of males, 93% vs 69% (P = .03); higher proportion of African Americans, 67% vs 39% (P = .03); smoking more, 50 pack-year vs 40 (0.005), and having a higher proportion of grade I, 78% vs 55% (P = .036). Survival was statistically longer for MYO1E high DNA methylation group 48 months vs 33 for low methylation (P = .049). MYO1E RNA expression did not show statistically significant differences (P = .32). Multivariate Cox regression analysis adjusted by age, veteran/civil status, gender, race, packyear, and stage showed that DNA methylation was significantly associated with mortality risk (HR 5.14; 95% CI, 1.12-23.60) (P = .035).

Conclusions/Implications

This study suggests the utility of MYO1E DNA methylation as a prognostic biomarker for veterans with LUAD. Further studies are necessary to understand the role of MYO1E in chemotherapy resistance and microenvironment immune modulation. Given the low expression of MYO1E in blood cells, MYO1E DNA methylation has the potential to be used as circulating tumor marker in liquid biopsies.

Project Purpose

The aim is to assess the role of MYO1E in survival among veterans with lung adenocarcinoma (LUAD).

Background

Veterans have a higher smoking exposure than civilians; a higher incidence of lung cancer; and a younger age at diagnosis of lung cancer. We recently showed that MYO1E DNA methylation and RNA expression in LUAD are associated with survival among civilians.

Methods

This is a retrospective cohort study involving LUAD among civilians and veterans with biopsy or pathologically proven LUAD from surgical specimens. DNA extraction and isolation from FFPE cancer tissues was performed using methylation-onbeads as previously published, followed by qMSP with bisulfite treatment to quantify DNA methylation. RNA extraction and quantification from lung tissues was obtained as described in previous publications.

Data Analysis

Differences were assessed with Wilcoxon rank sum test for continuous variables and Fisher’s exact test for categorical. Two-tailed log-rank test was used to estimate overall survival differences and Cox hazard models, to quantify risk of mortality using hazard ratios (HRs) with 95% confidence intervals (CIs).

Results

There were 91 LUAD patients, 27 veterans and 64 civilians. Veterans were older than civilians, aged 70 years vs aged 66 years (P = .003); with higher proportions of males, 93% vs 69% (P = .03); higher proportion of African Americans, 67% vs 39% (P = .03); smoking more, 50 pack-year vs 40 (0.005), and having a higher proportion of grade I, 78% vs 55% (P = .036). Survival was statistically longer for MYO1E high DNA methylation group 48 months vs 33 for low methylation (P = .049). MYO1E RNA expression did not show statistically significant differences (P = .32). Multivariate Cox regression analysis adjusted by age, veteran/civil status, gender, race, packyear, and stage showed that DNA methylation was significantly associated with mortality risk (HR 5.14; 95% CI, 1.12-23.60) (P = .035).

Conclusions/Implications

This study suggests the utility of MYO1E DNA methylation as a prognostic biomarker for veterans with LUAD. Further studies are necessary to understand the role of MYO1E in chemotherapy resistance and microenvironment immune modulation. Given the low expression of MYO1E in blood cells, MYO1E DNA methylation has the potential to be used as circulating tumor marker in liquid biopsies.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(4)s
Page Number
S15
Page Number
S15
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gate On Date
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 14:45
Un-Gate On Date
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 14:45
Use ProPublica
CFC Schedule Remove Status
Tue, 08/30/2022 - 14:45
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article

Safety Profile of Mutant EGFR-TK Inhibitors in Advanced Non–Small Cell Lung Cancer: A Meta-analysis

Article Type
Changed
Thu, 12/15/2022 - 14:28

Lung cancer has been the leading cause of cancer-related mortality for decades. It is also predicted to remain as the leading cause of cancer-related mortality through 2030.1 Platinum-based chemotherapy, including carboplatin and paclitaxel, was introduced 3 decades ago and revolutionized the management of advanced non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). A more recent advancement has been mutant epidermal growth factor receptor–tyrosine kinase (EGFR-TK) inhibitors.1 EGFR is a transmembrane protein that functions by transducing essential growth factor signaling from the extracellular milieu to the cell. As 60% of the advanced NSCLC expresses this receptor, blocking the mutant EGFR receptor was a groundbreaking development in the management of advanced NSCLC.2 Development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors has revolutionized the management of advanced NSCLC. This study was conducted to determine the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in the management of advanced NSCLC.

Methods 

This meta-analysis was conducted according to Cochrane Collaboration guidelines and reported as per Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines. The findings are summarized in the PRISMA flow diagram (Figure 1). Two authors (MZ and MM) performed a systematic literature search using databases such as MEDLINE (via PubMed), Embase, and Cochrane Library using the medical search terms and their respective entry words with the following search strategy: safety, “mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors,” advanced, “non–small cell,” “lung cancer,” “adverse effect,” and literature. Additionally, unpublished trials were identified from clinicaltrials.gov, and references of all pertinent articles were also scrutinized to ensure the inclusion of all relevant studies. The search was completed on June 1, 2021, and we only included studies available in English. Two authors (MM and MZ) independently screened the search results in a 2-step process based on predetermined inclusion/exclusion criteria. First, 890 articles were evaluated for relevance on title and abstract level, followed by full-text screening of the final list of 140 articles. Any disagreements were resolved by discussion or third-party review, and a total of 9 articles were included in the study.

PRISMA Flow Diagram

The following eligibility criteria were used: original articles reporting adverse effects (AEs) of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. All the patients included in the study had an EGFR mutation but randomly assigned to either treatment or control group. All articles with subjective data on mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors AEs in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy were included in the analysis. Only 9 articles qualified the aforementioned selection criteria for eligibility. All qualifying studies were nationwide inpatient or pooled clinical trials data. The reasons for exclusion of the other 71 articles were irrelevant (n = 31), duplicate (n = 13), reviews (n = 14), and poor data reporting (n = 12). Out of the 9 included studies, 9 studies showed correlation of AEs, including rash, diarrhea, nausea, and fatigue. Seven studies showed correlation of AEs including neutropenia, anorexia, and vomiting. Six studies showed correlation of anemia, cough, and stomatitis. Five studies showed correlation of elevated aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and leucopenia. Four studies showed correlation of fever between mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors and platinum-based chemotherapy.

The primary endpoints were reported AEs including rash, diarrhea, elevated ALT, elevated AST, stomatitis, nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever, respectively. Data on baseline characteristics and clinical outcomes were then extracted, and summary tables were created. Summary estimates of the clinical endpoints were then calculated with risk ratio (RR) and 95% confidence intervals (CIs) using the random-effects model. Heterogeneity between studies was examined with the Cochran Q I2 statistic which can be defined as low (25% to 50%), moderate (50% to 75%), or high (> 75%). Statistical analysis was performed using Comprehensive Meta-Analysis Software CMA Version 3.0.

Results

A total of 9 studies including 3415 patients (1775 in EGFR-TK inhibitor treatment group while 1640 patients in platinum-based chemotherapy control group) were included in the study. All 9 studies were phase III randomized control clinical trials conducted to compare the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC. Mean age was 61 years in both treatment and control groups. Further details on study and participant characteristics and safety profile including AEs are summarized in Tables 1 and 2. No evidence of publication bias was found.

Adverse Effects

TABLE 2 Continued

Meta-analysis Study Characteristics

Rash developed in 45.8% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs only 5.6% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 7.38 with the 95% CI noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher rash event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 2).

Diarrhea occurred in 33.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 13.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 2.63 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher diarrheal rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 3).

 

 



Elevated ALT levels developed in 27.9% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 15.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher ALT levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 4).

Adverse Events


Elevated AST levels occurred in 40.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 12.8% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.77 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming elevated AST levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 5).

Stomatitis developed in 17.2% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 7.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.53 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher stomatitis event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 6).

Nausea occurred in 16.5% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 42.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher nausea rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 7).

Adverse Events


Leucopenia developed in 9.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 51.3% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.18 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher leucopenia incidence in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 8).

Fatigue was reported in 17% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 29.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.59 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fatigue rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 9).

 

 



Neutropenia developed in 6.1% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 48.2% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.11 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher neutropenia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 10).

Anorexia developed in 21.3% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 31.4% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.44 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 11).

Adverse Events


Anemia occurred in 8.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 32.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.24 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 12).

Cough was reported in 17.8% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 18.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.99 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming slightly higher cough rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 13).

Vomiting developed in 11% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.35 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher vomiting rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 14).

Adverse Events


Fever occurred in 5.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.41 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fever rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 15).

 

 

Discussion

Despite the advancement in the treatment of metastatic NSCLC, lung cancer stays as most common cause of cancer-related death in North America and European countries, as patients usually have an advanced disease at the time of diagnosis.3 In the past, platinum-based chemotherapy remained the standard of care for most of the patients affected with advanced NSCLC, but the higher recurrence rate and increase in frequency and intensity of AEs with platinum-based chemotherapy led to the development of targeted therapy for NSCLC, one of which includes mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors, including erlotinib, gefitinib, dacomitinib, lapatinib, and osimertinib.4

Smoking is the most common reversible risk factor associated with lung cancer. The EURTAC trial was the first perspective study in this regard, which compared safety and efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. Results analyzed in this study were in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors except in the group of former smokers.5 On the contrary, the OPTIMAL trial showed results in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors both in active and former smokers; this trial also confirmed the efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in European and Asian populations, confirming the rationale for routine testing of EGFR mutation in all the patients being diagnosed with advanced NSCLC.6 Similarly, osimertinib is one of the most recent mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed for the treatment of advanced NSCLC in patients with EGFR-positive receptors.

According to the FLAURA trial, patients receiving osimertinib showed significantly longer progression-free survival compared with platinum-based chemotherapy and early mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors. Median progression-free survival was noted to be 18.9 months, which showed 54% lower risk of disease progression in the treatment group receiving osimertinib.7 The ARCHER study emphasized a significant improvement in overall survival as well as progression-free survival among a patient population receiving dacomitinib compared with platinum-based chemotherapy.8,9

Being a potent targeted therapy, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors do come with some AEs including diarrhea, which was seen in 33.6% of the patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study vs 53% in the chemotherapy group, as was observed in the study conducted by Pless and colleagues.10 Similarly, only 16.5% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed nausea compared with 66% being observed in patients receiving chemotherapy. Correspondingly, only a small fraction of patients (9.7%) receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed leucopenia, which was 10 times less reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with patients receiving chemotherapy having a percentage of 100%. A similar trend was reported for neutropenia and anemia in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with an incidence of 6.1% and 8.7%, compared with the platinum-based chemotherapy group in which the incidence was found to be 80% and 100%, respectively. It was concluded that platinum-based chemotherapy had played a vital role in the treatment of advanced NSCLC but at an expense of serious and severe AEs which led to discontinuation or withdrawal of treatment, leading to relapse and recurrence of lung cancer.10,11

Zhong and colleagues conducted a phase 2 randomized clinical trial comparing mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. They concluded that in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy, incidence of rash, vomiting, anorexia, neutropenia, and nausea were 29.4%, 47%, 41.2%, 55.8%, and 32.4% compared with 45.8%, 11%, 21.3%, 6.1%, and 16.5%, respectively, reported in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC.12

Another study was conducted in 2019 by Noronha and colleagues to determine the impact of platinum-based chemotherapy combined with gefitinib on patients with advanced NSCLC.13 They concluded that 70% of the patients receiving combination treatment developed rash, which was significantly higher compared with 45.8% patients receiving the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors alone in our study. Also, 56% of patients receiving combination therapy developed diarrhea vs 33.6% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors only. Similarly, 96% of patients in the combination therapy group developed some degree of anemia compared with only 8.7% patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. In the same way, neutropenia was observed in 55% of patients receiving combination therapy vs 6.1% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors solely. They concluded that mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy increase the incidence of AEs of chemotherapy by many folds.13,14

Kato and colleagues conducted a study to determine the impact on AEs when erlotinib was combined with anti–vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) inhibitors like bevacizumab, they stated that 98.7% of patient in combination therapy developed rash, the incidence of which was only 45.8% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was observed in our study. Similar trends were noticed with other AEs, including diarrhea, fatigue, nausea, and elevated liver enzymes.15

 

 



With the latest advancements in the management of advanced NSCLC, nivolumab, a programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1) inhibitor, was developed and either used as monotherapy in patients with PD-L1 expression or was combined with platinum-based chemotherapy regardless of PD-L1 expression.16,17 Patients expressing lower PD-L1 levels were not omitted from receiving nivolumab as no significant difference was noted in progression-free span and overall survival in patients receiving nivolumab irrespective of PD-L1 levels.15 Rash developed in 17% of patients after receiving nivolumab vs 45.8% patients being observed in our study. A similar trend was observed with diarrhea as only 17% of the population receiving nivolumab developed diarrhea compared with 33.6% of the population receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Likewise, only 9.9% of the patients receiving nivolumab developed nausea as an AE compared with 16.5% being observed in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Also, fatigue was observed in 14.4% of the population receiving nivolumab vs 17% observed in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was noticed in our study.7,8

Rizvi and colleagues conducted a study on the role of nivolumab when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy in patients with advanced NSCLC and reported that 40% of patients included in the study developed rash compared with 45.8% reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Similarly, only 13% of patients in the nivolumab group developed diarrhea vs 33.6% cases reported in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. Also, 7% of patients in the nivolumab group developed elevated ALT levels vs 27.9% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors included in our study, concluding that addition of immune checkpoint inhibitors like nivolumab to platinum-based chemotherapy does not increase the frequency of AEs.18

Conclusions

Our study focused on the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs platinum-based chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced NSCLC. Mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are safer than platinum-based chemotherapy when compared for nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever. On the other end, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors cause slightly higher AEs, including rash, diarrhea, elevated AST and ALT levels, and stomatitis. However, considering that the development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors laid a foundation of targeted therapy, we recommend continuing using mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC especially in patients having mutant EGFR receptors. AEs caused by mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are significant but are usually tolerable and can be avoided by reducing the dosage of it with each cycle or by skipping or delaying the dose until the patient is symptomatic.

References

1. Rahib L, Smith BD, Aizenberg R, Rosenzweig AB, Fleshman JM, Matrisian LM. Projecting cancer incidence and deaths to 2030: the unexpected burden of thyroid, liver, and pancreas cancers in the United States. Cancer Res. 2014;74(11):2913-2921. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-14-0155

2. da Cunha Santos G, Shepherd FA, Tsao MS. EGFR mutations and lung cancer. Annu Rev Pathol. 2011;6:49-69. doi:10.1146/annurev-pathol-011110-130206

3. Sgambato A, Casaluce F, Maione P, et al. The role of EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the first-line treatment of advanced non small cell lung cancer patients harboring EGFR mutation. Curr Med Chem. 2012;19(20):3337-3352. doi:10.2174/092986712801215973

4. Rossi A, Di Maio M. Platinum-based chemotherapy in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer: optimal number of treatment cycles. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther. 2016;16(6):653-660. doi:10.1586/14737140.2016.1170596

5. Rosell R, Carcereny E, Gervais R, et al. Erlotinib versus standard chemotherapy as first-line treatment for European patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (EURTAC): a multicentre, open-label, randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;13(3):239-246. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70393-X 

6. Zhou C, Wu YL, Chen G, et al. Erlotinib versus chemotherapy as first-line treatment for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (OPTIMAL, CTONG-0802): a multicentre, open-label, randomised, phase 3 study. Lancet Oncol. 2011;12(8):735-742. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70184-X

7. Soria JC, Ohe Y, Vansteenkiste J, et al. Osimertinib in untreated EGFR-mutated advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(2):113-125. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1713137

8. Mok TS, Cheng Y, Zhou X, et al. Improvement in overall survival in a randomized study that compared dacomitinib with gefitinib in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer and EGFR-activating mutations. J Clin Oncol. 2018;36(22):2244-2250. doi:10.1200/JCO.2018.78.7994 

9. Mok TS, Wu YL, Thongprasert S, et al. Gefitinib or carboplatin-paclitaxel in pulmonary adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(10):947-957. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0810699

10. Pless M, Stupp R, Ris HB, et al. Induction chemoradiation in stage IIIA/N2 non–small-cell lung cancer: a phase 3 randomised trial. Lancet. 2015;386(9998):1049-1056. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60294-X

11. Albain KS, Rusch VW, Crowley JJ, et al. Concurrent cisplatin/etoposide plus chest radiotherapy followed by surgery for stages IIIA (N2) and IIIB non–small-cell lung cancer: mature results of Southwest Oncology Group phase II study 8805. J Clin Oncol. 1995;13(8):1880-1892. doi:10.1200/JCO.1995.13.8.1880

12. Zhong WZ, Chen KN, Chen C, et al. Erlotinib versus gemcitabine plus cisplatin as neoadjuvant treatment of Stage IIIA-N2 EGFR-mutant non–small-cell lung cancer (EMERGING-CTONG 1103): a randomized phase II study. J Clin Oncol. 2019;37(25):2235-2245. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.00075

13. Noronha V, Patil VM, Joshi A, et al. Gefitinib versus gefitinib plus pemetrexed and carboplatin chemotherapy in EGFR-mutated lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(2):124-136. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.01154

14. Noronha V, Prabhash K, Thavamani A, et al. EGFR mutations in Indian lung cancer patients: clinical correlation and outcome to EGFR targeted therapy. PLoS One. 2013;8(4):e61561. Published 2013 Apr 19. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0061561

15. Kato T, Seto T, Nishio M, et al. Erlotinib plus bevacizumab phase ll study in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer (JO25567): updated safety results. Drug Saf. 2018;41(2):229-237. doi:10.1007/s40264-017-0596-0 

16. Hellmann MD, Paz-Ares L, Bernabe Caro R, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2019;381(21):2020-2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1910231 

17. Hellmann MD, Ciuleanu TE, Pluzanski A, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in lung cancer with a high tumor mutational burden. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(22):2093-2104. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1801946

18. Rizvi NA, Hellmann MD, Brahmer JR, et al. Nivolumab in combination with platinum-based doublet chemotherapy for first-line treatment of advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2016;34(25):2969-2979. doi:10.1200/JCO.2016.66.9861

19. Zhong WZ, Wang Q, Mao WM, et al. Gefitinib versus vinorelbine plus cisplatin as adjuvant treatment for stage II-IIIA (N1-N2) EGFR-mutant NSCLC: final overall survival analysis of CTONG1104 Phase III Trial. J Clin Oncol. 2021;39(7):713-722. doi:10.1200/JCO.20.01820

20. Yang JC, Sequist LV, Geater SL, et al. Clinical activity of afatinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring uncommon EGFR mutations: a combined post-hoc analysis of LUX-Lung 2, LUX-Lung 3, and LUX-Lung 6. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(7):830-838. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00026-1

21. Shi YK, Wang L, Han BH, et al. First-line icotinib versus cisplatin/pemetrexed plus pemetrexed maintenance therapy for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive lung adenocarcinoma (CONVINCE): a phase 3, open-label, randomized study. Ann Oncol. 2017;28(10):2443-2450. doi:10.1093/annonc/mdx359

22. Soria JC, Wu YL, Nakagawa K, et al. Gefitinib plus chemotherapy versus placebo plus chemotherapy in EGFR-mutation-positive non-small-cell lung cancer after progression on first-line gefitinib (IMPRESS): a phase 3 randomized trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(8):990-998 doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00121-7

23. Goss GD, O’Callaghan C, Lorimer I, et al. Gefitinib versus placebo in completely resected non-small-cell lung cancer: results of the NCIC CTG BR19 study. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(27):3320-3326. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

24. Sun JM, Lee KH, Kim SW, et al. Gefitinib versus pemetrexed as second-line treatment in patients with non-small cell lung cancer previously treated with platinum-based chemotherapy (KCSG-LU08-01): an open-label, phase 3 trial. Cancer. 2012;118(24):6234-6242. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

25. Mitsudomi T, Morita S, Yatabe Y, et al. Gefitinib versus cisplatin plus docetaxel in patients with non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring mutations of the epidermal growth factor receptor (WJTOG3405): an open label, randomized phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11(2):121-128. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(09)70364-X

26. Lee DH, Park K, Kim JH, Lee JS, et al. Randomized phase III trial of gefitinib versus docetaxel in non-small cell lung cancer patients who have previously received platinum-based chemotherapy. Clin Cancer Res. 2010;16(4):1307-1314. doi:10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-09-1903

27. Kim ES, Hirsh V, Mok T, et al. Gefitinib versus docetaxel in previously treated non-small-cell lung cancer (INTEREST): a randomized phase III trial. Lancet. 2008;22;372(9652):1809-1818. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)61758-4

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Abubakar Tauseef, MDa; Maryam Zafar, MBBSb; Peter Silberstein, MDa; Joseph Nahas, MDa; Thomas Frederickson, MDc; Sean Hansen, MDa; Anum Abbas, MDd; Yaman Alali, MDa; Avdesh Buragadda, MDa; Omar K. Abughanimeh, MDd; Sunil Nair, MDa; Joseph Thirumalareddy, MDa; and Mohsin Mirza, MBBSa
Correspondence: Abubakar Tauseef ([email protected])

aCreighton University, Omaha, Nebraska
bDow University of Health Sciences, Karachi, Pakistan
cCHI Health, Omaha, Nebraska
dUniversity of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest or outside sources of funding with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Ethics and consent

This is a meta-analysis including already published clinical trials.

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(3)s
Publications
Topics
Page Number
S72-S80
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Abubakar Tauseef, MDa; Maryam Zafar, MBBSb; Peter Silberstein, MDa; Joseph Nahas, MDa; Thomas Frederickson, MDc; Sean Hansen, MDa; Anum Abbas, MDd; Yaman Alali, MDa; Avdesh Buragadda, MDa; Omar K. Abughanimeh, MDd; Sunil Nair, MDa; Joseph Thirumalareddy, MDa; and Mohsin Mirza, MBBSa
Correspondence: Abubakar Tauseef ([email protected])

aCreighton University, Omaha, Nebraska
bDow University of Health Sciences, Karachi, Pakistan
cCHI Health, Omaha, Nebraska
dUniversity of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest or outside sources of funding with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Ethics and consent

This is a meta-analysis including already published clinical trials.

Author and Disclosure Information

Abubakar Tauseef, MDa; Maryam Zafar, MBBSb; Peter Silberstein, MDa; Joseph Nahas, MDa; Thomas Frederickson, MDc; Sean Hansen, MDa; Anum Abbas, MDd; Yaman Alali, MDa; Avdesh Buragadda, MDa; Omar K. Abughanimeh, MDd; Sunil Nair, MDa; Joseph Thirumalareddy, MDa; and Mohsin Mirza, MBBSa
Correspondence: Abubakar Tauseef ([email protected])

aCreighton University, Omaha, Nebraska
bDow University of Health Sciences, Karachi, Pakistan
cCHI Health, Omaha, Nebraska
dUniversity of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha, Nebraska

Author disclosures

The authors report no actual or potential conflicts of interest or outside sources of funding with regard to this article.

Disclaimer

The opinions expressed herein are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect those of Federal Practitioner, Frontline Medical Communications Inc., the US Government, or any of its agencies.

Ethics and consent

This is a meta-analysis including already published clinical trials.

Article PDF
Article PDF

Lung cancer has been the leading cause of cancer-related mortality for decades. It is also predicted to remain as the leading cause of cancer-related mortality through 2030.1 Platinum-based chemotherapy, including carboplatin and paclitaxel, was introduced 3 decades ago and revolutionized the management of advanced non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). A more recent advancement has been mutant epidermal growth factor receptor–tyrosine kinase (EGFR-TK) inhibitors.1 EGFR is a transmembrane protein that functions by transducing essential growth factor signaling from the extracellular milieu to the cell. As 60% of the advanced NSCLC expresses this receptor, blocking the mutant EGFR receptor was a groundbreaking development in the management of advanced NSCLC.2 Development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors has revolutionized the management of advanced NSCLC. This study was conducted to determine the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in the management of advanced NSCLC.

Methods 

This meta-analysis was conducted according to Cochrane Collaboration guidelines and reported as per Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines. The findings are summarized in the PRISMA flow diagram (Figure 1). Two authors (MZ and MM) performed a systematic literature search using databases such as MEDLINE (via PubMed), Embase, and Cochrane Library using the medical search terms and their respective entry words with the following search strategy: safety, “mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors,” advanced, “non–small cell,” “lung cancer,” “adverse effect,” and literature. Additionally, unpublished trials were identified from clinicaltrials.gov, and references of all pertinent articles were also scrutinized to ensure the inclusion of all relevant studies. The search was completed on June 1, 2021, and we only included studies available in English. Two authors (MM and MZ) independently screened the search results in a 2-step process based on predetermined inclusion/exclusion criteria. First, 890 articles were evaluated for relevance on title and abstract level, followed by full-text screening of the final list of 140 articles. Any disagreements were resolved by discussion or third-party review, and a total of 9 articles were included in the study.

PRISMA Flow Diagram

The following eligibility criteria were used: original articles reporting adverse effects (AEs) of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. All the patients included in the study had an EGFR mutation but randomly assigned to either treatment or control group. All articles with subjective data on mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors AEs in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy were included in the analysis. Only 9 articles qualified the aforementioned selection criteria for eligibility. All qualifying studies were nationwide inpatient or pooled clinical trials data. The reasons for exclusion of the other 71 articles were irrelevant (n = 31), duplicate (n = 13), reviews (n = 14), and poor data reporting (n = 12). Out of the 9 included studies, 9 studies showed correlation of AEs, including rash, diarrhea, nausea, and fatigue. Seven studies showed correlation of AEs including neutropenia, anorexia, and vomiting. Six studies showed correlation of anemia, cough, and stomatitis. Five studies showed correlation of elevated aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and leucopenia. Four studies showed correlation of fever between mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors and platinum-based chemotherapy.

The primary endpoints were reported AEs including rash, diarrhea, elevated ALT, elevated AST, stomatitis, nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever, respectively. Data on baseline characteristics and clinical outcomes were then extracted, and summary tables were created. Summary estimates of the clinical endpoints were then calculated with risk ratio (RR) and 95% confidence intervals (CIs) using the random-effects model. Heterogeneity between studies was examined with the Cochran Q I2 statistic which can be defined as low (25% to 50%), moderate (50% to 75%), or high (> 75%). Statistical analysis was performed using Comprehensive Meta-Analysis Software CMA Version 3.0.

Results

A total of 9 studies including 3415 patients (1775 in EGFR-TK inhibitor treatment group while 1640 patients in platinum-based chemotherapy control group) were included in the study. All 9 studies were phase III randomized control clinical trials conducted to compare the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC. Mean age was 61 years in both treatment and control groups. Further details on study and participant characteristics and safety profile including AEs are summarized in Tables 1 and 2. No evidence of publication bias was found.

Adverse Effects

TABLE 2 Continued

Meta-analysis Study Characteristics

Rash developed in 45.8% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs only 5.6% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 7.38 with the 95% CI noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher rash event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 2).

Diarrhea occurred in 33.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 13.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 2.63 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher diarrheal rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 3).

 

 



Elevated ALT levels developed in 27.9% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 15.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher ALT levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 4).

Adverse Events


Elevated AST levels occurred in 40.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 12.8% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.77 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming elevated AST levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 5).

Stomatitis developed in 17.2% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 7.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.53 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher stomatitis event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 6).

Nausea occurred in 16.5% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 42.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher nausea rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 7).

Adverse Events


Leucopenia developed in 9.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 51.3% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.18 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher leucopenia incidence in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 8).

Fatigue was reported in 17% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 29.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.59 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fatigue rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 9).

 

 



Neutropenia developed in 6.1% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 48.2% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.11 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher neutropenia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 10).

Anorexia developed in 21.3% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 31.4% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.44 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 11).

Adverse Events


Anemia occurred in 8.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 32.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.24 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 12).

Cough was reported in 17.8% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 18.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.99 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming slightly higher cough rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 13).

Vomiting developed in 11% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.35 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher vomiting rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 14).

Adverse Events


Fever occurred in 5.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.41 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fever rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 15).

 

 

Discussion

Despite the advancement in the treatment of metastatic NSCLC, lung cancer stays as most common cause of cancer-related death in North America and European countries, as patients usually have an advanced disease at the time of diagnosis.3 In the past, platinum-based chemotherapy remained the standard of care for most of the patients affected with advanced NSCLC, but the higher recurrence rate and increase in frequency and intensity of AEs with platinum-based chemotherapy led to the development of targeted therapy for NSCLC, one of which includes mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors, including erlotinib, gefitinib, dacomitinib, lapatinib, and osimertinib.4

Smoking is the most common reversible risk factor associated with lung cancer. The EURTAC trial was the first perspective study in this regard, which compared safety and efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. Results analyzed in this study were in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors except in the group of former smokers.5 On the contrary, the OPTIMAL trial showed results in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors both in active and former smokers; this trial also confirmed the efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in European and Asian populations, confirming the rationale for routine testing of EGFR mutation in all the patients being diagnosed with advanced NSCLC.6 Similarly, osimertinib is one of the most recent mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed for the treatment of advanced NSCLC in patients with EGFR-positive receptors.

According to the FLAURA trial, patients receiving osimertinib showed significantly longer progression-free survival compared with platinum-based chemotherapy and early mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors. Median progression-free survival was noted to be 18.9 months, which showed 54% lower risk of disease progression in the treatment group receiving osimertinib.7 The ARCHER study emphasized a significant improvement in overall survival as well as progression-free survival among a patient population receiving dacomitinib compared with platinum-based chemotherapy.8,9

Being a potent targeted therapy, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors do come with some AEs including diarrhea, which was seen in 33.6% of the patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study vs 53% in the chemotherapy group, as was observed in the study conducted by Pless and colleagues.10 Similarly, only 16.5% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed nausea compared with 66% being observed in patients receiving chemotherapy. Correspondingly, only a small fraction of patients (9.7%) receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed leucopenia, which was 10 times less reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with patients receiving chemotherapy having a percentage of 100%. A similar trend was reported for neutropenia and anemia in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with an incidence of 6.1% and 8.7%, compared with the platinum-based chemotherapy group in which the incidence was found to be 80% and 100%, respectively. It was concluded that platinum-based chemotherapy had played a vital role in the treatment of advanced NSCLC but at an expense of serious and severe AEs which led to discontinuation or withdrawal of treatment, leading to relapse and recurrence of lung cancer.10,11

Zhong and colleagues conducted a phase 2 randomized clinical trial comparing mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. They concluded that in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy, incidence of rash, vomiting, anorexia, neutropenia, and nausea were 29.4%, 47%, 41.2%, 55.8%, and 32.4% compared with 45.8%, 11%, 21.3%, 6.1%, and 16.5%, respectively, reported in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC.12

Another study was conducted in 2019 by Noronha and colleagues to determine the impact of platinum-based chemotherapy combined with gefitinib on patients with advanced NSCLC.13 They concluded that 70% of the patients receiving combination treatment developed rash, which was significantly higher compared with 45.8% patients receiving the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors alone in our study. Also, 56% of patients receiving combination therapy developed diarrhea vs 33.6% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors only. Similarly, 96% of patients in the combination therapy group developed some degree of anemia compared with only 8.7% patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. In the same way, neutropenia was observed in 55% of patients receiving combination therapy vs 6.1% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors solely. They concluded that mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy increase the incidence of AEs of chemotherapy by many folds.13,14

Kato and colleagues conducted a study to determine the impact on AEs when erlotinib was combined with anti–vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) inhibitors like bevacizumab, they stated that 98.7% of patient in combination therapy developed rash, the incidence of which was only 45.8% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was observed in our study. Similar trends were noticed with other AEs, including diarrhea, fatigue, nausea, and elevated liver enzymes.15

 

 



With the latest advancements in the management of advanced NSCLC, nivolumab, a programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1) inhibitor, was developed and either used as monotherapy in patients with PD-L1 expression or was combined with platinum-based chemotherapy regardless of PD-L1 expression.16,17 Patients expressing lower PD-L1 levels were not omitted from receiving nivolumab as no significant difference was noted in progression-free span and overall survival in patients receiving nivolumab irrespective of PD-L1 levels.15 Rash developed in 17% of patients after receiving nivolumab vs 45.8% patients being observed in our study. A similar trend was observed with diarrhea as only 17% of the population receiving nivolumab developed diarrhea compared with 33.6% of the population receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Likewise, only 9.9% of the patients receiving nivolumab developed nausea as an AE compared with 16.5% being observed in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Also, fatigue was observed in 14.4% of the population receiving nivolumab vs 17% observed in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was noticed in our study.7,8

Rizvi and colleagues conducted a study on the role of nivolumab when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy in patients with advanced NSCLC and reported that 40% of patients included in the study developed rash compared with 45.8% reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Similarly, only 13% of patients in the nivolumab group developed diarrhea vs 33.6% cases reported in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. Also, 7% of patients in the nivolumab group developed elevated ALT levels vs 27.9% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors included in our study, concluding that addition of immune checkpoint inhibitors like nivolumab to platinum-based chemotherapy does not increase the frequency of AEs.18

Conclusions

Our study focused on the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs platinum-based chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced NSCLC. Mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are safer than platinum-based chemotherapy when compared for nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever. On the other end, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors cause slightly higher AEs, including rash, diarrhea, elevated AST and ALT levels, and stomatitis. However, considering that the development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors laid a foundation of targeted therapy, we recommend continuing using mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC especially in patients having mutant EGFR receptors. AEs caused by mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are significant but are usually tolerable and can be avoided by reducing the dosage of it with each cycle or by skipping or delaying the dose until the patient is symptomatic.

Lung cancer has been the leading cause of cancer-related mortality for decades. It is also predicted to remain as the leading cause of cancer-related mortality through 2030.1 Platinum-based chemotherapy, including carboplatin and paclitaxel, was introduced 3 decades ago and revolutionized the management of advanced non–small cell lung cancer (NSCLC). A more recent advancement has been mutant epidermal growth factor receptor–tyrosine kinase (EGFR-TK) inhibitors.1 EGFR is a transmembrane protein that functions by transducing essential growth factor signaling from the extracellular milieu to the cell. As 60% of the advanced NSCLC expresses this receptor, blocking the mutant EGFR receptor was a groundbreaking development in the management of advanced NSCLC.2 Development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors has revolutionized the management of advanced NSCLC. This study was conducted to determine the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in the management of advanced NSCLC.

Methods 

This meta-analysis was conducted according to Cochrane Collaboration guidelines and reported as per Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines. The findings are summarized in the PRISMA flow diagram (Figure 1). Two authors (MZ and MM) performed a systematic literature search using databases such as MEDLINE (via PubMed), Embase, and Cochrane Library using the medical search terms and their respective entry words with the following search strategy: safety, “mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors,” advanced, “non–small cell,” “lung cancer,” “adverse effect,” and literature. Additionally, unpublished trials were identified from clinicaltrials.gov, and references of all pertinent articles were also scrutinized to ensure the inclusion of all relevant studies. The search was completed on June 1, 2021, and we only included studies available in English. Two authors (MM and MZ) independently screened the search results in a 2-step process based on predetermined inclusion/exclusion criteria. First, 890 articles were evaluated for relevance on title and abstract level, followed by full-text screening of the final list of 140 articles. Any disagreements were resolved by discussion or third-party review, and a total of 9 articles were included in the study.

PRISMA Flow Diagram

The following eligibility criteria were used: original articles reporting adverse effects (AEs) of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. All the patients included in the study had an EGFR mutation but randomly assigned to either treatment or control group. All articles with subjective data on mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors AEs in patients with advanced NSCLC compared with control groups receiving platinum-based chemotherapy were included in the analysis. Only 9 articles qualified the aforementioned selection criteria for eligibility. All qualifying studies were nationwide inpatient or pooled clinical trials data. The reasons for exclusion of the other 71 articles were irrelevant (n = 31), duplicate (n = 13), reviews (n = 14), and poor data reporting (n = 12). Out of the 9 included studies, 9 studies showed correlation of AEs, including rash, diarrhea, nausea, and fatigue. Seven studies showed correlation of AEs including neutropenia, anorexia, and vomiting. Six studies showed correlation of anemia, cough, and stomatitis. Five studies showed correlation of elevated aspartate aminotransferase (AST), alanine aminotransferase (ALT), and leucopenia. Four studies showed correlation of fever between mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors and platinum-based chemotherapy.

The primary endpoints were reported AEs including rash, diarrhea, elevated ALT, elevated AST, stomatitis, nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever, respectively. Data on baseline characteristics and clinical outcomes were then extracted, and summary tables were created. Summary estimates of the clinical endpoints were then calculated with risk ratio (RR) and 95% confidence intervals (CIs) using the random-effects model. Heterogeneity between studies was examined with the Cochran Q I2 statistic which can be defined as low (25% to 50%), moderate (50% to 75%), or high (> 75%). Statistical analysis was performed using Comprehensive Meta-Analysis Software CMA Version 3.0.

Results

A total of 9 studies including 3415 patients (1775 in EGFR-TK inhibitor treatment group while 1640 patients in platinum-based chemotherapy control group) were included in the study. All 9 studies were phase III randomized control clinical trials conducted to compare the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC. Mean age was 61 years in both treatment and control groups. Further details on study and participant characteristics and safety profile including AEs are summarized in Tables 1 and 2. No evidence of publication bias was found.

Adverse Effects

TABLE 2 Continued

Meta-analysis Study Characteristics

Rash developed in 45.8% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs only 5.6% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 7.38 with the 95% CI noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher rash event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 2).

Diarrhea occurred in 33.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 13.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 2.63 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher diarrheal rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 3).

 

 



Elevated ALT levels developed in 27.9% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 15.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher ALT levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 4).

Adverse Events


Elevated AST levels occurred in 40.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors treatment group vs 12.8% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.77 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming elevated AST levels in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 5).

Stomatitis developed in 17.2% of patients in the treatment group receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with 7.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 1.53 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher stomatitis event rates in patients receiving EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 6).

Nausea occurred in 16.5% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 42.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.37 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher nausea rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 7).

Adverse Events


Leucopenia developed in 9.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 51.3% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.18 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher leucopenia incidence in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 8).

Fatigue was reported in 17% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 29.5% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.59 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fatigue rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 9).

 

 



Neutropenia developed in 6.1% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 48.2% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.11 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher neutropenia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 10).

Anorexia developed in 21.3% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 31.4% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.44 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 11).

Adverse Events


Anemia occurred in 8.7% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 32.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.24 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher anorexia rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 12).

Cough was reported in 17.8% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 18.9% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.99 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming slightly higher cough rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with treatment for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 13).

Vomiting developed in 11% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group vs 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.35 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher vomiting rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 14).

Adverse Events


Fever occurred in 5.6% of patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group compared with 30.1% of patients in the control group receiving platinum-based chemotherapy. Overall RR of 0.41 and 95% CI was noted, which was statistically significant, confirming higher fever rates in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy compared with the treatment group for their advanced NSCLC (Figure 15).

 

 

Discussion

Despite the advancement in the treatment of metastatic NSCLC, lung cancer stays as most common cause of cancer-related death in North America and European countries, as patients usually have an advanced disease at the time of diagnosis.3 In the past, platinum-based chemotherapy remained the standard of care for most of the patients affected with advanced NSCLC, but the higher recurrence rate and increase in frequency and intensity of AEs with platinum-based chemotherapy led to the development of targeted therapy for NSCLC, one of which includes mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors, including erlotinib, gefitinib, dacomitinib, lapatinib, and osimertinib.4

Smoking is the most common reversible risk factor associated with lung cancer. The EURTAC trial was the first perspective study in this regard, which compared safety and efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. Results analyzed in this study were in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors except in the group of former smokers.5 On the contrary, the OPTIMAL trial showed results in favor of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors both in active and former smokers; this trial also confirmed the efficacy of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in European and Asian populations, confirming the rationale for routine testing of EGFR mutation in all the patients being diagnosed with advanced NSCLC.6 Similarly, osimertinib is one of the most recent mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed for the treatment of advanced NSCLC in patients with EGFR-positive receptors.

According to the FLAURA trial, patients receiving osimertinib showed significantly longer progression-free survival compared with platinum-based chemotherapy and early mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors. Median progression-free survival was noted to be 18.9 months, which showed 54% lower risk of disease progression in the treatment group receiving osimertinib.7 The ARCHER study emphasized a significant improvement in overall survival as well as progression-free survival among a patient population receiving dacomitinib compared with platinum-based chemotherapy.8,9

Being a potent targeted therapy, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors do come with some AEs including diarrhea, which was seen in 33.6% of the patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study vs 53% in the chemotherapy group, as was observed in the study conducted by Pless and colleagues.10 Similarly, only 16.5% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed nausea compared with 66% being observed in patients receiving chemotherapy. Correspondingly, only a small fraction of patients (9.7%) receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors developed leucopenia, which was 10 times less reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors compared with patients receiving chemotherapy having a percentage of 100%. A similar trend was reported for neutropenia and anemia in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with an incidence of 6.1% and 8.7%, compared with the platinum-based chemotherapy group in which the incidence was found to be 80% and 100%, respectively. It was concluded that platinum-based chemotherapy had played a vital role in the treatment of advanced NSCLC but at an expense of serious and severe AEs which led to discontinuation or withdrawal of treatment, leading to relapse and recurrence of lung cancer.10,11

Zhong and colleagues conducted a phase 2 randomized clinical trial comparing mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors with platinum-based chemotherapy. They concluded that in patients receiving platinum-based chemotherapy, incidence of rash, vomiting, anorexia, neutropenia, and nausea were 29.4%, 47%, 41.2%, 55.8%, and 32.4% compared with 45.8%, 11%, 21.3%, 6.1%, and 16.5%, respectively, reported in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors for their advanced NSCLC.12

Another study was conducted in 2019 by Noronha and colleagues to determine the impact of platinum-based chemotherapy combined with gefitinib on patients with advanced NSCLC.13 They concluded that 70% of the patients receiving combination treatment developed rash, which was significantly higher compared with 45.8% patients receiving the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors alone in our study. Also, 56% of patients receiving combination therapy developed diarrhea vs 33.6% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors only. Similarly, 96% of patients in the combination therapy group developed some degree of anemia compared with only 8.7% patients in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. In the same way, neutropenia was observed in 55% of patients receiving combination therapy vs 6.1% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors solely. They concluded that mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy increase the incidence of AEs of chemotherapy by many folds.13,14

Kato and colleagues conducted a study to determine the impact on AEs when erlotinib was combined with anti–vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) inhibitors like bevacizumab, they stated that 98.7% of patient in combination therapy developed rash, the incidence of which was only 45.8% in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was observed in our study. Similar trends were noticed with other AEs, including diarrhea, fatigue, nausea, and elevated liver enzymes.15

 

 



With the latest advancements in the management of advanced NSCLC, nivolumab, a programmed death ligand 1 (PD-L1) inhibitor, was developed and either used as monotherapy in patients with PD-L1 expression or was combined with platinum-based chemotherapy regardless of PD-L1 expression.16,17 Patients expressing lower PD-L1 levels were not omitted from receiving nivolumab as no significant difference was noted in progression-free span and overall survival in patients receiving nivolumab irrespective of PD-L1 levels.15 Rash developed in 17% of patients after receiving nivolumab vs 45.8% patients being observed in our study. A similar trend was observed with diarrhea as only 17% of the population receiving nivolumab developed diarrhea compared with 33.6% of the population receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Likewise, only 9.9% of the patients receiving nivolumab developed nausea as an AE compared with 16.5% being observed in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Also, fatigue was observed in 14.4% of the population receiving nivolumab vs 17% observed in patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors as was noticed in our study.7,8

Rizvi and colleagues conducted a study on the role of nivolumab when combined with platinum-based chemotherapy in patients with advanced NSCLC and reported that 40% of patients included in the study developed rash compared with 45.8% reported in mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in our study. Similarly, only 13% of patients in the nivolumab group developed diarrhea vs 33.6% cases reported in the mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors group included in our study. Also, 7% of patients in the nivolumab group developed elevated ALT levels vs 27.9% of patients receiving mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors included in our study, concluding that addition of immune checkpoint inhibitors like nivolumab to platinum-based chemotherapy does not increase the frequency of AEs.18

Conclusions

Our study focused on the safety profile of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors vs platinum-based chemotherapy in the treatment of advanced NSCLC. Mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are safer than platinum-based chemotherapy when compared for nausea, leucopenia, fatigue, neutropenia, anorexia, anemia, cough, vomiting, and fever. On the other end, mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors cause slightly higher AEs, including rash, diarrhea, elevated AST and ALT levels, and stomatitis. However, considering that the development of mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors laid a foundation of targeted therapy, we recommend continuing using mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors in patients with advanced NSCLC especially in patients having mutant EGFR receptors. AEs caused by mutant EGFR-TK inhibitors are significant but are usually tolerable and can be avoided by reducing the dosage of it with each cycle or by skipping or delaying the dose until the patient is symptomatic.

References

1. Rahib L, Smith BD, Aizenberg R, Rosenzweig AB, Fleshman JM, Matrisian LM. Projecting cancer incidence and deaths to 2030: the unexpected burden of thyroid, liver, and pancreas cancers in the United States. Cancer Res. 2014;74(11):2913-2921. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-14-0155

2. da Cunha Santos G, Shepherd FA, Tsao MS. EGFR mutations and lung cancer. Annu Rev Pathol. 2011;6:49-69. doi:10.1146/annurev-pathol-011110-130206

3. Sgambato A, Casaluce F, Maione P, et al. The role of EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the first-line treatment of advanced non small cell lung cancer patients harboring EGFR mutation. Curr Med Chem. 2012;19(20):3337-3352. doi:10.2174/092986712801215973

4. Rossi A, Di Maio M. Platinum-based chemotherapy in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer: optimal number of treatment cycles. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther. 2016;16(6):653-660. doi:10.1586/14737140.2016.1170596

5. Rosell R, Carcereny E, Gervais R, et al. Erlotinib versus standard chemotherapy as first-line treatment for European patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (EURTAC): a multicentre, open-label, randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;13(3):239-246. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70393-X 

6. Zhou C, Wu YL, Chen G, et al. Erlotinib versus chemotherapy as first-line treatment for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (OPTIMAL, CTONG-0802): a multicentre, open-label, randomised, phase 3 study. Lancet Oncol. 2011;12(8):735-742. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70184-X

7. Soria JC, Ohe Y, Vansteenkiste J, et al. Osimertinib in untreated EGFR-mutated advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(2):113-125. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1713137

8. Mok TS, Cheng Y, Zhou X, et al. Improvement in overall survival in a randomized study that compared dacomitinib with gefitinib in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer and EGFR-activating mutations. J Clin Oncol. 2018;36(22):2244-2250. doi:10.1200/JCO.2018.78.7994 

9. Mok TS, Wu YL, Thongprasert S, et al. Gefitinib or carboplatin-paclitaxel in pulmonary adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(10):947-957. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0810699

10. Pless M, Stupp R, Ris HB, et al. Induction chemoradiation in stage IIIA/N2 non–small-cell lung cancer: a phase 3 randomised trial. Lancet. 2015;386(9998):1049-1056. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60294-X

11. Albain KS, Rusch VW, Crowley JJ, et al. Concurrent cisplatin/etoposide plus chest radiotherapy followed by surgery for stages IIIA (N2) and IIIB non–small-cell lung cancer: mature results of Southwest Oncology Group phase II study 8805. J Clin Oncol. 1995;13(8):1880-1892. doi:10.1200/JCO.1995.13.8.1880

12. Zhong WZ, Chen KN, Chen C, et al. Erlotinib versus gemcitabine plus cisplatin as neoadjuvant treatment of Stage IIIA-N2 EGFR-mutant non–small-cell lung cancer (EMERGING-CTONG 1103): a randomized phase II study. J Clin Oncol. 2019;37(25):2235-2245. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.00075

13. Noronha V, Patil VM, Joshi A, et al. Gefitinib versus gefitinib plus pemetrexed and carboplatin chemotherapy in EGFR-mutated lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(2):124-136. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.01154

14. Noronha V, Prabhash K, Thavamani A, et al. EGFR mutations in Indian lung cancer patients: clinical correlation and outcome to EGFR targeted therapy. PLoS One. 2013;8(4):e61561. Published 2013 Apr 19. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0061561

15. Kato T, Seto T, Nishio M, et al. Erlotinib plus bevacizumab phase ll study in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer (JO25567): updated safety results. Drug Saf. 2018;41(2):229-237. doi:10.1007/s40264-017-0596-0 

16. Hellmann MD, Paz-Ares L, Bernabe Caro R, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2019;381(21):2020-2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1910231 

17. Hellmann MD, Ciuleanu TE, Pluzanski A, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in lung cancer with a high tumor mutational burden. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(22):2093-2104. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1801946

18. Rizvi NA, Hellmann MD, Brahmer JR, et al. Nivolumab in combination with platinum-based doublet chemotherapy for first-line treatment of advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2016;34(25):2969-2979. doi:10.1200/JCO.2016.66.9861

19. Zhong WZ, Wang Q, Mao WM, et al. Gefitinib versus vinorelbine plus cisplatin as adjuvant treatment for stage II-IIIA (N1-N2) EGFR-mutant NSCLC: final overall survival analysis of CTONG1104 Phase III Trial. J Clin Oncol. 2021;39(7):713-722. doi:10.1200/JCO.20.01820

20. Yang JC, Sequist LV, Geater SL, et al. Clinical activity of afatinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring uncommon EGFR mutations: a combined post-hoc analysis of LUX-Lung 2, LUX-Lung 3, and LUX-Lung 6. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(7):830-838. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00026-1

21. Shi YK, Wang L, Han BH, et al. First-line icotinib versus cisplatin/pemetrexed plus pemetrexed maintenance therapy for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive lung adenocarcinoma (CONVINCE): a phase 3, open-label, randomized study. Ann Oncol. 2017;28(10):2443-2450. doi:10.1093/annonc/mdx359

22. Soria JC, Wu YL, Nakagawa K, et al. Gefitinib plus chemotherapy versus placebo plus chemotherapy in EGFR-mutation-positive non-small-cell lung cancer after progression on first-line gefitinib (IMPRESS): a phase 3 randomized trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(8):990-998 doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00121-7

23. Goss GD, O’Callaghan C, Lorimer I, et al. Gefitinib versus placebo in completely resected non-small-cell lung cancer: results of the NCIC CTG BR19 study. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(27):3320-3326. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

24. Sun JM, Lee KH, Kim SW, et al. Gefitinib versus pemetrexed as second-line treatment in patients with non-small cell lung cancer previously treated with platinum-based chemotherapy (KCSG-LU08-01): an open-label, phase 3 trial. Cancer. 2012;118(24):6234-6242. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

25. Mitsudomi T, Morita S, Yatabe Y, et al. Gefitinib versus cisplatin plus docetaxel in patients with non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring mutations of the epidermal growth factor receptor (WJTOG3405): an open label, randomized phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11(2):121-128. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(09)70364-X

26. Lee DH, Park K, Kim JH, Lee JS, et al. Randomized phase III trial of gefitinib versus docetaxel in non-small cell lung cancer patients who have previously received platinum-based chemotherapy. Clin Cancer Res. 2010;16(4):1307-1314. doi:10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-09-1903

27. Kim ES, Hirsh V, Mok T, et al. Gefitinib versus docetaxel in previously treated non-small-cell lung cancer (INTEREST): a randomized phase III trial. Lancet. 2008;22;372(9652):1809-1818. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)61758-4

References

1. Rahib L, Smith BD, Aizenberg R, Rosenzweig AB, Fleshman JM, Matrisian LM. Projecting cancer incidence and deaths to 2030: the unexpected burden of thyroid, liver, and pancreas cancers in the United States. Cancer Res. 2014;74(11):2913-2921. doi:10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-14-0155

2. da Cunha Santos G, Shepherd FA, Tsao MS. EGFR mutations and lung cancer. Annu Rev Pathol. 2011;6:49-69. doi:10.1146/annurev-pathol-011110-130206

3. Sgambato A, Casaluce F, Maione P, et al. The role of EGFR tyrosine kinase inhibitors in the first-line treatment of advanced non small cell lung cancer patients harboring EGFR mutation. Curr Med Chem. 2012;19(20):3337-3352. doi:10.2174/092986712801215973

4. Rossi A, Di Maio M. Platinum-based chemotherapy in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer: optimal number of treatment cycles. Expert Rev Anticancer Ther. 2016;16(6):653-660. doi:10.1586/14737140.2016.1170596

5. Rosell R, Carcereny E, Gervais R, et al. Erlotinib versus standard chemotherapy as first-line treatment for European patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (EURTAC): a multicentre, open-label, randomised phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;13(3):239-246. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70393-X 

6. Zhou C, Wu YL, Chen G, et al. Erlotinib versus chemotherapy as first-line treatment for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive non–small-cell lung cancer (OPTIMAL, CTONG-0802): a multicentre, open-label, randomised, phase 3 study. Lancet Oncol. 2011;12(8):735-742. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(11)70184-X

7. Soria JC, Ohe Y, Vansteenkiste J, et al. Osimertinib in untreated EGFR-mutated advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(2):113-125. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1713137

8. Mok TS, Cheng Y, Zhou X, et al. Improvement in overall survival in a randomized study that compared dacomitinib with gefitinib in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer and EGFR-activating mutations. J Clin Oncol. 2018;36(22):2244-2250. doi:10.1200/JCO.2018.78.7994 

9. Mok TS, Wu YL, Thongprasert S, et al. Gefitinib or carboplatin-paclitaxel in pulmonary adenocarcinoma. N Engl J Med. 2009;361(10):947-957. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa0810699

10. Pless M, Stupp R, Ris HB, et al. Induction chemoradiation in stage IIIA/N2 non–small-cell lung cancer: a phase 3 randomised trial. Lancet. 2015;386(9998):1049-1056. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(15)60294-X

11. Albain KS, Rusch VW, Crowley JJ, et al. Concurrent cisplatin/etoposide plus chest radiotherapy followed by surgery for stages IIIA (N2) and IIIB non–small-cell lung cancer: mature results of Southwest Oncology Group phase II study 8805. J Clin Oncol. 1995;13(8):1880-1892. doi:10.1200/JCO.1995.13.8.1880

12. Zhong WZ, Chen KN, Chen C, et al. Erlotinib versus gemcitabine plus cisplatin as neoadjuvant treatment of Stage IIIA-N2 EGFR-mutant non–small-cell lung cancer (EMERGING-CTONG 1103): a randomized phase II study. J Clin Oncol. 2019;37(25):2235-2245. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.00075

13. Noronha V, Patil VM, Joshi A, et al. Gefitinib versus gefitinib plus pemetrexed and carboplatin chemotherapy in EGFR-mutated lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2020;38(2):124-136. doi:10.1200/JCO.19.01154

14. Noronha V, Prabhash K, Thavamani A, et al. EGFR mutations in Indian lung cancer patients: clinical correlation and outcome to EGFR targeted therapy. PLoS One. 2013;8(4):e61561. Published 2013 Apr 19. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0061561

15. Kato T, Seto T, Nishio M, et al. Erlotinib plus bevacizumab phase ll study in patients with advanced non–small-cell lung cancer (JO25567): updated safety results. Drug Saf. 2018;41(2):229-237. doi:10.1007/s40264-017-0596-0 

16. Hellmann MD, Paz-Ares L, Bernabe Caro R, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2019;381(21):2020-2031. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1910231 

17. Hellmann MD, Ciuleanu TE, Pluzanski A, et al. Nivolumab plus ipilimumab in lung cancer with a high tumor mutational burden. N Engl J Med. 2018;378(22):2093-2104. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa1801946

18. Rizvi NA, Hellmann MD, Brahmer JR, et al. Nivolumab in combination with platinum-based doublet chemotherapy for first-line treatment of advanced non–small-cell lung cancer. J Clin Oncol. 2016;34(25):2969-2979. doi:10.1200/JCO.2016.66.9861

19. Zhong WZ, Wang Q, Mao WM, et al. Gefitinib versus vinorelbine plus cisplatin as adjuvant treatment for stage II-IIIA (N1-N2) EGFR-mutant NSCLC: final overall survival analysis of CTONG1104 Phase III Trial. J Clin Oncol. 2021;39(7):713-722. doi:10.1200/JCO.20.01820

20. Yang JC, Sequist LV, Geater SL, et al. Clinical activity of afatinib in patients with advanced non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring uncommon EGFR mutations: a combined post-hoc analysis of LUX-Lung 2, LUX-Lung 3, and LUX-Lung 6. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(7):830-838. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00026-1

21. Shi YK, Wang L, Han BH, et al. First-line icotinib versus cisplatin/pemetrexed plus pemetrexed maintenance therapy for patients with advanced EGFR mutation-positive lung adenocarcinoma (CONVINCE): a phase 3, open-label, randomized study. Ann Oncol. 2017;28(10):2443-2450. doi:10.1093/annonc/mdx359

22. Soria JC, Wu YL, Nakagawa K, et al. Gefitinib plus chemotherapy versus placebo plus chemotherapy in EGFR-mutation-positive non-small-cell lung cancer after progression on first-line gefitinib (IMPRESS): a phase 3 randomized trial. Lancet Oncol. 2015;16(8):990-998 doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(15)00121-7

23. Goss GD, O’Callaghan C, Lorimer I, et al. Gefitinib versus placebo in completely resected non-small-cell lung cancer: results of the NCIC CTG BR19 study. J Clin Oncol. 2013;31(27):3320-3326. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

24. Sun JM, Lee KH, Kim SW, et al. Gefitinib versus pemetrexed as second-line treatment in patients with non-small cell lung cancer previously treated with platinum-based chemotherapy (KCSG-LU08-01): an open-label, phase 3 trial. Cancer. 2012;118(24):6234-6242. doi:10.1200/JCO.2013.51.1816

25. Mitsudomi T, Morita S, Yatabe Y, et al. Gefitinib versus cisplatin plus docetaxel in patients with non-small-cell lung cancer harbouring mutations of the epidermal growth factor receptor (WJTOG3405): an open label, randomized phase 3 trial. Lancet Oncol. 2010;11(2):121-128. doi:10.1016/S1470-2045(09)70364-X

26. Lee DH, Park K, Kim JH, Lee JS, et al. Randomized phase III trial of gefitinib versus docetaxel in non-small cell lung cancer patients who have previously received platinum-based chemotherapy. Clin Cancer Res. 2010;16(4):1307-1314. doi:10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-09-1903

27. Kim ES, Hirsh V, Mok T, et al. Gefitinib versus docetaxel in previously treated non-small-cell lung cancer (INTEREST): a randomized phase III trial. Lancet. 2008;22;372(9652):1809-1818. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(08)61758-4

Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(3)s
Issue
Federal Practitioner - 39(3)s
Page Number
S72-S80
Page Number
S72-S80
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Generalized Pustular Psoriasis: A Review of the Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations, Diagnosis, and Treatment

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 08/15/2022 - 23:04
Display Headline
Generalized Pustular Psoriasis: A Review of the Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations, Diagnosis, and Treatment

Acute generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) is a rare severe variant of psoriasis characterized by the sudden widespread eruption of sterile pustules.1,2 The cutaneous manifestations of GPP also may be accompanied by signs of systemic inflammation, including fever, malaise, and leukocytosis.2 Complications are common and may be life-threatening, especially in older patients with comorbid diseases.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis most commonly occurs in patients with a preceding history of psoriasis, but it also may occur de novo.4 Generalized pustular psoriasis is associated with notable morbidity and mortality, and relapses are common.3,4 Many triggers of GPP have been identified, including initiation and withdrawal of various medications, infections, pregnancy, and other conditions.5,6 Although GPP most often occurs in adults, it also may arise in children and infants.3 In pregnancy, GPP is referred to as impetigo herpetiformis, despite having no etiologic ties with either herpes simplex virus or staphylococcal or streptococcal infection. Impetigo herpetiformis is considered one of the most dangerous dermatoses of pregnancy because of high rates of associated maternal and fetal morbidity.6,7

Acute GPP has proven to be a challenging disease to treat due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease; additionally, there are relatively few randomized controlled trials investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments for GPP. This review summarizes the features of GPP, including the pathophysiology of the disease, clinical and histological manifestations, and recommendations for management based on a PubMed search of articles indexed for MEDLINE using MeSH terms pertaining to the disease, including generalized pustular psoriasis, impetigo herpetiformis, and von Zumbusch psoriasis.

Pathophysiology

The pathophysiology of GPP is only partially understood, but it is thought to have a distinct pattern of immune activation compared with plaque psoriasis.8 Although there is a considerable amount of overlap and cross-talk among cytokine pathways, GPP generally is driven by innate immunity and unrestrained IL-36 cytokine activity. In contrast, adaptive immune responses—namely the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α, IL-23, IL-17, and IL-22 axes—underlie plaque psoriasis.8-10

Proinflammatory IL-36 cytokines α, β, and γ, which are all part of the IL-1 superfamily, bind to the IL-36 receptor (IL-36R) to recruit and activate immune cells via various mediators, including IL-1β; IL-8; and chemokines CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8.3 The IL-36 receptor antagonist (IL-36ra) acts to inhibit this inflammatory cascade.3,8 Microarray analyses of skin biopsy samples have shown that overexpression of IL-17A, TNF-α, IL-1, and IL-36 are seen in both GPP and plaque psoriasis lesions, but GPP lesions had higher expression of IL-1β, IL-36α, and IL-36γ and elevated neutrophil chemokines—CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8—compared with plaque psoriasis lesions.8

Gene Mutations Associated With GPP

There are 3 gene mutations that have been associated with pustular variants of psoriasis, though these mutations account for a minority of cases of GPP.4 Genetic screenings are not routinely indicated in patients with GPP, but they may be warranted in severe cases when a familial pattern of inheritance is suspected.4

IL36RN—The gene IL36RN codes the anti-inflammatory IL-36ra. Loss-of-function mutations in IL36RN lead to impairment of IL-36ra and consequently hyperactivity of the proinflammatory responses triggered by IL-36.3 Homozygous and heterozygous mutations in IL36RN have been observed in both familial and sporadic cases of GPP.11-13 Subsequent retrospective analyses have identified the presence of IL36RN mutations in patients with GPP with frequencies ranging from 23% to 37%.14-17IL36RN mutations are thought to be more common in patients without concomitant plaque psoriasis and have been associated with severe disease and early disease onset.15

CARD14—A gain-of-function mutation in CARD14 results in overactivation of the proinflammatory nuclear factor κB pathway and has been implicated in cases of GPP with concurrent psoriasis vulgaris. Interestingly, this may suggest distinct etiologies underlying GPP de novo and GPP in patients with a history of psoriasis.18,19

 

 

AP1S3—A loss-of-function mutation in AP1S3 results in abnormal endosomal trafficking and autophagy as well as increased expression of IL-36α.20,21

Clinical Presentation and DiagnosisCutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Generalized pustular psoriasis is characterized by the onset of widespread 2- to 3-mm sterile pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques4 (Figure). In patients with skin of color, the erythema may appear less obvious or perhaps slightly violaceous compared to White skin. Pustules may coalesce to form “lakes” of pus.5 Cutaneous symptoms include pain, burning, and pruritus. Associated mucosal findings may include cheilitis, geographic tongue, conjunctivitis, and uveitis.4

Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively
A and B, Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively.

The severity of symptoms can vary greatly among patients as well as between flares within the same patient.2,3 Four distinct patterns of GPP have been described. The von Zumbusch pattern is characterized by a rapid, generalized, painful, erythematous and pustular eruption accompanied by fever and asthenia. The pustules usually resolve after several days with extensive scaling. The annular pattern is characterized by annular, erythematous, scaly lesions with pustules present centrifugally. The lesions enlarge by centrifugal expansion over a period of hours to days, while healing occurs centrally. The exanthematic type is an acute eruption of small pustules that abruptly appear and disappear within a few days, usually from infection or medication initiation. Sometimes pustules appear within or at the edge of existing psoriatic plaques in a localized pattern—the fourth pattern—often following the exposure to irritants (eg, tars, anthralin).5

Impetigo Herpetiformis—Impetigo herpetiformis is a form of GPP associated with pregnancy. It generally presents early in the third trimester with symmetric erythematous plaques in flexural and intertriginous areas with pustules present at lesion margins. Lesions expand centrifugally, with pustulation present at the advancing edge.6,7 Patients often are acutely ill with fever, delirium, vomiting, and tetany. Mucous membranes, including the tongue, mouth, and esophagus, also may be involved. The eruption typically resolves after delivery, though it often recurs with subsequent pregnancies, with the morbidity risk rising with each successive pregnancy.7

Systemic and Extracutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Although the severity of GPP is highly variable, skin manifestations often are accompanied by systemic manifestations of inflammation, including fever and malaise. Common laboratory abnormalities include leukocytosis with peripheral neutrophilia, a high serum C-reactive protein level, hypocalcemia, and hypoalbuminemia.22 Abnormal liver enzymes often are present and result from neutrophilic cholangitis, with alternating strictures and dilations of biliary ducts observed on magnetic resonance imaging.23 Additional laboratory abnormalities are provided in Table 2. Other extracutaneous findings associated with GPP include arthralgia, edema, and characteristic psoriatic nail changes.4 Fatal complications include acute respiratory distress syndrome, renal dysfunction, cardiovascular shock, and sepsis.24,25

Diagnostic Criteria for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

Histologic Features

Given the potential for the skin manifestations of GPP to mimic other disorders, a skin biopsy is warranted to confirm the diagnosis. Generalized pustular psoriasis is histologically characterized by the presence of subcorneal macropustules (ie, spongiform pustules of Kogoj) formed by neutrophil infiltration into the spongelike network of the epidermis.6 Otherwise, the architecture of the epithelium in GPP is similar to that seen with plaque psoriasis, with parakeratosis, acanthosis, rete-ridge elongation, diminished stratum granulosum, and thinning of the suprapapillary epidermis, though the inflammatory cell infiltrate and edema are markedly more severe in GPP than plaque psoriasis.3,4

Differential Diagnosis

There are many other cutaneous pustular diagnoses that must be ruled out when evaluating a patient with GPP (Table 1).26 Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP) is a common mimicker of GPP that is differentiated histologically by the presence of eosinophils and necrotic keratinocytes.4 In addition to its distinct histopathologic findings, AGEP is classically associated with recent initiation of certain medications, most commonly penicillins, macrolides, quinolones, sulfonamides, terbinafine, and diltiazem.27 In contrast, GPP more commonly is related to withdrawal of corticosteroids as well as initiation of some biologic medications, including anti-TNF agents.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis should be suspected over AGEP in patients with a personal or family history of psoriasis, though GPP may arise in patients with or without a history of psoriasis. Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis usually is more abrupt in both onset and resolution compared with GPP, with clearance of pustules within a few days to weeks following cessation of the triggering factor.4

Differential Diagnoses for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

 

 

Other pustular variants of psoriasis (eg, palmoplantar pustular psoriasis, acrodermatitis continua of Hallopeau) are differentiated from GPP by their chronicity and localization to palmoplantar and/or ungual surfaces.5 Other differential diagnoses are listed in Table 1.

Diagnostic Criteria for GPP

Diagnostic criteria have been proposed for GPP (Table 2), including (1) the presence of sterile pustules, (2) systemic signs of inflammation, (3) laboratory abnormalities, (4) histopathologic confirmation of spongiform pustules of Kogoj, and (5) recurrence of symptoms.22 To definitively diagnose GPP, all 5 criteria must be met. To rule out mimickers, it may be worthwhile to perform Gram staining, potassium hydroxide preparation, in vitro cultures, and/or immunofluorescence testing.6

Treatment

Given the high potential for mortality associated with GPP, the most essential component of management is to ensure adequate supportive care. Any temperature, fluid, or electrolyte imbalances should be corrected as they arise. Secondary infections also must be identified and treated, if present, to reduce the risk for fatal complications, including systemic infection and sepsis. Precautions must be taken to ensure that serious end-organ damage, including hepatic, renal, and respiratory dysfunction, is avoided.

Adjunctive topical intervention often is initiated with bland emollients, corticosteroids, calcineurin inhibitors, and/or vitamin D derivatives to help soothe skin symptoms, but treatment with systemic therapies usually is warranted to achieve symptom control.2,25 Importantly, there are no systemic or topical agents that have specifically been approved for the treatment of GPP in Europe or the United States.3 Given the absence of universally accepted treatment guidelines, therapeutic agents for GPP usually are selected based on clinical experience while also taking the extent of involvement and disease severity into consideration.3

Treatment Recommendations for Adults

Oral Systemic Agents—Treatment guidelines set forth by the National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) in 2012 proposed that first-line therapies for GPP should be acitretin, cyclosporine, methotrexate, and infliximab.28 However, since those guidelines were established, many new biologic therapies have been approved for the treatment of psoriasis and often are considered in the treatment of psoriasis subtypes, including GPP.29 Although retinoids previously were considered to be a preferred first-line therapy, they are associated with a high incidence of adverse effects and must be used with caution in women of childbearing age.6 Oral acitretin at a dosage of 0.75 to 1.0 mg/kg/d has been shown to result in clinical improvement within 1 to 2 weeks, and a maintenance dosage of 0.125 to 0.25 mg/kg/d is required for several months to prevent recurrence.30 Methotrexate—5.0 to 15.0 mg/wk, or perhaps higher in patients with refractory disease, increased by 2.5-mg intervals until symptoms improve—is recommended by the NPF in patients who are unresponsive or cannot tolerate retinoids, though close monitoring for hematologic abnormalities is required. Cyclosporine 2.5 to 5.0 mg/kg/d is considered an alternative to methotrexate and retinoids; it has a faster onset of action, with improvement reported as early as 2 weeks after initiation of therapy.1,28 Although cyclosporine may be effective in the acute phase, especially in severe cases of GPP, long-term use of cyclosporine is not recommended because of the potential for renal dysfunction and hypertension.31

Biologic Agents—More recent evidence has accumulated supporting the efficacy of anti-TNF agents in the treatment of GPP, suggesting the positioning of these agents as first line. A number of case series have shown dramatic and rapid improvement of GPP with intravenous infliximab 3 to 5 mg/kg, with results observed hours to days after the first infusion.32-37 Thus, infliximab is recommended as first-line treatment in severe acute cases, though its efficacy as a maintenance therapy has not been sufficiently investigated.6 Case reports and case series document the safety and efficacy of adalimumab 40 to 80 mg every 1 to 2 weeks38,39 and etanercept 25 to 50 mg twice weekly40-42 in patients with recalcitrantGPP. Therefore, these anti-TNF agents may be considered in patients who are nonresponsive to treatment with infliximab.

Rarely, there have been reports of paradoxical induction of GPP with the use of some anti-TNF agents,43-45 which may be due to a cytokine imbalance characterized by unopposed IFN-α activation.6 In patients with a history of GPP after initiation of a biologic, treatment with agents from within the offending class should be avoided.

 

 

The IL-17A monoclonal antibodies secukinumab, ixekizumab, and brodalumab have been shown in open-label phase 3 studies to result in disease remission at 12 weeks.46-48 Treatment with guselkumab, an IL-23 monoclonal antibody, also has demonstrated efficacy in patients with GPP.49 Ustekinumab, an IL-12/23 inhibitor, in combination with acitretin also has been shown to be successful in achieving disease remission after a few weeks of treatment.50

More recent case reports have shown the efficacy of IL-1 inhibitors including gevokizumab, canakinumab, and anakinra in achieving GPP clearance, though more prospective studies are needed to evaluate their efficacy.51-53 Given the etiologic association between IL-1 disinhibition and GPP, future investigations of these therapies as well as those that target the IL-36 pathway may prove to be particularly interesting.

Phototherapy and Combination Therapies—Phototherapy may be considered as maintenance therapy after disease control is achieved, though it is not considered appropriate for acute cases.28 Combination therapies with a biologic plus a nonbiologic systemic agent or alternating among various biologics may allow physicians to maximize benefits and minimize adverse effects in the long term, though there is insufficient evidence to suggest any specific combination treatment algorithm for GPP.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pediatric Patients

Based on a small number of case series and case reports, the first-line treatment strategy for children with GPP is similar to adults. Given the notable adverse events of most oral systemic agents, biologic therapies may emerge as first-line therapy in the pediatric population as more evidence accumulates.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pregnant Patients

Systemic corticosteroids are widely considered to be the first-line treatments for the management of impetigo herpetiformis.7 Low-dose prednisone (15–30 mg/d) usually is effective, but severe cases may require increasing the dosage to 60 mg/d.6 Given the potential for rebound flares upon withdrawal of systemic corticosteroids, these agents must be gradually tapered after the resolution of symptoms.

Certolizumab pegol also is an attractive option in pregnant patients with impetigo herpetiformis because of its favorable safety profile and negligible mother-to-infant transfer through the placenta or breast milk. It has been shown to be effective in treating GPP and impetigo herpetiformis during pregnancy in recently published case reports.54,55 In refractory cases, other TNF-α inhibitors (eg, adalimumab, infliximab, etanercept) or cyclosporine may be considered. However, cautious medical monitoring is warranted, as little is known about the potential adverse effects of these agents to the mother and fetus.28,56 Data from transplant recipients along with several case reports indicate that cyclosporine is not associated with an increased risk for adverse effects during pregnancy at a dose of 2 to 3 mg/kg.57-59 Both methotrexate and retinoids are known teratogens and are therefore contraindicated in pregnant patients.56

If pustules do not resolve in the postpartum period, patients should be treated with standard GPP therapies. However, long-term and population studies are lacking regarding the potential for infant exposure to systemic agents in breast milk. Therefore, the NPF recommends avoiding breastfeeding while taking systemic medications, if possible.56

Limitations of Treatment Recommendations

The ability to generate an evidence-based treatment strategy for GPP is limited by a lack of high-quality studies investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments in patients with GPP due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease, which makes randomized controlled trials difficult to conduct. The quality of the available research is further limited by the lack of validated outcome measures to specifically assess improvements in patients with GPP, such that results are difficult to synthesize and compare among studies.31

Conclusion

Although limited, the available research suggests that treatment with various biologics, especially infliximab, is effective in achieving rapid clearance in patients with GPP. In general, biologics may be the most appropriate treatment option in patients with GPP given their relatively favorable safety profiles. Other oral systemic agents, including acitretin, cyclosporine, and methotrexate, have limited evidence to support their use in the acute phase, but their safety profiles often limit their utility in the long-term. Emerging evidence regarding the association of GPP with IL36RN mutations suggests a unique role for agents targeting the IL-36 or IL-1 pathways, though this has yet to be thoroughly investigated.

References
  1. Benjegerdes KE, Hyde K, Kivelevitch D, et al. Pustular psoriasis: pathophysiology and current treatment perspectives. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2016;6:131‐144.
  2. Bachelez H. Pustular psoriasis and related pustular skin diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2018;178:614‐618.
  3. Gooderham MJ, Van Voorhees AS, Lebwohl MG. An update on generalized pustular psoriasis. Expert Rev Clin Immunol. 2019;15:907‐919.
  4. Ly K, Beck KM, Smith MP, et al. Diagnosis and screening of patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2019;9:37‐42.
  5. van de Kerkhof PCM, Nestle FO. Psoriasis. In: Bolognia JL, Jorizzo JJ, Schaffer JV, eds. Dermatology. 3rd ed. Elsevier; 2012:138-160.
  6. Hoegler KM, John AM, Handler MZ, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis: a review and update on treatment. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:1645‐1651.
  7. Oumeish OY, Parish JL. Impetigo herpetiformis. Clin Dermatol. 2006;24:101‐104.
  8. Johnston A, Xing X, Wolterink L, et al. IL-1 and IL-36 are dominant cytokines in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2017;140:109-120.
  9. Furue K, Yamamura K, Tsuji G, et al. Highlighting interleukin-36 signalling in plaque psoriasis and pustular psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2018;98:5-13.
  10. Ogawa E, Sato Y, Minagawa A, et al. Pathogenesis of psoriasis and development of treatment. J Dermatol. 2018;45:264-272.
  11. Marrakchi S, Guigue P, Renshaw BR, et al. Interleukin-36-receptor antagonist deficiency and generalized pustular psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:620-628.
  12. Onoufriadis A, Simpson MA, Pink AE, et al. Mutations in IL36RN/IL1F5 are associated with the severe episodic inflammatory skin disease known as generalized pustular psoriasis. Am J Hum Genet. 2011;89:432-437.
  13. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Navarini AA, Patel VM, et al. Rare pathogenic variants in IL36RN underlie a spectrum of psoriasis-associated pustular phenotypes. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:1366-1369.
  14. Sugiura K, Takemoto A, Yamaguchi M, et al. The majority of generalized pustular psoriasis without psoriasis vulgaris is caused by deficiency of interleukin-36 receptor antagonist. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2514-2521.
  15. Hussain S, Berki DM, Choon SE, et al. IL36RN mutations define a severe autoinflammatory phenotype of generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2015;135:1067-1070.e9.
  16. Körber A, Mossner R, Renner R, et al. Mutations in IL36RN in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2634-2637.
  17. Twelves S, Mostafa A, Dand N, et al. Clinical and genetic differences between pustular psoriasis subtypes. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2019;143:1021-1026.
  18. Sugiura K. The genetic background of generalized pustular psoriasis: IL36RN mutations and CARD14 gain-of-function variants. J Dermatol Sci. 2014;74:187-192
  19. Wang Y, Cheng R, Lu Z, et al. Clinical profiles of pediatric patients with GPP alone and with different IL36RN genotypes. J Dermatol Sci. 2017;85:235-240.
  20. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Simpson MA, Navarini AA, et al. AP1S3 mutations are associated with pustular psoriasis and impaired Toll-like receptor 3 trafficking. Am J Hum Genet. 2014;94:790-797.
  21. Mahil SK, Twelves S, Farkas K, et al. AP1S3 mutations cause skin autoinflammation by disrupting keratinocyte autophagy and upregulating IL-36 production. J Invest Dermatol. 2016;136:2251-2259.
  22. Umezawa Y, Ozawa A, Kawasima T, et al. Therapeutic guidelines for the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) based on a proposed classification of disease severity. Arch Dermatol Res. 2003;295(suppl 1):S43-S54.
  23. Viguier M, Allez M, Zagdanski AM, et al. High frequency of cholestasis in generalized pustular psoriasis: evidence for neutrophilic involvement of the biliary tract. Hepatology. 2004;40:452-458.
  24. Ryan TJ, Baker H. The prognosis of generalized pustular psoriasis. Br J Dermatol. 1971;85:407-411.
  25. Kalb RE. Pustular psoriasis: management. In: Ofori AO, Duffin KC, eds. UpToDate. UpToDate; 2014. Accessed July 20, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pustular-psoriasis-management/print
  26. Naik HB, Cowen EW. Autoinflammatory pustular neutrophilic diseases. Dermatol Clin. 2013;31:405-425.
  27. Sidoroff A, Dunant A, Viboud C, et al. Risk factors for acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP)—results of a multinational case-control study (EuroSCAR). Br J Dermatol. 2007;157:989-996.
  28. Robinson A, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Treatment of pustular psoriasis: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:279‐288.
  29. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  30. Mengesha YM, Bennett ML. Pustular skin disorders: diagnosis and treatment. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3:389-400.
  31. Zhou LL, Georgakopoulos JR, Ighani A, et al. Systemic monotherapy treatments for generalized pustular psoriasis: a systematic review. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;22:591‐601.
  32. Elewski BE. Infliximab for the treatment of severe pustular psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;47:796-797.
  33. Kim HS, You HS, Cho HH, et al. Two cases of generalized pustular psoriasis: successful treatment with infliximab. Ann Dermatol. 2014;26:787-788.
  34. Trent JT, Kerdel FA. Successful treatment of Von Zumbusch pustular psoriasis with infliximab. J Cutan Med Surg. 2004;8:224-228.
  35. Poulalhon N, Begon E, Lebbé C, et al. A follow-up study in 28 patients treated with infliximab for severe recalcitrant psoriasis: evidence for efficacy and high incidence of biological autoimmunity. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:329-336.
  36. Routhouska S, Sheth PB, Korman NJ. Long-term management of generalized pustular psoriasis with infliximab: case series. J Cutan Med Surg. 2008;12:184-188.
  37. Lisby S, Gniadecki R. Infliximab (Remicade) for acute, severe pustular and erythrodermic psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2004;84:247-248.
  38. Zangrilli A, Papoutsaki M, Talamonti M, et al. Long-term efficacy of adalimumab in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol Treat. 2008;19:185-187.
  39. Matsumoto A, Komine M, Karakawa M, et al. Adalimumab administration after infliximab therapy is a successful treatment strategy for generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol. 2017;44:202-204.
  40. Kamarashev J, Lor P, Forster A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by cyclosporin in a withdrawal responding to the tumour necrosis factor alpha inhibitor etanercept. Dermatology. 2002;205:213-216.
  41. Esposito M, Mazzotta A, Casciello C, et al. Etanercept at different dosages in the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis: a case series. Dermatology. 2008;216:355-360.
  42. Lo Schiavo A, Brancaccio G, Puca RV, et al. Etanercept in the treatment of generalized annular pustular psoriasis. Ann Dermatol. 2012;24:233-234.
  43. Goiriz R, Daudén E, Pérez-Gala S, et al. Flare and change of psoriasis morphology during the course of treatment with tumor necrosis factor blockers. Clin Exp Dermatol. 2006;32:176-179.
  44. Collamer AN, Battafarano DF. Psoriatic skin lesions induced by tumor necrosis factor antagonist therapy: clinical features and possible immunopathogenesis. Semin Arthritis Rheum. 2010;40:233-240.
  45. Almutairi D, Sheasgreen C, Weizman A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by infliximab in a patient with inflammatory bowel disease. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;1:507-510.
  46. Imafuku S, Honma M, Okubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of secukinumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis: a 52-week analysis from phase III open-label multicenter Japanese study. J Dermatol. 2016;43:1011-1017
  47. Saeki H, Nakagawa H, Ishii T, et al. Efficacy and safety of open-label ixekizumab treatment in Japanese patients with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, erythrodermic psoriasis, and generalized pustular psoriasis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1148-1155.
  48. Yamasaki K, Nakagawa H, Kubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of brodalumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and psoriatic erythroderma: results from a 52-week, open-label study. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:741-751.
  49. Sano S, Kubo H, Morishima H, et al. Guselkumab, a human interleukin-23 monoclonal antibody in Japanese patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and erythrodermic psoriasis: efficacy and safety analyses of a 52-week, phase 3, multicenter, open-label study. J Dermatol. 2018;45:529‐539.
  50. Arakawa A, Ruzicka T, Prinz JC. Therapeutic efficacy of interleukin 12/interleukin 23 blockade in generalized pustular psoriasis regardless of IL36RN mutation status. JAMA Dermatol. 2016;152:825-828.
  51. Mansouri B, Richards L, Menter A. Treatment of two patients with generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1beta inhibitor gevokizumab. Br J Dermatol. 2015;173:239-241.
  52. Skendros P, Papagoras C, Lefaki I, et al. Successful response in a case of severe pustular psoriasis after interleukin-1 beta inhibition. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:212-215.
  53. Viguier M, Guigue P, Pagès C, et al. Successful treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1-receptor antagonist Anakinra: lack of correlation with IL1RN mutations. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:66-67.
  54. Fukushima H, Iwata Y, Arima M, et al. Efficacy and safety of treatment with anti-tumor necrosis factor‐α drugs for severe impetigo herpetiformis. J Dermatol. 2021;48:207-210.
  55. Mizutani Y, Mizutani YH, Matsuyama K, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis in pregnancy, successfully treated with certolizumab pegol. J Dermatol. 2021;47:e262-e263.
  56. Bae YS, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Review of treatment options for psoriasis in pregnant or lactating women: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:459‐477.
  57. Finch TM, Tan CY. Pustular psoriasis exacerbated by pregnancy and controlled by cyclosporin A. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:582-584.
  58. Gaughan WJ, Moritz MJ, Radomski JS, et al. National Transplantation Pregnancy Registry: report on outcomes of cyclosporine-treated female kidney transplant recipients with an interval from transplantation to pregnancy of greater than five years. Am J Kidney Dis. 1996;28:266-269.
  59. Kura MM, Surjushe AU. Generalized pustular psoriasis of pregnancy treated with oral cyclosporin. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2006;72:458-459.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Reynolds is from the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Ohio. Dr. Pithadia is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Drs. Lee and Clarey are from the University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha. Dr. Liao is from the University of San Francisco, California. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Reynolds, Pithadia, Lee, and Clarey report no conflicts of interest. Dr. Liao has received research grant funding from AbbVie, Amgen, Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Sanofi, and TRex Bio. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
19-25
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Reynolds is from the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Ohio. Dr. Pithadia is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Drs. Lee and Clarey are from the University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha. Dr. Liao is from the University of San Francisco, California. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Reynolds, Pithadia, Lee, and Clarey report no conflicts of interest. Dr. Liao has received research grant funding from AbbVie, Amgen, Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Sanofi, and TRex Bio. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Reynolds is from the University of Cincinnati College of Medicine, Ohio. Dr. Pithadia is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Drs. Lee and Clarey are from the University of Nebraska Medical Center, Omaha. Dr. Liao is from the University of San Francisco, California. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Reynolds, Pithadia, Lee, and Clarey report no conflicts of interest. Dr. Liao has received research grant funding from AbbVie, Amgen, Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Novartis, Pfizer, Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Sanofi, and TRex Bio. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Article PDF
Article PDF

Acute generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) is a rare severe variant of psoriasis characterized by the sudden widespread eruption of sterile pustules.1,2 The cutaneous manifestations of GPP also may be accompanied by signs of systemic inflammation, including fever, malaise, and leukocytosis.2 Complications are common and may be life-threatening, especially in older patients with comorbid diseases.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis most commonly occurs in patients with a preceding history of psoriasis, but it also may occur de novo.4 Generalized pustular psoriasis is associated with notable morbidity and mortality, and relapses are common.3,4 Many triggers of GPP have been identified, including initiation and withdrawal of various medications, infections, pregnancy, and other conditions.5,6 Although GPP most often occurs in adults, it also may arise in children and infants.3 In pregnancy, GPP is referred to as impetigo herpetiformis, despite having no etiologic ties with either herpes simplex virus or staphylococcal or streptococcal infection. Impetigo herpetiformis is considered one of the most dangerous dermatoses of pregnancy because of high rates of associated maternal and fetal morbidity.6,7

Acute GPP has proven to be a challenging disease to treat due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease; additionally, there are relatively few randomized controlled trials investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments for GPP. This review summarizes the features of GPP, including the pathophysiology of the disease, clinical and histological manifestations, and recommendations for management based on a PubMed search of articles indexed for MEDLINE using MeSH terms pertaining to the disease, including generalized pustular psoriasis, impetigo herpetiformis, and von Zumbusch psoriasis.

Pathophysiology

The pathophysiology of GPP is only partially understood, but it is thought to have a distinct pattern of immune activation compared with plaque psoriasis.8 Although there is a considerable amount of overlap and cross-talk among cytokine pathways, GPP generally is driven by innate immunity and unrestrained IL-36 cytokine activity. In contrast, adaptive immune responses—namely the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α, IL-23, IL-17, and IL-22 axes—underlie plaque psoriasis.8-10

Proinflammatory IL-36 cytokines α, β, and γ, which are all part of the IL-1 superfamily, bind to the IL-36 receptor (IL-36R) to recruit and activate immune cells via various mediators, including IL-1β; IL-8; and chemokines CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8.3 The IL-36 receptor antagonist (IL-36ra) acts to inhibit this inflammatory cascade.3,8 Microarray analyses of skin biopsy samples have shown that overexpression of IL-17A, TNF-α, IL-1, and IL-36 are seen in both GPP and plaque psoriasis lesions, but GPP lesions had higher expression of IL-1β, IL-36α, and IL-36γ and elevated neutrophil chemokines—CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8—compared with plaque psoriasis lesions.8

Gene Mutations Associated With GPP

There are 3 gene mutations that have been associated with pustular variants of psoriasis, though these mutations account for a minority of cases of GPP.4 Genetic screenings are not routinely indicated in patients with GPP, but they may be warranted in severe cases when a familial pattern of inheritance is suspected.4

IL36RN—The gene IL36RN codes the anti-inflammatory IL-36ra. Loss-of-function mutations in IL36RN lead to impairment of IL-36ra and consequently hyperactivity of the proinflammatory responses triggered by IL-36.3 Homozygous and heterozygous mutations in IL36RN have been observed in both familial and sporadic cases of GPP.11-13 Subsequent retrospective analyses have identified the presence of IL36RN mutations in patients with GPP with frequencies ranging from 23% to 37%.14-17IL36RN mutations are thought to be more common in patients without concomitant plaque psoriasis and have been associated with severe disease and early disease onset.15

CARD14—A gain-of-function mutation in CARD14 results in overactivation of the proinflammatory nuclear factor κB pathway and has been implicated in cases of GPP with concurrent psoriasis vulgaris. Interestingly, this may suggest distinct etiologies underlying GPP de novo and GPP in patients with a history of psoriasis.18,19

 

 

AP1S3—A loss-of-function mutation in AP1S3 results in abnormal endosomal trafficking and autophagy as well as increased expression of IL-36α.20,21

Clinical Presentation and DiagnosisCutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Generalized pustular psoriasis is characterized by the onset of widespread 2- to 3-mm sterile pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques4 (Figure). In patients with skin of color, the erythema may appear less obvious or perhaps slightly violaceous compared to White skin. Pustules may coalesce to form “lakes” of pus.5 Cutaneous symptoms include pain, burning, and pruritus. Associated mucosal findings may include cheilitis, geographic tongue, conjunctivitis, and uveitis.4

Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively
A and B, Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively.

The severity of symptoms can vary greatly among patients as well as between flares within the same patient.2,3 Four distinct patterns of GPP have been described. The von Zumbusch pattern is characterized by a rapid, generalized, painful, erythematous and pustular eruption accompanied by fever and asthenia. The pustules usually resolve after several days with extensive scaling. The annular pattern is characterized by annular, erythematous, scaly lesions with pustules present centrifugally. The lesions enlarge by centrifugal expansion over a period of hours to days, while healing occurs centrally. The exanthematic type is an acute eruption of small pustules that abruptly appear and disappear within a few days, usually from infection or medication initiation. Sometimes pustules appear within or at the edge of existing psoriatic plaques in a localized pattern—the fourth pattern—often following the exposure to irritants (eg, tars, anthralin).5

Impetigo Herpetiformis—Impetigo herpetiformis is a form of GPP associated with pregnancy. It generally presents early in the third trimester with symmetric erythematous plaques in flexural and intertriginous areas with pustules present at lesion margins. Lesions expand centrifugally, with pustulation present at the advancing edge.6,7 Patients often are acutely ill with fever, delirium, vomiting, and tetany. Mucous membranes, including the tongue, mouth, and esophagus, also may be involved. The eruption typically resolves after delivery, though it often recurs with subsequent pregnancies, with the morbidity risk rising with each successive pregnancy.7

Systemic and Extracutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Although the severity of GPP is highly variable, skin manifestations often are accompanied by systemic manifestations of inflammation, including fever and malaise. Common laboratory abnormalities include leukocytosis with peripheral neutrophilia, a high serum C-reactive protein level, hypocalcemia, and hypoalbuminemia.22 Abnormal liver enzymes often are present and result from neutrophilic cholangitis, with alternating strictures and dilations of biliary ducts observed on magnetic resonance imaging.23 Additional laboratory abnormalities are provided in Table 2. Other extracutaneous findings associated with GPP include arthralgia, edema, and characteristic psoriatic nail changes.4 Fatal complications include acute respiratory distress syndrome, renal dysfunction, cardiovascular shock, and sepsis.24,25

Diagnostic Criteria for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

Histologic Features

Given the potential for the skin manifestations of GPP to mimic other disorders, a skin biopsy is warranted to confirm the diagnosis. Generalized pustular psoriasis is histologically characterized by the presence of subcorneal macropustules (ie, spongiform pustules of Kogoj) formed by neutrophil infiltration into the spongelike network of the epidermis.6 Otherwise, the architecture of the epithelium in GPP is similar to that seen with plaque psoriasis, with parakeratosis, acanthosis, rete-ridge elongation, diminished stratum granulosum, and thinning of the suprapapillary epidermis, though the inflammatory cell infiltrate and edema are markedly more severe in GPP than plaque psoriasis.3,4

Differential Diagnosis

There are many other cutaneous pustular diagnoses that must be ruled out when evaluating a patient with GPP (Table 1).26 Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP) is a common mimicker of GPP that is differentiated histologically by the presence of eosinophils and necrotic keratinocytes.4 In addition to its distinct histopathologic findings, AGEP is classically associated with recent initiation of certain medications, most commonly penicillins, macrolides, quinolones, sulfonamides, terbinafine, and diltiazem.27 In contrast, GPP more commonly is related to withdrawal of corticosteroids as well as initiation of some biologic medications, including anti-TNF agents.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis should be suspected over AGEP in patients with a personal or family history of psoriasis, though GPP may arise in patients with or without a history of psoriasis. Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis usually is more abrupt in both onset and resolution compared with GPP, with clearance of pustules within a few days to weeks following cessation of the triggering factor.4

Differential Diagnoses for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

 

 

Other pustular variants of psoriasis (eg, palmoplantar pustular psoriasis, acrodermatitis continua of Hallopeau) are differentiated from GPP by their chronicity and localization to palmoplantar and/or ungual surfaces.5 Other differential diagnoses are listed in Table 1.

Diagnostic Criteria for GPP

Diagnostic criteria have been proposed for GPP (Table 2), including (1) the presence of sterile pustules, (2) systemic signs of inflammation, (3) laboratory abnormalities, (4) histopathologic confirmation of spongiform pustules of Kogoj, and (5) recurrence of symptoms.22 To definitively diagnose GPP, all 5 criteria must be met. To rule out mimickers, it may be worthwhile to perform Gram staining, potassium hydroxide preparation, in vitro cultures, and/or immunofluorescence testing.6

Treatment

Given the high potential for mortality associated with GPP, the most essential component of management is to ensure adequate supportive care. Any temperature, fluid, or electrolyte imbalances should be corrected as they arise. Secondary infections also must be identified and treated, if present, to reduce the risk for fatal complications, including systemic infection and sepsis. Precautions must be taken to ensure that serious end-organ damage, including hepatic, renal, and respiratory dysfunction, is avoided.

Adjunctive topical intervention often is initiated with bland emollients, corticosteroids, calcineurin inhibitors, and/or vitamin D derivatives to help soothe skin symptoms, but treatment with systemic therapies usually is warranted to achieve symptom control.2,25 Importantly, there are no systemic or topical agents that have specifically been approved for the treatment of GPP in Europe or the United States.3 Given the absence of universally accepted treatment guidelines, therapeutic agents for GPP usually are selected based on clinical experience while also taking the extent of involvement and disease severity into consideration.3

Treatment Recommendations for Adults

Oral Systemic Agents—Treatment guidelines set forth by the National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) in 2012 proposed that first-line therapies for GPP should be acitretin, cyclosporine, methotrexate, and infliximab.28 However, since those guidelines were established, many new biologic therapies have been approved for the treatment of psoriasis and often are considered in the treatment of psoriasis subtypes, including GPP.29 Although retinoids previously were considered to be a preferred first-line therapy, they are associated with a high incidence of adverse effects and must be used with caution in women of childbearing age.6 Oral acitretin at a dosage of 0.75 to 1.0 mg/kg/d has been shown to result in clinical improvement within 1 to 2 weeks, and a maintenance dosage of 0.125 to 0.25 mg/kg/d is required for several months to prevent recurrence.30 Methotrexate—5.0 to 15.0 mg/wk, or perhaps higher in patients with refractory disease, increased by 2.5-mg intervals until symptoms improve—is recommended by the NPF in patients who are unresponsive or cannot tolerate retinoids, though close monitoring for hematologic abnormalities is required. Cyclosporine 2.5 to 5.0 mg/kg/d is considered an alternative to methotrexate and retinoids; it has a faster onset of action, with improvement reported as early as 2 weeks after initiation of therapy.1,28 Although cyclosporine may be effective in the acute phase, especially in severe cases of GPP, long-term use of cyclosporine is not recommended because of the potential for renal dysfunction and hypertension.31

Biologic Agents—More recent evidence has accumulated supporting the efficacy of anti-TNF agents in the treatment of GPP, suggesting the positioning of these agents as first line. A number of case series have shown dramatic and rapid improvement of GPP with intravenous infliximab 3 to 5 mg/kg, with results observed hours to days after the first infusion.32-37 Thus, infliximab is recommended as first-line treatment in severe acute cases, though its efficacy as a maintenance therapy has not been sufficiently investigated.6 Case reports and case series document the safety and efficacy of adalimumab 40 to 80 mg every 1 to 2 weeks38,39 and etanercept 25 to 50 mg twice weekly40-42 in patients with recalcitrantGPP. Therefore, these anti-TNF agents may be considered in patients who are nonresponsive to treatment with infliximab.

Rarely, there have been reports of paradoxical induction of GPP with the use of some anti-TNF agents,43-45 which may be due to a cytokine imbalance characterized by unopposed IFN-α activation.6 In patients with a history of GPP after initiation of a biologic, treatment with agents from within the offending class should be avoided.

 

 

The IL-17A monoclonal antibodies secukinumab, ixekizumab, and brodalumab have been shown in open-label phase 3 studies to result in disease remission at 12 weeks.46-48 Treatment with guselkumab, an IL-23 monoclonal antibody, also has demonstrated efficacy in patients with GPP.49 Ustekinumab, an IL-12/23 inhibitor, in combination with acitretin also has been shown to be successful in achieving disease remission after a few weeks of treatment.50

More recent case reports have shown the efficacy of IL-1 inhibitors including gevokizumab, canakinumab, and anakinra in achieving GPP clearance, though more prospective studies are needed to evaluate their efficacy.51-53 Given the etiologic association between IL-1 disinhibition and GPP, future investigations of these therapies as well as those that target the IL-36 pathway may prove to be particularly interesting.

Phototherapy and Combination Therapies—Phototherapy may be considered as maintenance therapy after disease control is achieved, though it is not considered appropriate for acute cases.28 Combination therapies with a biologic plus a nonbiologic systemic agent or alternating among various biologics may allow physicians to maximize benefits and minimize adverse effects in the long term, though there is insufficient evidence to suggest any specific combination treatment algorithm for GPP.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pediatric Patients

Based on a small number of case series and case reports, the first-line treatment strategy for children with GPP is similar to adults. Given the notable adverse events of most oral systemic agents, biologic therapies may emerge as first-line therapy in the pediatric population as more evidence accumulates.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pregnant Patients

Systemic corticosteroids are widely considered to be the first-line treatments for the management of impetigo herpetiformis.7 Low-dose prednisone (15–30 mg/d) usually is effective, but severe cases may require increasing the dosage to 60 mg/d.6 Given the potential for rebound flares upon withdrawal of systemic corticosteroids, these agents must be gradually tapered after the resolution of symptoms.

Certolizumab pegol also is an attractive option in pregnant patients with impetigo herpetiformis because of its favorable safety profile and negligible mother-to-infant transfer through the placenta or breast milk. It has been shown to be effective in treating GPP and impetigo herpetiformis during pregnancy in recently published case reports.54,55 In refractory cases, other TNF-α inhibitors (eg, adalimumab, infliximab, etanercept) or cyclosporine may be considered. However, cautious medical monitoring is warranted, as little is known about the potential adverse effects of these agents to the mother and fetus.28,56 Data from transplant recipients along with several case reports indicate that cyclosporine is not associated with an increased risk for adverse effects during pregnancy at a dose of 2 to 3 mg/kg.57-59 Both methotrexate and retinoids are known teratogens and are therefore contraindicated in pregnant patients.56

If pustules do not resolve in the postpartum period, patients should be treated with standard GPP therapies. However, long-term and population studies are lacking regarding the potential for infant exposure to systemic agents in breast milk. Therefore, the NPF recommends avoiding breastfeeding while taking systemic medications, if possible.56

Limitations of Treatment Recommendations

The ability to generate an evidence-based treatment strategy for GPP is limited by a lack of high-quality studies investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments in patients with GPP due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease, which makes randomized controlled trials difficult to conduct. The quality of the available research is further limited by the lack of validated outcome measures to specifically assess improvements in patients with GPP, such that results are difficult to synthesize and compare among studies.31

Conclusion

Although limited, the available research suggests that treatment with various biologics, especially infliximab, is effective in achieving rapid clearance in patients with GPP. In general, biologics may be the most appropriate treatment option in patients with GPP given their relatively favorable safety profiles. Other oral systemic agents, including acitretin, cyclosporine, and methotrexate, have limited evidence to support their use in the acute phase, but their safety profiles often limit their utility in the long-term. Emerging evidence regarding the association of GPP with IL36RN mutations suggests a unique role for agents targeting the IL-36 or IL-1 pathways, though this has yet to be thoroughly investigated.

Acute generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) is a rare severe variant of psoriasis characterized by the sudden widespread eruption of sterile pustules.1,2 The cutaneous manifestations of GPP also may be accompanied by signs of systemic inflammation, including fever, malaise, and leukocytosis.2 Complications are common and may be life-threatening, especially in older patients with comorbid diseases.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis most commonly occurs in patients with a preceding history of psoriasis, but it also may occur de novo.4 Generalized pustular psoriasis is associated with notable morbidity and mortality, and relapses are common.3,4 Many triggers of GPP have been identified, including initiation and withdrawal of various medications, infections, pregnancy, and other conditions.5,6 Although GPP most often occurs in adults, it also may arise in children and infants.3 In pregnancy, GPP is referred to as impetigo herpetiformis, despite having no etiologic ties with either herpes simplex virus or staphylococcal or streptococcal infection. Impetigo herpetiformis is considered one of the most dangerous dermatoses of pregnancy because of high rates of associated maternal and fetal morbidity.6,7

Acute GPP has proven to be a challenging disease to treat due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease; additionally, there are relatively few randomized controlled trials investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments for GPP. This review summarizes the features of GPP, including the pathophysiology of the disease, clinical and histological manifestations, and recommendations for management based on a PubMed search of articles indexed for MEDLINE using MeSH terms pertaining to the disease, including generalized pustular psoriasis, impetigo herpetiformis, and von Zumbusch psoriasis.

Pathophysiology

The pathophysiology of GPP is only partially understood, but it is thought to have a distinct pattern of immune activation compared with plaque psoriasis.8 Although there is a considerable amount of overlap and cross-talk among cytokine pathways, GPP generally is driven by innate immunity and unrestrained IL-36 cytokine activity. In contrast, adaptive immune responses—namely the tumor necrosis factor (TNF) α, IL-23, IL-17, and IL-22 axes—underlie plaque psoriasis.8-10

Proinflammatory IL-36 cytokines α, β, and γ, which are all part of the IL-1 superfamily, bind to the IL-36 receptor (IL-36R) to recruit and activate immune cells via various mediators, including IL-1β; IL-8; and chemokines CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8.3 The IL-36 receptor antagonist (IL-36ra) acts to inhibit this inflammatory cascade.3,8 Microarray analyses of skin biopsy samples have shown that overexpression of IL-17A, TNF-α, IL-1, and IL-36 are seen in both GPP and plaque psoriasis lesions, but GPP lesions had higher expression of IL-1β, IL-36α, and IL-36γ and elevated neutrophil chemokines—CXCL1, CXCL2, and CXCL8—compared with plaque psoriasis lesions.8

Gene Mutations Associated With GPP

There are 3 gene mutations that have been associated with pustular variants of psoriasis, though these mutations account for a minority of cases of GPP.4 Genetic screenings are not routinely indicated in patients with GPP, but they may be warranted in severe cases when a familial pattern of inheritance is suspected.4

IL36RN—The gene IL36RN codes the anti-inflammatory IL-36ra. Loss-of-function mutations in IL36RN lead to impairment of IL-36ra and consequently hyperactivity of the proinflammatory responses triggered by IL-36.3 Homozygous and heterozygous mutations in IL36RN have been observed in both familial and sporadic cases of GPP.11-13 Subsequent retrospective analyses have identified the presence of IL36RN mutations in patients with GPP with frequencies ranging from 23% to 37%.14-17IL36RN mutations are thought to be more common in patients without concomitant plaque psoriasis and have been associated with severe disease and early disease onset.15

CARD14—A gain-of-function mutation in CARD14 results in overactivation of the proinflammatory nuclear factor κB pathway and has been implicated in cases of GPP with concurrent psoriasis vulgaris. Interestingly, this may suggest distinct etiologies underlying GPP de novo and GPP in patients with a history of psoriasis.18,19

 

 

AP1S3—A loss-of-function mutation in AP1S3 results in abnormal endosomal trafficking and autophagy as well as increased expression of IL-36α.20,21

Clinical Presentation and DiagnosisCutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Generalized pustular psoriasis is characterized by the onset of widespread 2- to 3-mm sterile pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques4 (Figure). In patients with skin of color, the erythema may appear less obvious or perhaps slightly violaceous compared to White skin. Pustules may coalesce to form “lakes” of pus.5 Cutaneous symptoms include pain, burning, and pruritus. Associated mucosal findings may include cheilitis, geographic tongue, conjunctivitis, and uveitis.4

Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively
A and B, Generalized pustular psoriasis with widespread 2- to 3-mm pustules on erythematous skin or within psoriasiform plaques, respectively.

The severity of symptoms can vary greatly among patients as well as between flares within the same patient.2,3 Four distinct patterns of GPP have been described. The von Zumbusch pattern is characterized by a rapid, generalized, painful, erythematous and pustular eruption accompanied by fever and asthenia. The pustules usually resolve after several days with extensive scaling. The annular pattern is characterized by annular, erythematous, scaly lesions with pustules present centrifugally. The lesions enlarge by centrifugal expansion over a period of hours to days, while healing occurs centrally. The exanthematic type is an acute eruption of small pustules that abruptly appear and disappear within a few days, usually from infection or medication initiation. Sometimes pustules appear within or at the edge of existing psoriatic plaques in a localized pattern—the fourth pattern—often following the exposure to irritants (eg, tars, anthralin).5

Impetigo Herpetiformis—Impetigo herpetiformis is a form of GPP associated with pregnancy. It generally presents early in the third trimester with symmetric erythematous plaques in flexural and intertriginous areas with pustules present at lesion margins. Lesions expand centrifugally, with pustulation present at the advancing edge.6,7 Patients often are acutely ill with fever, delirium, vomiting, and tetany. Mucous membranes, including the tongue, mouth, and esophagus, also may be involved. The eruption typically resolves after delivery, though it often recurs with subsequent pregnancies, with the morbidity risk rising with each successive pregnancy.7

Systemic and Extracutaneous Manifestations of GPP

Although the severity of GPP is highly variable, skin manifestations often are accompanied by systemic manifestations of inflammation, including fever and malaise. Common laboratory abnormalities include leukocytosis with peripheral neutrophilia, a high serum C-reactive protein level, hypocalcemia, and hypoalbuminemia.22 Abnormal liver enzymes often are present and result from neutrophilic cholangitis, with alternating strictures and dilations of biliary ducts observed on magnetic resonance imaging.23 Additional laboratory abnormalities are provided in Table 2. Other extracutaneous findings associated with GPP include arthralgia, edema, and characteristic psoriatic nail changes.4 Fatal complications include acute respiratory distress syndrome, renal dysfunction, cardiovascular shock, and sepsis.24,25

Diagnostic Criteria for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

Histologic Features

Given the potential for the skin manifestations of GPP to mimic other disorders, a skin biopsy is warranted to confirm the diagnosis. Generalized pustular psoriasis is histologically characterized by the presence of subcorneal macropustules (ie, spongiform pustules of Kogoj) formed by neutrophil infiltration into the spongelike network of the epidermis.6 Otherwise, the architecture of the epithelium in GPP is similar to that seen with plaque psoriasis, with parakeratosis, acanthosis, rete-ridge elongation, diminished stratum granulosum, and thinning of the suprapapillary epidermis, though the inflammatory cell infiltrate and edema are markedly more severe in GPP than plaque psoriasis.3,4

Differential Diagnosis

There are many other cutaneous pustular diagnoses that must be ruled out when evaluating a patient with GPP (Table 1).26 Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP) is a common mimicker of GPP that is differentiated histologically by the presence of eosinophils and necrotic keratinocytes.4 In addition to its distinct histopathologic findings, AGEP is classically associated with recent initiation of certain medications, most commonly penicillins, macrolides, quinolones, sulfonamides, terbinafine, and diltiazem.27 In contrast, GPP more commonly is related to withdrawal of corticosteroids as well as initiation of some biologic medications, including anti-TNF agents.3 Generalized pustular psoriasis should be suspected over AGEP in patients with a personal or family history of psoriasis, though GPP may arise in patients with or without a history of psoriasis. Acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis usually is more abrupt in both onset and resolution compared with GPP, with clearance of pustules within a few days to weeks following cessation of the triggering factor.4

Differential Diagnoses for Generalized Pustular Psoriasis

 

 

Other pustular variants of psoriasis (eg, palmoplantar pustular psoriasis, acrodermatitis continua of Hallopeau) are differentiated from GPP by their chronicity and localization to palmoplantar and/or ungual surfaces.5 Other differential diagnoses are listed in Table 1.

Diagnostic Criteria for GPP

Diagnostic criteria have been proposed for GPP (Table 2), including (1) the presence of sterile pustules, (2) systemic signs of inflammation, (3) laboratory abnormalities, (4) histopathologic confirmation of spongiform pustules of Kogoj, and (5) recurrence of symptoms.22 To definitively diagnose GPP, all 5 criteria must be met. To rule out mimickers, it may be worthwhile to perform Gram staining, potassium hydroxide preparation, in vitro cultures, and/or immunofluorescence testing.6

Treatment

Given the high potential for mortality associated with GPP, the most essential component of management is to ensure adequate supportive care. Any temperature, fluid, or electrolyte imbalances should be corrected as they arise. Secondary infections also must be identified and treated, if present, to reduce the risk for fatal complications, including systemic infection and sepsis. Precautions must be taken to ensure that serious end-organ damage, including hepatic, renal, and respiratory dysfunction, is avoided.

Adjunctive topical intervention often is initiated with bland emollients, corticosteroids, calcineurin inhibitors, and/or vitamin D derivatives to help soothe skin symptoms, but treatment with systemic therapies usually is warranted to achieve symptom control.2,25 Importantly, there are no systemic or topical agents that have specifically been approved for the treatment of GPP in Europe or the United States.3 Given the absence of universally accepted treatment guidelines, therapeutic agents for GPP usually are selected based on clinical experience while also taking the extent of involvement and disease severity into consideration.3

Treatment Recommendations for Adults

Oral Systemic Agents—Treatment guidelines set forth by the National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) in 2012 proposed that first-line therapies for GPP should be acitretin, cyclosporine, methotrexate, and infliximab.28 However, since those guidelines were established, many new biologic therapies have been approved for the treatment of psoriasis and often are considered in the treatment of psoriasis subtypes, including GPP.29 Although retinoids previously were considered to be a preferred first-line therapy, they are associated with a high incidence of adverse effects and must be used with caution in women of childbearing age.6 Oral acitretin at a dosage of 0.75 to 1.0 mg/kg/d has been shown to result in clinical improvement within 1 to 2 weeks, and a maintenance dosage of 0.125 to 0.25 mg/kg/d is required for several months to prevent recurrence.30 Methotrexate—5.0 to 15.0 mg/wk, or perhaps higher in patients with refractory disease, increased by 2.5-mg intervals until symptoms improve—is recommended by the NPF in patients who are unresponsive or cannot tolerate retinoids, though close monitoring for hematologic abnormalities is required. Cyclosporine 2.5 to 5.0 mg/kg/d is considered an alternative to methotrexate and retinoids; it has a faster onset of action, with improvement reported as early as 2 weeks after initiation of therapy.1,28 Although cyclosporine may be effective in the acute phase, especially in severe cases of GPP, long-term use of cyclosporine is not recommended because of the potential for renal dysfunction and hypertension.31

Biologic Agents—More recent evidence has accumulated supporting the efficacy of anti-TNF agents in the treatment of GPP, suggesting the positioning of these agents as first line. A number of case series have shown dramatic and rapid improvement of GPP with intravenous infliximab 3 to 5 mg/kg, with results observed hours to days after the first infusion.32-37 Thus, infliximab is recommended as first-line treatment in severe acute cases, though its efficacy as a maintenance therapy has not been sufficiently investigated.6 Case reports and case series document the safety and efficacy of adalimumab 40 to 80 mg every 1 to 2 weeks38,39 and etanercept 25 to 50 mg twice weekly40-42 in patients with recalcitrantGPP. Therefore, these anti-TNF agents may be considered in patients who are nonresponsive to treatment with infliximab.

Rarely, there have been reports of paradoxical induction of GPP with the use of some anti-TNF agents,43-45 which may be due to a cytokine imbalance characterized by unopposed IFN-α activation.6 In patients with a history of GPP after initiation of a biologic, treatment with agents from within the offending class should be avoided.

 

 

The IL-17A monoclonal antibodies secukinumab, ixekizumab, and brodalumab have been shown in open-label phase 3 studies to result in disease remission at 12 weeks.46-48 Treatment with guselkumab, an IL-23 monoclonal antibody, also has demonstrated efficacy in patients with GPP.49 Ustekinumab, an IL-12/23 inhibitor, in combination with acitretin also has been shown to be successful in achieving disease remission after a few weeks of treatment.50

More recent case reports have shown the efficacy of IL-1 inhibitors including gevokizumab, canakinumab, and anakinra in achieving GPP clearance, though more prospective studies are needed to evaluate their efficacy.51-53 Given the etiologic association between IL-1 disinhibition and GPP, future investigations of these therapies as well as those that target the IL-36 pathway may prove to be particularly interesting.

Phototherapy and Combination Therapies—Phototherapy may be considered as maintenance therapy after disease control is achieved, though it is not considered appropriate for acute cases.28 Combination therapies with a biologic plus a nonbiologic systemic agent or alternating among various biologics may allow physicians to maximize benefits and minimize adverse effects in the long term, though there is insufficient evidence to suggest any specific combination treatment algorithm for GPP.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pediatric Patients

Based on a small number of case series and case reports, the first-line treatment strategy for children with GPP is similar to adults. Given the notable adverse events of most oral systemic agents, biologic therapies may emerge as first-line therapy in the pediatric population as more evidence accumulates.28

Treatment Recommendations for Pregnant Patients

Systemic corticosteroids are widely considered to be the first-line treatments for the management of impetigo herpetiformis.7 Low-dose prednisone (15–30 mg/d) usually is effective, but severe cases may require increasing the dosage to 60 mg/d.6 Given the potential for rebound flares upon withdrawal of systemic corticosteroids, these agents must be gradually tapered after the resolution of symptoms.

Certolizumab pegol also is an attractive option in pregnant patients with impetigo herpetiformis because of its favorable safety profile and negligible mother-to-infant transfer through the placenta or breast milk. It has been shown to be effective in treating GPP and impetigo herpetiformis during pregnancy in recently published case reports.54,55 In refractory cases, other TNF-α inhibitors (eg, adalimumab, infliximab, etanercept) or cyclosporine may be considered. However, cautious medical monitoring is warranted, as little is known about the potential adverse effects of these agents to the mother and fetus.28,56 Data from transplant recipients along with several case reports indicate that cyclosporine is not associated with an increased risk for adverse effects during pregnancy at a dose of 2 to 3 mg/kg.57-59 Both methotrexate and retinoids are known teratogens and are therefore contraindicated in pregnant patients.56

If pustules do not resolve in the postpartum period, patients should be treated with standard GPP therapies. However, long-term and population studies are lacking regarding the potential for infant exposure to systemic agents in breast milk. Therefore, the NPF recommends avoiding breastfeeding while taking systemic medications, if possible.56

Limitations of Treatment Recommendations

The ability to generate an evidence-based treatment strategy for GPP is limited by a lack of high-quality studies investigating the efficacy and safety of treatments in patients with GPP due to the rarity and relapsing-remitting nature of the disease, which makes randomized controlled trials difficult to conduct. The quality of the available research is further limited by the lack of validated outcome measures to specifically assess improvements in patients with GPP, such that results are difficult to synthesize and compare among studies.31

Conclusion

Although limited, the available research suggests that treatment with various biologics, especially infliximab, is effective in achieving rapid clearance in patients with GPP. In general, biologics may be the most appropriate treatment option in patients with GPP given their relatively favorable safety profiles. Other oral systemic agents, including acitretin, cyclosporine, and methotrexate, have limited evidence to support their use in the acute phase, but their safety profiles often limit their utility in the long-term. Emerging evidence regarding the association of GPP with IL36RN mutations suggests a unique role for agents targeting the IL-36 or IL-1 pathways, though this has yet to be thoroughly investigated.

References
  1. Benjegerdes KE, Hyde K, Kivelevitch D, et al. Pustular psoriasis: pathophysiology and current treatment perspectives. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2016;6:131‐144.
  2. Bachelez H. Pustular psoriasis and related pustular skin diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2018;178:614‐618.
  3. Gooderham MJ, Van Voorhees AS, Lebwohl MG. An update on generalized pustular psoriasis. Expert Rev Clin Immunol. 2019;15:907‐919.
  4. Ly K, Beck KM, Smith MP, et al. Diagnosis and screening of patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2019;9:37‐42.
  5. van de Kerkhof PCM, Nestle FO. Psoriasis. In: Bolognia JL, Jorizzo JJ, Schaffer JV, eds. Dermatology. 3rd ed. Elsevier; 2012:138-160.
  6. Hoegler KM, John AM, Handler MZ, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis: a review and update on treatment. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:1645‐1651.
  7. Oumeish OY, Parish JL. Impetigo herpetiformis. Clin Dermatol. 2006;24:101‐104.
  8. Johnston A, Xing X, Wolterink L, et al. IL-1 and IL-36 are dominant cytokines in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2017;140:109-120.
  9. Furue K, Yamamura K, Tsuji G, et al. Highlighting interleukin-36 signalling in plaque psoriasis and pustular psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2018;98:5-13.
  10. Ogawa E, Sato Y, Minagawa A, et al. Pathogenesis of psoriasis and development of treatment. J Dermatol. 2018;45:264-272.
  11. Marrakchi S, Guigue P, Renshaw BR, et al. Interleukin-36-receptor antagonist deficiency and generalized pustular psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:620-628.
  12. Onoufriadis A, Simpson MA, Pink AE, et al. Mutations in IL36RN/IL1F5 are associated with the severe episodic inflammatory skin disease known as generalized pustular psoriasis. Am J Hum Genet. 2011;89:432-437.
  13. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Navarini AA, Patel VM, et al. Rare pathogenic variants in IL36RN underlie a spectrum of psoriasis-associated pustular phenotypes. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:1366-1369.
  14. Sugiura K, Takemoto A, Yamaguchi M, et al. The majority of generalized pustular psoriasis without psoriasis vulgaris is caused by deficiency of interleukin-36 receptor antagonist. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2514-2521.
  15. Hussain S, Berki DM, Choon SE, et al. IL36RN mutations define a severe autoinflammatory phenotype of generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2015;135:1067-1070.e9.
  16. Körber A, Mossner R, Renner R, et al. Mutations in IL36RN in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2634-2637.
  17. Twelves S, Mostafa A, Dand N, et al. Clinical and genetic differences between pustular psoriasis subtypes. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2019;143:1021-1026.
  18. Sugiura K. The genetic background of generalized pustular psoriasis: IL36RN mutations and CARD14 gain-of-function variants. J Dermatol Sci. 2014;74:187-192
  19. Wang Y, Cheng R, Lu Z, et al. Clinical profiles of pediatric patients with GPP alone and with different IL36RN genotypes. J Dermatol Sci. 2017;85:235-240.
  20. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Simpson MA, Navarini AA, et al. AP1S3 mutations are associated with pustular psoriasis and impaired Toll-like receptor 3 trafficking. Am J Hum Genet. 2014;94:790-797.
  21. Mahil SK, Twelves S, Farkas K, et al. AP1S3 mutations cause skin autoinflammation by disrupting keratinocyte autophagy and upregulating IL-36 production. J Invest Dermatol. 2016;136:2251-2259.
  22. Umezawa Y, Ozawa A, Kawasima T, et al. Therapeutic guidelines for the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) based on a proposed classification of disease severity. Arch Dermatol Res. 2003;295(suppl 1):S43-S54.
  23. Viguier M, Allez M, Zagdanski AM, et al. High frequency of cholestasis in generalized pustular psoriasis: evidence for neutrophilic involvement of the biliary tract. Hepatology. 2004;40:452-458.
  24. Ryan TJ, Baker H. The prognosis of generalized pustular psoriasis. Br J Dermatol. 1971;85:407-411.
  25. Kalb RE. Pustular psoriasis: management. In: Ofori AO, Duffin KC, eds. UpToDate. UpToDate; 2014. Accessed July 20, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pustular-psoriasis-management/print
  26. Naik HB, Cowen EW. Autoinflammatory pustular neutrophilic diseases. Dermatol Clin. 2013;31:405-425.
  27. Sidoroff A, Dunant A, Viboud C, et al. Risk factors for acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP)—results of a multinational case-control study (EuroSCAR). Br J Dermatol. 2007;157:989-996.
  28. Robinson A, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Treatment of pustular psoriasis: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:279‐288.
  29. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  30. Mengesha YM, Bennett ML. Pustular skin disorders: diagnosis and treatment. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3:389-400.
  31. Zhou LL, Georgakopoulos JR, Ighani A, et al. Systemic monotherapy treatments for generalized pustular psoriasis: a systematic review. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;22:591‐601.
  32. Elewski BE. Infliximab for the treatment of severe pustular psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;47:796-797.
  33. Kim HS, You HS, Cho HH, et al. Two cases of generalized pustular psoriasis: successful treatment with infliximab. Ann Dermatol. 2014;26:787-788.
  34. Trent JT, Kerdel FA. Successful treatment of Von Zumbusch pustular psoriasis with infliximab. J Cutan Med Surg. 2004;8:224-228.
  35. Poulalhon N, Begon E, Lebbé C, et al. A follow-up study in 28 patients treated with infliximab for severe recalcitrant psoriasis: evidence for efficacy and high incidence of biological autoimmunity. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:329-336.
  36. Routhouska S, Sheth PB, Korman NJ. Long-term management of generalized pustular psoriasis with infliximab: case series. J Cutan Med Surg. 2008;12:184-188.
  37. Lisby S, Gniadecki R. Infliximab (Remicade) for acute, severe pustular and erythrodermic psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2004;84:247-248.
  38. Zangrilli A, Papoutsaki M, Talamonti M, et al. Long-term efficacy of adalimumab in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol Treat. 2008;19:185-187.
  39. Matsumoto A, Komine M, Karakawa M, et al. Adalimumab administration after infliximab therapy is a successful treatment strategy for generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol. 2017;44:202-204.
  40. Kamarashev J, Lor P, Forster A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by cyclosporin in a withdrawal responding to the tumour necrosis factor alpha inhibitor etanercept. Dermatology. 2002;205:213-216.
  41. Esposito M, Mazzotta A, Casciello C, et al. Etanercept at different dosages in the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis: a case series. Dermatology. 2008;216:355-360.
  42. Lo Schiavo A, Brancaccio G, Puca RV, et al. Etanercept in the treatment of generalized annular pustular psoriasis. Ann Dermatol. 2012;24:233-234.
  43. Goiriz R, Daudén E, Pérez-Gala S, et al. Flare and change of psoriasis morphology during the course of treatment with tumor necrosis factor blockers. Clin Exp Dermatol. 2006;32:176-179.
  44. Collamer AN, Battafarano DF. Psoriatic skin lesions induced by tumor necrosis factor antagonist therapy: clinical features and possible immunopathogenesis. Semin Arthritis Rheum. 2010;40:233-240.
  45. Almutairi D, Sheasgreen C, Weizman A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by infliximab in a patient with inflammatory bowel disease. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;1:507-510.
  46. Imafuku S, Honma M, Okubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of secukinumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis: a 52-week analysis from phase III open-label multicenter Japanese study. J Dermatol. 2016;43:1011-1017
  47. Saeki H, Nakagawa H, Ishii T, et al. Efficacy and safety of open-label ixekizumab treatment in Japanese patients with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, erythrodermic psoriasis, and generalized pustular psoriasis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1148-1155.
  48. Yamasaki K, Nakagawa H, Kubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of brodalumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and psoriatic erythroderma: results from a 52-week, open-label study. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:741-751.
  49. Sano S, Kubo H, Morishima H, et al. Guselkumab, a human interleukin-23 monoclonal antibody in Japanese patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and erythrodermic psoriasis: efficacy and safety analyses of a 52-week, phase 3, multicenter, open-label study. J Dermatol. 2018;45:529‐539.
  50. Arakawa A, Ruzicka T, Prinz JC. Therapeutic efficacy of interleukin 12/interleukin 23 blockade in generalized pustular psoriasis regardless of IL36RN mutation status. JAMA Dermatol. 2016;152:825-828.
  51. Mansouri B, Richards L, Menter A. Treatment of two patients with generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1beta inhibitor gevokizumab. Br J Dermatol. 2015;173:239-241.
  52. Skendros P, Papagoras C, Lefaki I, et al. Successful response in a case of severe pustular psoriasis after interleukin-1 beta inhibition. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:212-215.
  53. Viguier M, Guigue P, Pagès C, et al. Successful treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1-receptor antagonist Anakinra: lack of correlation with IL1RN mutations. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:66-67.
  54. Fukushima H, Iwata Y, Arima M, et al. Efficacy and safety of treatment with anti-tumor necrosis factor‐α drugs for severe impetigo herpetiformis. J Dermatol. 2021;48:207-210.
  55. Mizutani Y, Mizutani YH, Matsuyama K, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis in pregnancy, successfully treated with certolizumab pegol. J Dermatol. 2021;47:e262-e263.
  56. Bae YS, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Review of treatment options for psoriasis in pregnant or lactating women: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:459‐477.
  57. Finch TM, Tan CY. Pustular psoriasis exacerbated by pregnancy and controlled by cyclosporin A. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:582-584.
  58. Gaughan WJ, Moritz MJ, Radomski JS, et al. National Transplantation Pregnancy Registry: report on outcomes of cyclosporine-treated female kidney transplant recipients with an interval from transplantation to pregnancy of greater than five years. Am J Kidney Dis. 1996;28:266-269.
  59. Kura MM, Surjushe AU. Generalized pustular psoriasis of pregnancy treated with oral cyclosporin. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2006;72:458-459.
References
  1. Benjegerdes KE, Hyde K, Kivelevitch D, et al. Pustular psoriasis: pathophysiology and current treatment perspectives. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2016;6:131‐144.
  2. Bachelez H. Pustular psoriasis and related pustular skin diseases. Br J Dermatol. 2018;178:614‐618.
  3. Gooderham MJ, Van Voorhees AS, Lebwohl MG. An update on generalized pustular psoriasis. Expert Rev Clin Immunol. 2019;15:907‐919.
  4. Ly K, Beck KM, Smith MP, et al. Diagnosis and screening of patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. Psoriasis (Auckl). 2019;9:37‐42.
  5. van de Kerkhof PCM, Nestle FO. Psoriasis. In: Bolognia JL, Jorizzo JJ, Schaffer JV, eds. Dermatology. 3rd ed. Elsevier; 2012:138-160.
  6. Hoegler KM, John AM, Handler MZ, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis: a review and update on treatment. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2018;32:1645‐1651.
  7. Oumeish OY, Parish JL. Impetigo herpetiformis. Clin Dermatol. 2006;24:101‐104.
  8. Johnston A, Xing X, Wolterink L, et al. IL-1 and IL-36 are dominant cytokines in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2017;140:109-120.
  9. Furue K, Yamamura K, Tsuji G, et al. Highlighting interleukin-36 signalling in plaque psoriasis and pustular psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2018;98:5-13.
  10. Ogawa E, Sato Y, Minagawa A, et al. Pathogenesis of psoriasis and development of treatment. J Dermatol. 2018;45:264-272.
  11. Marrakchi S, Guigue P, Renshaw BR, et al. Interleukin-36-receptor antagonist deficiency and generalized pustular psoriasis. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:620-628.
  12. Onoufriadis A, Simpson MA, Pink AE, et al. Mutations in IL36RN/IL1F5 are associated with the severe episodic inflammatory skin disease known as generalized pustular psoriasis. Am J Hum Genet. 2011;89:432-437.
  13. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Navarini AA, Patel VM, et al. Rare pathogenic variants in IL36RN underlie a spectrum of psoriasis-associated pustular phenotypes. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:1366-1369.
  14. Sugiura K, Takemoto A, Yamaguchi M, et al. The majority of generalized pustular psoriasis without psoriasis vulgaris is caused by deficiency of interleukin-36 receptor antagonist. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2514-2521.
  15. Hussain S, Berki DM, Choon SE, et al. IL36RN mutations define a severe autoinflammatory phenotype of generalized pustular psoriasis. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2015;135:1067-1070.e9.
  16. Körber A, Mossner R, Renner R, et al. Mutations in IL36RN in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis. J Invest Dermatol. 2013;133:2634-2637.
  17. Twelves S, Mostafa A, Dand N, et al. Clinical and genetic differences between pustular psoriasis subtypes. J Allergy Clin Immunol. 2019;143:1021-1026.
  18. Sugiura K. The genetic background of generalized pustular psoriasis: IL36RN mutations and CARD14 gain-of-function variants. J Dermatol Sci. 2014;74:187-192
  19. Wang Y, Cheng R, Lu Z, et al. Clinical profiles of pediatric patients with GPP alone and with different IL36RN genotypes. J Dermatol Sci. 2017;85:235-240.
  20. Setta-Kaffetzi N, Simpson MA, Navarini AA, et al. AP1S3 mutations are associated with pustular psoriasis and impaired Toll-like receptor 3 trafficking. Am J Hum Genet. 2014;94:790-797.
  21. Mahil SK, Twelves S, Farkas K, et al. AP1S3 mutations cause skin autoinflammation by disrupting keratinocyte autophagy and upregulating IL-36 production. J Invest Dermatol. 2016;136:2251-2259.
  22. Umezawa Y, Ozawa A, Kawasima T, et al. Therapeutic guidelines for the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) based on a proposed classification of disease severity. Arch Dermatol Res. 2003;295(suppl 1):S43-S54.
  23. Viguier M, Allez M, Zagdanski AM, et al. High frequency of cholestasis in generalized pustular psoriasis: evidence for neutrophilic involvement of the biliary tract. Hepatology. 2004;40:452-458.
  24. Ryan TJ, Baker H. The prognosis of generalized pustular psoriasis. Br J Dermatol. 1971;85:407-411.
  25. Kalb RE. Pustular psoriasis: management. In: Ofori AO, Duffin KC, eds. UpToDate. UpToDate; 2014. Accessed July 20, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com/contents/pustular-psoriasis-management/print
  26. Naik HB, Cowen EW. Autoinflammatory pustular neutrophilic diseases. Dermatol Clin. 2013;31:405-425.
  27. Sidoroff A, Dunant A, Viboud C, et al. Risk factors for acute generalized exanthematous pustulosis (AGEP)—results of a multinational case-control study (EuroSCAR). Br J Dermatol. 2007;157:989-996.
  28. Robinson A, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Treatment of pustular psoriasis: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:279‐288.
  29. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  30. Mengesha YM, Bennett ML. Pustular skin disorders: diagnosis and treatment. Am J Clin Dermatol 2002;3:389-400.
  31. Zhou LL, Georgakopoulos JR, Ighani A, et al. Systemic monotherapy treatments for generalized pustular psoriasis: a systematic review. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;22:591‐601.
  32. Elewski BE. Infliximab for the treatment of severe pustular psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2002;47:796-797.
  33. Kim HS, You HS, Cho HH, et al. Two cases of generalized pustular psoriasis: successful treatment with infliximab. Ann Dermatol. 2014;26:787-788.
  34. Trent JT, Kerdel FA. Successful treatment of Von Zumbusch pustular psoriasis with infliximab. J Cutan Med Surg. 2004;8:224-228.
  35. Poulalhon N, Begon E, Lebbé C, et al. A follow-up study in 28 patients treated with infliximab for severe recalcitrant psoriasis: evidence for efficacy and high incidence of biological autoimmunity. Br J Dermatol. 2007;156:329-336.
  36. Routhouska S, Sheth PB, Korman NJ. Long-term management of generalized pustular psoriasis with infliximab: case series. J Cutan Med Surg. 2008;12:184-188.
  37. Lisby S, Gniadecki R. Infliximab (Remicade) for acute, severe pustular and erythrodermic psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 2004;84:247-248.
  38. Zangrilli A, Papoutsaki M, Talamonti M, et al. Long-term efficacy of adalimumab in generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol Treat. 2008;19:185-187.
  39. Matsumoto A, Komine M, Karakawa M, et al. Adalimumab administration after infliximab therapy is a successful treatment strategy for generalized pustular psoriasis. J Dermatol. 2017;44:202-204.
  40. Kamarashev J, Lor P, Forster A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by cyclosporin in a withdrawal responding to the tumour necrosis factor alpha inhibitor etanercept. Dermatology. 2002;205:213-216.
  41. Esposito M, Mazzotta A, Casciello C, et al. Etanercept at different dosages in the treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis: a case series. Dermatology. 2008;216:355-360.
  42. Lo Schiavo A, Brancaccio G, Puca RV, et al. Etanercept in the treatment of generalized annular pustular psoriasis. Ann Dermatol. 2012;24:233-234.
  43. Goiriz R, Daudén E, Pérez-Gala S, et al. Flare and change of psoriasis morphology during the course of treatment with tumor necrosis factor blockers. Clin Exp Dermatol. 2006;32:176-179.
  44. Collamer AN, Battafarano DF. Psoriatic skin lesions induced by tumor necrosis factor antagonist therapy: clinical features and possible immunopathogenesis. Semin Arthritis Rheum. 2010;40:233-240.
  45. Almutairi D, Sheasgreen C, Weizman A, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis induced by infliximab in a patient with inflammatory bowel disease. J Cutan Med Surg. 2018;1:507-510.
  46. Imafuku S, Honma M, Okubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of secukinumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis: a 52-week analysis from phase III open-label multicenter Japanese study. J Dermatol. 2016;43:1011-1017
  47. Saeki H, Nakagawa H, Ishii T, et al. Efficacy and safety of open-label ixekizumab treatment in Japanese patients with moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis, erythrodermic psoriasis, and generalized pustular psoriasis. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2015;29:1148-1155.
  48. Yamasaki K, Nakagawa H, Kubo Y, et al. Efficacy and safety of brodalumab in patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and psoriatic erythroderma: results from a 52-week, open-label study. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:741-751.
  49. Sano S, Kubo H, Morishima H, et al. Guselkumab, a human interleukin-23 monoclonal antibody in Japanese patients with generalized pustular psoriasis and erythrodermic psoriasis: efficacy and safety analyses of a 52-week, phase 3, multicenter, open-label study. J Dermatol. 2018;45:529‐539.
  50. Arakawa A, Ruzicka T, Prinz JC. Therapeutic efficacy of interleukin 12/interleukin 23 blockade in generalized pustular psoriasis regardless of IL36RN mutation status. JAMA Dermatol. 2016;152:825-828.
  51. Mansouri B, Richards L, Menter A. Treatment of two patients with generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1beta inhibitor gevokizumab. Br J Dermatol. 2015;173:239-241.
  52. Skendros P, Papagoras C, Lefaki I, et al. Successful response in a case of severe pustular psoriasis after interleukin-1 beta inhibition. Br J Dermatol. 2017;176:212-215.
  53. Viguier M, Guigue P, Pagès C, et al. Successful treatment of generalized pustular psoriasis with the interleukin-1-receptor antagonist Anakinra: lack of correlation with IL1RN mutations. Ann Intern Med. 2010;153:66-67.
  54. Fukushima H, Iwata Y, Arima M, et al. Efficacy and safety of treatment with anti-tumor necrosis factor‐α drugs for severe impetigo herpetiformis. J Dermatol. 2021;48:207-210.
  55. Mizutani Y, Mizutani YH, Matsuyama K, et al. Generalized pustular psoriasis in pregnancy, successfully treated with certolizumab pegol. J Dermatol. 2021;47:e262-e263.
  56. Bae YS, Van Voorhees AS, Hsu S, et al. Review of treatment options for psoriasis in pregnant or lactating women: from the Medical Board of the National Psoriasis Foundation. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2012;67:459‐477.
  57. Finch TM, Tan CY. Pustular psoriasis exacerbated by pregnancy and controlled by cyclosporin A. Br J Dermatol. 2000;142:582-584.
  58. Gaughan WJ, Moritz MJ, Radomski JS, et al. National Transplantation Pregnancy Registry: report on outcomes of cyclosporine-treated female kidney transplant recipients with an interval from transplantation to pregnancy of greater than five years. Am J Kidney Dis. 1996;28:266-269.
  59. Kura MM, Surjushe AU. Generalized pustular psoriasis of pregnancy treated with oral cyclosporin. Indian J Dermatol Venereol Leprol. 2006;72:458-459.
Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Page Number
19-25
Page Number
19-25
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Generalized Pustular Psoriasis: A Review of the Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Display Headline
Generalized Pustular Psoriasis: A Review of the Pathophysiology, Clinical Manifestations, Diagnosis, and Treatment
Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Generalized pustular psoriasis (GPP) is a rare severe variant of psoriasis that is characterized by the abrupt widespread onset of small pustules.
  • Although no treatments have specifically been approved for GPP, various biologics, especially infliximab, may be effective in achieving rapid clearance in patients with GPP. Other oral systemic agents including acitretin, cyclosporine, and methotrexate also have been shown to be effective.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Management of Psoriasis With Topicals: Applying the 2020 AAD-NPF Guidelines of Care to Clinical Practice

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 08/15/2022 - 23:03
Display Headline
Management of Psoriasis With Topicals: Applying the 2020 AAD-NPF Guidelines of Care to Clinical Practice

Psoriasis is a chronic inflammatory skin disease characterized by erythematous scaly plaques that can invoke substantial pain, pruritus, and quality-of-life disturbance in patients. Topical therapies are the most commonly used medications for treating psoriasis, with one study (N = 128,308) showing that more than 85% of patients with psoriasis were managed solely with topical medications. 1 For patients with mild to moderate psoriasis, topical agents alone may be able to control disease completely. For those with more severe disease, topical agents are used adjunctively with systemic or biologic agents to optimize disease control in localized areas.

The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) and National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) published guidelines in 2020 for managing psoriasis with topical agents in adults.2 This review presents the most up-to-date clinical recommendations for topical agent use in adult patients with psoriasis and elaborates on each drug’s pharmacologic and safety profile. Specifically, evidence-based treatment recommendations for topical steroids, calcineurin inhibitors (CNIs), vitamin D analogues, retinoids (tazarotene), emollients, keratolytics (salicylic acid), anthracenes (anthralin), and keratoplastics (coal tar) will be addressed (Table 1). Recommendations for combination therapy with other treatment modalities including UVB light therapy, biologics, and systemic nonbiologic agents also will be discussed.

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Selecting a Topical Agent Based on Disease Localization

When treating patients with psoriasis with topical therapies, clinicians should take into consideration drug potency, as it determines how effective a treatment will be in penetrating the skin barrier. Plaque characteristics, such as distribution (localized vs widespread), anatomical localization (flexural, scalp, palms/soles/nails), size (large vs small), and thickness (thick vs thin), not only influence treatment effectiveness but also the incidence of drug-related adverse events. Furthermore, preferred topical therapies are tailored to each patient based on disease characteristics and activity. Coal tar and anthralin have been used less frequently than other topical therapies for psoriasis because of their undesirable side-effect profiles (Table 1).3

Face and Intertriginous Regions—The face and intertriginous areas are sensitive because skin tends to be thin in these regions. Emollients are recommended for disease in these locations given their safety and flexibility in use for most areas. Conversely, anthralin should be avoided on the face, intertriginous areas, and even highly visible locations because of the potential for skin staining. Low-potency corticosteroids also have utility in psoriasis distributed on the face and intertriginous regions. Additionally, application of steroids around the eyes should be cautioned because topical steroids can induce ocular complications such as glaucoma and cataracts in rare circumstances.4

Off-label use of CNIs for psoriasis on the face and intertriginous areas also is effective. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for off-label use of 0.1% tacrolimus for up to 8 weeks for inverse psoriasis or psoriasis on the face. Off-label use of pimecrolimus for 4 to 8 weeks also can be considered for inverse psoriasis. Combination therapy consisting of hydrocortisone with calcipotriol ointment is another effective regimen.5 One study also suggested that use of crisaborole for 4 to 8 weeks in intertriginous psoriasis can be effective and well tolerated.6

Scalp—The vehicle of medication administration is especially important in hair-bearing areas such as the scalp, as these areas are challenging for medication application and patient adherence. Thus, patient preferences for the vehicle must be considered. Several studies have been conducted to assess preference for various vehicles in scalp psoriasis. A foam or solution may be preferable to ointments, gels, or creams.7 Gels may be preferred over ointments.8 There is a level A recommendation supporting the use of class 1 to 7 topical steroids for a minimum of 4 weeks as initial and maintenance treatment of scalp psoriasis. The highest level of evidence (level A) also supports the use of calcipotriol foam or combination therapy of calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate gel for 4 to 12 weeks as treatment of mild to moderate scalp psoriasis.

Nails—Several options for topical medications have been recommended for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for the use of tazarotene for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Another effective regimen is combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and betamethasone dipropionate.9 Topical steroid use for nail psoriasis should be limited to 12 weeks because of the risk for bone atrophy with chronic steroid use.

 

 

Palmoplantar—The palms and soles have a thicker epidermal layer than other areas of the body. As a result, class 1 corticosteroids can be used for palmoplantar psoriasis for more than 4 weeks with vigilant monitoring for adverse effects such as skin atrophy, tachyphylaxis, or tinea infection. Tazarotene also has been shown to be helpful in treating palmoplantar psoriasis.

Resistant Disease—Intralesional steroids are beneficial treatment options for recalcitrant psoriasis in glabrous areas, as well as for palmoplantar, nail, and scalp psoriasis. Up to 10 mg/mL of triamcinolone acetonide used every 3 to 4 weeks is an effective regimen.10Pregnancy/Breastfeeding—Women of childbearing potential have additional safety precautions that should be considered during medication selection. Emollients have been shown to be safe during pregnancy and lactation. Currently, there is little known about CNI use during pregnancy. During lactation, CNIs can be used by breastfeeding mothers in most areas, excluding the breasts. Evaluation of the safety of anthralin and vitamin D analogues during pregnancy and lactation have not been studied. For these agents, dermatologists need to use their clinical judgment to weigh the risks and benefits of medication, particularly in patients requiring occlusion, higher medication doses, or treatment over a large surface area. Salicylic acid should be used with caution in pregnant and breastfeeding mothers because it is a pregnancy category C drug. Lower-potency corticosteroids may be used with caution during pregnancy and breastfeeding. More potent corticosteroids and coal tar, however, should be avoided. Similarly, tazarotene use is contraindicated in pregnancy. According to the US Food and Drug Administration labels for all forms of topical tazarotene, a pregnancy test must be obtained 2 weeks prior to tazarotene treatment initiation in women of childbearing potential because of the risk for serious fetal malformations and toxicity.

Recommendations, Risks, and Benefits of Topical Therapy for the Management of Psoriasis

Topical Corticosteroids—Topical corticosteroids (TCs) are widely used for inflammatory skin conditions and are available in a variety of strengths (Table 2). They are thought to exert their action by regulating the gene transcription of proinflammatory mediators. For psoriasis, steroids are recommended for 2 to 4 weeks, depending on disease severity. Although potent and superpotent steroids are more effective than mild- to moderate-strength TCs, use of lower-potency TCs may be warranted depending on disease distribution and localization.11 For treatment of psoriasis with no involvement of the intertriginous areas, use of class 1 to 5 TCs for up to 4 weeks is recommended.

Topical Corticosteroids by Class

For moderate to severe psoriasis with 20% or less body surface area (BSA) affected, combination therapy consisting of mometasone and salicylic acid has been shown to be more effective than mometasone alone.12,13 There currently is a level A recommendation for the use of combination therapy with class 1 TCs and etanercept for 12 weeks in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis who require both systemic and topical therapies for disease control. Similarly, combination therapy with infliximab and high-potency TCs has a level B recommendation to enhance efficacy for the treatment of moderate to severe psoriasis.14 High-quality studies on the use of TCs with anti–IL-12/IL-23, anti–IL-23, and anti–IL-17 currently are unavailable, but the combination is not expected to be unsafe.14,15 Combination therapy of betamethasone dipropionate ointment and low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative regimen with a level B recommendation.

The most common adverse effects with use of TCs are skin thinning and atrophy, telangiectasia, and striae (Table 1). With clinical improvement of disease, it is recommended that clinicians taper TCs to prevent rebound effect. To decrease TC-related adverse effects, clinicians should use combination therapy with steroid-sparing agents for disease maintenance, transition to lower-potency corticosteroids, or use intermittent steroid therapy. Systemic effects of TC use include hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression, Cushing syndrome, and osteonecrosis of the femoral head.16-18 These systemic effects with TC use are rare unless treatment is for disease involving greater than 20% BSA or occlusion for more than 4 weeks.

Calcineurin Inhibitors—Calcineurin inhibitors inhibit calcineurin phosphorylation and T-cell activation, subsequently decreasing the expression of proinflammatory cytokines. Currently, they are not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat psoriasis but have demonstrated efficacy in randomized control trials (RCTs) for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. In RCTs, 71% of patients using pimecrolimus cream 0.1% twice daily for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of clear (0) or almost clear (1) compared with 21% of placebo-treated patients (N=57).19 Other trials have shown that 65% of patients receiving tacrolimus ointment 0.1% for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of 0 or 1 compared with 31% of placebo-treated patients (N=167).20 Because of their efficacy in RCTs, CNIs commonly are used off label to treat psoriasis.

The most common adverse effects with CNI use are burning, pruritus, and flushing with alcohol ingestion (Table 1). Additionally, CNIs have a black box warning that use may increase the risk for malignancy, but this risk has not been demonstrated with topical use in humans.21Vitamin D Analogues—The class of vitamin D analogues—calcipotriol/calcipotriene and calcitriol—frequently are used to treat psoriasis. Vitamin D analogues exert their beneficial effects by inhibiting keratinocyte proliferation and enhancing keratinocyte differentiation. They also are ideal for long-term use (up to 52 weeks) in mild to moderate psoriasis and can be used in combination with class 2 and 3 TCs. There is a level A recommendation that supports the use of combination therapy with calcipotriol and TCs for the treatment of mild to moderate psoriasis.

 

 

For severe psoriasis, many studies have investigated the efficacy of combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and systemic treatments. Combination therapy with calcipotriol and methotrexate or calcipotriol and acitretin are effective treatment regimens with level A recommendations. Calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate ointment in combination with low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative option with a level B recommendation. Because vitamin D analogues are inactivated by UVA and UVB radiation, clinicians should advise their patients to use vitamin D analogues after receiving UVB phototherapy.22

Common adverse effects of vitamin D analogues include burning, pruritus, erythema, and dryness (Table 1). Hypercalcemia and parathyroid hormone suppression are extremely rare unless treatment occurs over a large surface area (>30% BSA) or the patient has concurrent renal disease or impairments in calcium metabolism.

Tazarotene—Tazarotene is a topical retinoid that acts by decreasing keratinocyte proliferation, facilitating keratinocyte differentiation, and inhibiting inflammation. Patients with mild to moderate psoriasis are recommended to receive tazarotene treatment for 8 to 12 weeks. In several RCTs, tazarotene gel 0.1% and tazarotene cream 0.1% and 0.05% achieved treatment success in treating plaque psoriasis.23,24

For increased efficacy, clinicians can recommend combination therapy with tazarotene and a TC. Combination therapy with tazarotene and a mid- or high-potency TC for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be more effective than treatment with tazarotene alone.25 Thus, there is a level A recommendation for use of this combination to treat mild to moderate psoriasis. Agents used in combination therapy work synergistically to decrease the length of treatment and increase the duration of remission. The frequency of adverse effects, such as irritation from tazarotene and skin atrophy from TCs, also are reduced.26 Combination therapy with tazarotene and narrowband UVB (NB-UVB) is another effective option that requires less UV radiation than NB-UVB alone because of the synergistic effects of both treatment modalities.27 Clinicians should counsel patients on the adverse effects of tazarotene, which include local irritation, burning, pruritus, and erythema (Table 1).

Emollients—Emollients are nonmedicated moisturizers that decrease the amount of transepidermal water loss. There is a level B recommendation for use of emollients and TCs in combination for 4 to 8 weeks to treat psoriasis. In fact, combination therapy with mometasone and emollients has demonstrated greater improvement in symptoms of palmoplantar psoriasis (ie, erythema, desquamation, infiltration, BSA involvement) than mometasone alone.28 Emollients are safe options that can be used on all areas of the body and during pregnancy and lactation. Although adverse effects of emollients are rare, clinicians should counsel patients on the risk for contact dermatitis if specific allergies to ingredients/fragrances exist (Table 1).

Salicylic Acid—Salicylic acid is a topical keratolytic that can be used to treat psoriatic plaques. Use of salicylic acid for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be effective for mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy of salicylic acid and TCs in patients with 20% or less BSA affected is a safe and effective option with a level B recommendation. Combination therapy with salicylic acid and calcipotriene, however, should be avoided because calcipotriene is inactivated by salicylic acid. It also is recommended that salicylic acid application follow phototherapy when both treatment modalities are used in combination.29,30 Clinicians should be cautious about using salicylic acid in patients with renal or hepatic disease because of the increased risk for salicylate toxicity (Table 1).

Anthralin—Anthralin is a synthetic hydrocarbon derivative that has been shown to reduce inflammation and normalize keratinocyte proliferation through an unknown mechanism. It is recommended that patients with mild to moderate psoriasis receive anthralin treatment for 8 to 12 weeks, with a maximum application time of 2 hours per day. Combination therapy of excimer laser and anthralin has been shown to be more effective in treating psoriasis than anthralin alone.31 Therefore, clinicians have the option of including excimer laser therapy for additional disease control. Anthralin should be avoided on the face, flexural regions, and highly visible areas because of potential skin staining (Table 1). Other adverse effects include application-site burning and erythema.

Coal Tar—Coal tar is a heterogenous mixture of aromatic hydrocarbons that is an effective treatment of psoriasis because of its inherent anti-inflammatory and keratoplastic properties. There is high-quality evidence supporting a level A recommendation for coal tar use in mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy with NB-UVB and coal tar (also known as Goeckerman therapy) is a recommended treatment option with a quicker onset of action and improved outcomes compared with NB-UVB therapy alone.32,33 Adverse events of coal tar include application-site irritation, folliculitis, contact dermatitis, phototoxicity, and skin pigmentation (Table 1).

Conclusion

Topical medications are versatile treatment options that can be utilized as monotherapy or adjunct therapy for mild to severe psoriasis. Benefits of topical agents include minimal required monitoring, few contraindications, and direct localized effect on plaques. Therefore, side effects with topical agent use rarely are systemic. Medication interactions are less of a concern with topical therapies; thus, they have better safety profiles compared with systemic therapies. This clinical review summarizes the recently published evidence-based guidelines from the AAD and NPF on the use of topical agents in psoriasis and may be a useful guiding framework for clinicians in their everyday practice.

References
  1. Murage MJ, Kern DM, Chang L, et al. Treatment patterns among patients with psoriasis using a large national payer database in the United States: a retrospective study. J Med Econ. 2018:1-9.
  2. Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF Guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470.
  3. Svendsen MT, Jeyabalan J, Andersen KE, et al. Worldwide utilization of topical remedies in treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. J Dermatolog Treat. 2017;28:374-383.
  4. Day A, Abramson AK, Patel M, et al. The spectrum of oculocutaneous disease: part II. neoplastic and drug-related causes of oculocutaneous disease. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:821.e821-819.
  5. Choi JW, Choi JW, Kwon IH, et al. High-concentration (20 μg g) tacalcitol ointment in the treatment of facial psoriasis: an 8-week open-label clinical trial. Br J Dermatol. 2010;162:1359-1364.
  6. Hashim PW, Chima M, Kim HJ, et al. Crisaborole 2% ointment for the treatment of intertriginous, anogenital, and facial psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:360-365.
  7. Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, et al. Patients with psoriasis prefer solution and foam vehicles: a quantitative assessment of vehicle preference. Cutis. 2002;70:327-332.
  8. Iversen L, Jakobsen HB. Patient preferences for topical psoriasis treatments are diverse and difficult to predict. Dermatol Ther. 2016;6:273-285.
  9. Clobex Package insert. Galderma Laboratories, LP; 2012.
  10. Kenalog-10 Injection. Package insert. Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; 2018.
  11. Mason J, Mason AR, Cork MJ. Topical preparations for the treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. Br J Dermatol. 2002;146:351-364.
  12. Koo J, Cuffie CA, Tanner DJ, et al. Mometasone furoate 0.1%-salicylic acid 5% ointment versus mometasone furoate 0.1% ointment in the treatment of moderate-to-severe psoriasis: a multicenter study. Clin Ther. 1998;20:283-291.
  13. Tiplica GS, Salavastru CM. Mometasone furoate 0.1% and salicylic acid 5% vs. mometasone furoate 0.1% as sequential local therapy in psoriasis vulgaris. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:905-912.
  14. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  15. Strober BE, Bissonnette R, Fiorentino D, et al. Comparative effectiveness of biologic agents for the treatment of psoriasis in a real-world setting: results from a large, prospective, observational study (Psoriasis Longitudinal Assessment and Registry [PSOLAR]). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2016;74:851-861.e854.
  16. Castela E, Archier E, Devaux S, et al. Topical corticosteroids in plaque psoriasis: a systematic review of risk of adrenal axis suppression and skin atrophy. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2012;26(suppl 3):47-51.
  17. Takahashi H, Tsuji H, Honma M, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after long-term topical corticosteroid treatment in a psoriasis patient. J Dermatol. 2012;39:887-888.
  18. el Maghraoui A, Tabache F, Bezza A, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after topical corticosteroid therapy. Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2001;19:233.
  19. Gribetz C, Ling M, Lebwohl M, et al. Pimecrolimus cream 1% in the treatment of intertriginous psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized study. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:731-738.
  20. Lebwohl M, Freeman AK, Chapman MS, et al. Tacrolimus ointment is effective for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:723-730.
  21. Paller AS, Fölster-Holst R, Chen SC, et al. No evidence of increased cancer incidence in children using topical tacrolimus for atopic dermatitis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;83:375-381.
  22. Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804.
  23. Lebwohl M, Ast E, Callen JP, et al. Once-daily tazarotene gel versus twice-daily fluocinonide cream in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1998;38:705-711.
  24. Weinstein GD, Koo JY, Krueger GG, et al. Tazarotene cream in the treatment of psoriasis: two multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled studies of the safety and efficacy of tazarotene creams 0.05% and 0.1% applied once daily for 12 weeks. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2003;48:760-767.
  25. Lebwohl M, Lombardi K, Tan MH. Duration of improvement in psoriasis after treatment with tazarotene 0.1% gel plus clobetasol propionate 0.05% ointment: comparison of maintenance treatments. Int J Dermatol. 2001;40:64-66.
  26. Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
  27. Koo JY, Lowe NJ, Lew-Kaya DA, et al. Tazarotene plus UVB phototherapy in the treatment of psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2000;43:821-828.
  28. Cassano N, Mantegazza R, Battaglini S, et al. Adjuvant role of a new emollient cream in patients with palmar and/or plantar psoriasis: a pilot randomized open-label study. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2010;145:789-792.
  29. Kristensen B, Kristensen O. Topical salicylic acid interferes with UVB therapy for psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 1991;71:37-40.
  30. Menter A, Korman NJ, Elmets CA, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. section 3. guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:643-659.
  31. Rogalski C, Grunewald S, Schetschorke M, et al. Treatment of plaque-type psoriasis with the 308 nm excimer laser in combination with dithranol or calcipotriol. Int J Hyperthermia. 2012;28:184-190.
  32. Bagel J. LCD plus NB-UVB reduces time to improvement of psoriasis vs. NB-UVB alone. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8:351-357.
  33. Abdallah MA, El-Khateeb EA, Abdel-Rahman SH. The influence of psoriatic plaques pretreatment with crude coal tar vs. petrolatum on the efficacy of narrow-band ultraviolet B: a half-vs.-half intra-individual double-blinded comparative study. Photodermatol Photoimmunol Photomed. 2011;27:226-230.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chat is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Dr. Kearns is from Loma Linda University School of Medicine, California.

Dr. Uppal is from Albany Medical College, New York. Dr. Han is from the Department of Dermatology, Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Chat, Kearns, and Uppal report no conflict of interest. Dr. Han is or has been a consultant/advisor, investigator, or speaker for or has received a research grant from AbbVie, Amgen, Arcutis, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Castle Biosciences, Dermavant, DermTech, Eli Lilly & Company, Incyte, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Novartis, Ortho Dermatologics, Pfizer, Regeneron, Sanofi Genzyme, Sun Pharmaceuticals, and UCB. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
8-14
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chat is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Dr. Kearns is from Loma Linda University School of Medicine, California.

Dr. Uppal is from Albany Medical College, New York. Dr. Han is from the Department of Dermatology, Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Chat, Kearns, and Uppal report no conflict of interest. Dr. Han is or has been a consultant/advisor, investigator, or speaker for or has received a research grant from AbbVie, Amgen, Arcutis, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Castle Biosciences, Dermavant, DermTech, Eli Lilly & Company, Incyte, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Novartis, Ortho Dermatologics, Pfizer, Regeneron, Sanofi Genzyme, Sun Pharmaceuticals, and UCB. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Chat is from the Medical College of Georgia, Augusta University. Dr. Kearns is from Loma Linda University School of Medicine, California.

Dr. Uppal is from Albany Medical College, New York. Dr. Han is from the Department of Dermatology, Zucker School of Medicine at Hofstra/Northwell. Dr. Wu is from the Department of Dermatology, University of Miami Miller School of Medicine, Florida.

Drs. Chat, Kearns, and Uppal report no conflict of interest. Dr. Han is or has been a consultant/advisor, investigator, or speaker for or has received a research grant from AbbVie, Amgen, Arcutis, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Castle Biosciences, Dermavant, DermTech, Eli Lilly & Company, Incyte, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Novartis, Ortho Dermatologics, Pfizer, Regeneron, Sanofi Genzyme, Sun Pharmaceuticals, and UCB. Dr. Wu is or has been an investigator, consultant, or speaker for AbbVie, Almirall, Amgen, Arcutis, Aristea Therapeutics, Bausch Health, Boehringer Ingelheim, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Dermavant, DermTech, Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories, Eli Lilly & Company, EPI Health, Galderma, Janssen, LEO Pharma, Mindera, Novartis, Regeneron, Samsung Bioepis, Sanofi Genzyme, Solius, Sun Pharmaceutical, UCB, and Zerigo Health.

Correspondence: Jashin J. Wu, MD ([email protected]).

Article PDF
Article PDF

Psoriasis is a chronic inflammatory skin disease characterized by erythematous scaly plaques that can invoke substantial pain, pruritus, and quality-of-life disturbance in patients. Topical therapies are the most commonly used medications for treating psoriasis, with one study (N = 128,308) showing that more than 85% of patients with psoriasis were managed solely with topical medications. 1 For patients with mild to moderate psoriasis, topical agents alone may be able to control disease completely. For those with more severe disease, topical agents are used adjunctively with systemic or biologic agents to optimize disease control in localized areas.

The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) and National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) published guidelines in 2020 for managing psoriasis with topical agents in adults.2 This review presents the most up-to-date clinical recommendations for topical agent use in adult patients with psoriasis and elaborates on each drug’s pharmacologic and safety profile. Specifically, evidence-based treatment recommendations for topical steroids, calcineurin inhibitors (CNIs), vitamin D analogues, retinoids (tazarotene), emollients, keratolytics (salicylic acid), anthracenes (anthralin), and keratoplastics (coal tar) will be addressed (Table 1). Recommendations for combination therapy with other treatment modalities including UVB light therapy, biologics, and systemic nonbiologic agents also will be discussed.

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Selecting a Topical Agent Based on Disease Localization

When treating patients with psoriasis with topical therapies, clinicians should take into consideration drug potency, as it determines how effective a treatment will be in penetrating the skin barrier. Plaque characteristics, such as distribution (localized vs widespread), anatomical localization (flexural, scalp, palms/soles/nails), size (large vs small), and thickness (thick vs thin), not only influence treatment effectiveness but also the incidence of drug-related adverse events. Furthermore, preferred topical therapies are tailored to each patient based on disease characteristics and activity. Coal tar and anthralin have been used less frequently than other topical therapies for psoriasis because of their undesirable side-effect profiles (Table 1).3

Face and Intertriginous Regions—The face and intertriginous areas are sensitive because skin tends to be thin in these regions. Emollients are recommended for disease in these locations given their safety and flexibility in use for most areas. Conversely, anthralin should be avoided on the face, intertriginous areas, and even highly visible locations because of the potential for skin staining. Low-potency corticosteroids also have utility in psoriasis distributed on the face and intertriginous regions. Additionally, application of steroids around the eyes should be cautioned because topical steroids can induce ocular complications such as glaucoma and cataracts in rare circumstances.4

Off-label use of CNIs for psoriasis on the face and intertriginous areas also is effective. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for off-label use of 0.1% tacrolimus for up to 8 weeks for inverse psoriasis or psoriasis on the face. Off-label use of pimecrolimus for 4 to 8 weeks also can be considered for inverse psoriasis. Combination therapy consisting of hydrocortisone with calcipotriol ointment is another effective regimen.5 One study also suggested that use of crisaborole for 4 to 8 weeks in intertriginous psoriasis can be effective and well tolerated.6

Scalp—The vehicle of medication administration is especially important in hair-bearing areas such as the scalp, as these areas are challenging for medication application and patient adherence. Thus, patient preferences for the vehicle must be considered. Several studies have been conducted to assess preference for various vehicles in scalp psoriasis. A foam or solution may be preferable to ointments, gels, or creams.7 Gels may be preferred over ointments.8 There is a level A recommendation supporting the use of class 1 to 7 topical steroids for a minimum of 4 weeks as initial and maintenance treatment of scalp psoriasis. The highest level of evidence (level A) also supports the use of calcipotriol foam or combination therapy of calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate gel for 4 to 12 weeks as treatment of mild to moderate scalp psoriasis.

Nails—Several options for topical medications have been recommended for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for the use of tazarotene for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Another effective regimen is combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and betamethasone dipropionate.9 Topical steroid use for nail psoriasis should be limited to 12 weeks because of the risk for bone atrophy with chronic steroid use.

 

 

Palmoplantar—The palms and soles have a thicker epidermal layer than other areas of the body. As a result, class 1 corticosteroids can be used for palmoplantar psoriasis for more than 4 weeks with vigilant monitoring for adverse effects such as skin atrophy, tachyphylaxis, or tinea infection. Tazarotene also has been shown to be helpful in treating palmoplantar psoriasis.

Resistant Disease—Intralesional steroids are beneficial treatment options for recalcitrant psoriasis in glabrous areas, as well as for palmoplantar, nail, and scalp psoriasis. Up to 10 mg/mL of triamcinolone acetonide used every 3 to 4 weeks is an effective regimen.10Pregnancy/Breastfeeding—Women of childbearing potential have additional safety precautions that should be considered during medication selection. Emollients have been shown to be safe during pregnancy and lactation. Currently, there is little known about CNI use during pregnancy. During lactation, CNIs can be used by breastfeeding mothers in most areas, excluding the breasts. Evaluation of the safety of anthralin and vitamin D analogues during pregnancy and lactation have not been studied. For these agents, dermatologists need to use their clinical judgment to weigh the risks and benefits of medication, particularly in patients requiring occlusion, higher medication doses, or treatment over a large surface area. Salicylic acid should be used with caution in pregnant and breastfeeding mothers because it is a pregnancy category C drug. Lower-potency corticosteroids may be used with caution during pregnancy and breastfeeding. More potent corticosteroids and coal tar, however, should be avoided. Similarly, tazarotene use is contraindicated in pregnancy. According to the US Food and Drug Administration labels for all forms of topical tazarotene, a pregnancy test must be obtained 2 weeks prior to tazarotene treatment initiation in women of childbearing potential because of the risk for serious fetal malformations and toxicity.

Recommendations, Risks, and Benefits of Topical Therapy for the Management of Psoriasis

Topical Corticosteroids—Topical corticosteroids (TCs) are widely used for inflammatory skin conditions and are available in a variety of strengths (Table 2). They are thought to exert their action by regulating the gene transcription of proinflammatory mediators. For psoriasis, steroids are recommended for 2 to 4 weeks, depending on disease severity. Although potent and superpotent steroids are more effective than mild- to moderate-strength TCs, use of lower-potency TCs may be warranted depending on disease distribution and localization.11 For treatment of psoriasis with no involvement of the intertriginous areas, use of class 1 to 5 TCs for up to 4 weeks is recommended.

Topical Corticosteroids by Class

For moderate to severe psoriasis with 20% or less body surface area (BSA) affected, combination therapy consisting of mometasone and salicylic acid has been shown to be more effective than mometasone alone.12,13 There currently is a level A recommendation for the use of combination therapy with class 1 TCs and etanercept for 12 weeks in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis who require both systemic and topical therapies for disease control. Similarly, combination therapy with infliximab and high-potency TCs has a level B recommendation to enhance efficacy for the treatment of moderate to severe psoriasis.14 High-quality studies on the use of TCs with anti–IL-12/IL-23, anti–IL-23, and anti–IL-17 currently are unavailable, but the combination is not expected to be unsafe.14,15 Combination therapy of betamethasone dipropionate ointment and low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative regimen with a level B recommendation.

The most common adverse effects with use of TCs are skin thinning and atrophy, telangiectasia, and striae (Table 1). With clinical improvement of disease, it is recommended that clinicians taper TCs to prevent rebound effect. To decrease TC-related adverse effects, clinicians should use combination therapy with steroid-sparing agents for disease maintenance, transition to lower-potency corticosteroids, or use intermittent steroid therapy. Systemic effects of TC use include hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression, Cushing syndrome, and osteonecrosis of the femoral head.16-18 These systemic effects with TC use are rare unless treatment is for disease involving greater than 20% BSA or occlusion for more than 4 weeks.

Calcineurin Inhibitors—Calcineurin inhibitors inhibit calcineurin phosphorylation and T-cell activation, subsequently decreasing the expression of proinflammatory cytokines. Currently, they are not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat psoriasis but have demonstrated efficacy in randomized control trials (RCTs) for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. In RCTs, 71% of patients using pimecrolimus cream 0.1% twice daily for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of clear (0) or almost clear (1) compared with 21% of placebo-treated patients (N=57).19 Other trials have shown that 65% of patients receiving tacrolimus ointment 0.1% for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of 0 or 1 compared with 31% of placebo-treated patients (N=167).20 Because of their efficacy in RCTs, CNIs commonly are used off label to treat psoriasis.

The most common adverse effects with CNI use are burning, pruritus, and flushing with alcohol ingestion (Table 1). Additionally, CNIs have a black box warning that use may increase the risk for malignancy, but this risk has not been demonstrated with topical use in humans.21Vitamin D Analogues—The class of vitamin D analogues—calcipotriol/calcipotriene and calcitriol—frequently are used to treat psoriasis. Vitamin D analogues exert their beneficial effects by inhibiting keratinocyte proliferation and enhancing keratinocyte differentiation. They also are ideal for long-term use (up to 52 weeks) in mild to moderate psoriasis and can be used in combination with class 2 and 3 TCs. There is a level A recommendation that supports the use of combination therapy with calcipotriol and TCs for the treatment of mild to moderate psoriasis.

 

 

For severe psoriasis, many studies have investigated the efficacy of combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and systemic treatments. Combination therapy with calcipotriol and methotrexate or calcipotriol and acitretin are effective treatment regimens with level A recommendations. Calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate ointment in combination with low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative option with a level B recommendation. Because vitamin D analogues are inactivated by UVA and UVB radiation, clinicians should advise their patients to use vitamin D analogues after receiving UVB phototherapy.22

Common adverse effects of vitamin D analogues include burning, pruritus, erythema, and dryness (Table 1). Hypercalcemia and parathyroid hormone suppression are extremely rare unless treatment occurs over a large surface area (>30% BSA) or the patient has concurrent renal disease or impairments in calcium metabolism.

Tazarotene—Tazarotene is a topical retinoid that acts by decreasing keratinocyte proliferation, facilitating keratinocyte differentiation, and inhibiting inflammation. Patients with mild to moderate psoriasis are recommended to receive tazarotene treatment for 8 to 12 weeks. In several RCTs, tazarotene gel 0.1% and tazarotene cream 0.1% and 0.05% achieved treatment success in treating plaque psoriasis.23,24

For increased efficacy, clinicians can recommend combination therapy with tazarotene and a TC. Combination therapy with tazarotene and a mid- or high-potency TC for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be more effective than treatment with tazarotene alone.25 Thus, there is a level A recommendation for use of this combination to treat mild to moderate psoriasis. Agents used in combination therapy work synergistically to decrease the length of treatment and increase the duration of remission. The frequency of adverse effects, such as irritation from tazarotene and skin atrophy from TCs, also are reduced.26 Combination therapy with tazarotene and narrowband UVB (NB-UVB) is another effective option that requires less UV radiation than NB-UVB alone because of the synergistic effects of both treatment modalities.27 Clinicians should counsel patients on the adverse effects of tazarotene, which include local irritation, burning, pruritus, and erythema (Table 1).

Emollients—Emollients are nonmedicated moisturizers that decrease the amount of transepidermal water loss. There is a level B recommendation for use of emollients and TCs in combination for 4 to 8 weeks to treat psoriasis. In fact, combination therapy with mometasone and emollients has demonstrated greater improvement in symptoms of palmoplantar psoriasis (ie, erythema, desquamation, infiltration, BSA involvement) than mometasone alone.28 Emollients are safe options that can be used on all areas of the body and during pregnancy and lactation. Although adverse effects of emollients are rare, clinicians should counsel patients on the risk for contact dermatitis if specific allergies to ingredients/fragrances exist (Table 1).

Salicylic Acid—Salicylic acid is a topical keratolytic that can be used to treat psoriatic plaques. Use of salicylic acid for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be effective for mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy of salicylic acid and TCs in patients with 20% or less BSA affected is a safe and effective option with a level B recommendation. Combination therapy with salicylic acid and calcipotriene, however, should be avoided because calcipotriene is inactivated by salicylic acid. It also is recommended that salicylic acid application follow phototherapy when both treatment modalities are used in combination.29,30 Clinicians should be cautious about using salicylic acid in patients with renal or hepatic disease because of the increased risk for salicylate toxicity (Table 1).

Anthralin—Anthralin is a synthetic hydrocarbon derivative that has been shown to reduce inflammation and normalize keratinocyte proliferation through an unknown mechanism. It is recommended that patients with mild to moderate psoriasis receive anthralin treatment for 8 to 12 weeks, with a maximum application time of 2 hours per day. Combination therapy of excimer laser and anthralin has been shown to be more effective in treating psoriasis than anthralin alone.31 Therefore, clinicians have the option of including excimer laser therapy for additional disease control. Anthralin should be avoided on the face, flexural regions, and highly visible areas because of potential skin staining (Table 1). Other adverse effects include application-site burning and erythema.

Coal Tar—Coal tar is a heterogenous mixture of aromatic hydrocarbons that is an effective treatment of psoriasis because of its inherent anti-inflammatory and keratoplastic properties. There is high-quality evidence supporting a level A recommendation for coal tar use in mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy with NB-UVB and coal tar (also known as Goeckerman therapy) is a recommended treatment option with a quicker onset of action and improved outcomes compared with NB-UVB therapy alone.32,33 Adverse events of coal tar include application-site irritation, folliculitis, contact dermatitis, phototoxicity, and skin pigmentation (Table 1).

Conclusion

Topical medications are versatile treatment options that can be utilized as monotherapy or adjunct therapy for mild to severe psoriasis. Benefits of topical agents include minimal required monitoring, few contraindications, and direct localized effect on plaques. Therefore, side effects with topical agent use rarely are systemic. Medication interactions are less of a concern with topical therapies; thus, they have better safety profiles compared with systemic therapies. This clinical review summarizes the recently published evidence-based guidelines from the AAD and NPF on the use of topical agents in psoriasis and may be a useful guiding framework for clinicians in their everyday practice.

Psoriasis is a chronic inflammatory skin disease characterized by erythematous scaly plaques that can invoke substantial pain, pruritus, and quality-of-life disturbance in patients. Topical therapies are the most commonly used medications for treating psoriasis, with one study (N = 128,308) showing that more than 85% of patients with psoriasis were managed solely with topical medications. 1 For patients with mild to moderate psoriasis, topical agents alone may be able to control disease completely. For those with more severe disease, topical agents are used adjunctively with systemic or biologic agents to optimize disease control in localized areas.

The American Academy of Dermatology (AAD) and National Psoriasis Foundation (NPF) published guidelines in 2020 for managing psoriasis with topical agents in adults.2 This review presents the most up-to-date clinical recommendations for topical agent use in adult patients with psoriasis and elaborates on each drug’s pharmacologic and safety profile. Specifically, evidence-based treatment recommendations for topical steroids, calcineurin inhibitors (CNIs), vitamin D analogues, retinoids (tazarotene), emollients, keratolytics (salicylic acid), anthracenes (anthralin), and keratoplastics (coal tar) will be addressed (Table 1). Recommendations for combination therapy with other treatment modalities including UVB light therapy, biologics, and systemic nonbiologic agents also will be discussed.

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Summary of Topical Therapies for Adults With Psoriasis

Selecting a Topical Agent Based on Disease Localization

When treating patients with psoriasis with topical therapies, clinicians should take into consideration drug potency, as it determines how effective a treatment will be in penetrating the skin barrier. Plaque characteristics, such as distribution (localized vs widespread), anatomical localization (flexural, scalp, palms/soles/nails), size (large vs small), and thickness (thick vs thin), not only influence treatment effectiveness but also the incidence of drug-related adverse events. Furthermore, preferred topical therapies are tailored to each patient based on disease characteristics and activity. Coal tar and anthralin have been used less frequently than other topical therapies for psoriasis because of their undesirable side-effect profiles (Table 1).3

Face and Intertriginous Regions—The face and intertriginous areas are sensitive because skin tends to be thin in these regions. Emollients are recommended for disease in these locations given their safety and flexibility in use for most areas. Conversely, anthralin should be avoided on the face, intertriginous areas, and even highly visible locations because of the potential for skin staining. Low-potency corticosteroids also have utility in psoriasis distributed on the face and intertriginous regions. Additionally, application of steroids around the eyes should be cautioned because topical steroids can induce ocular complications such as glaucoma and cataracts in rare circumstances.4

Off-label use of CNIs for psoriasis on the face and intertriginous areas also is effective. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for off-label use of 0.1% tacrolimus for up to 8 weeks for inverse psoriasis or psoriasis on the face. Off-label use of pimecrolimus for 4 to 8 weeks also can be considered for inverse psoriasis. Combination therapy consisting of hydrocortisone with calcipotriol ointment is another effective regimen.5 One study also suggested that use of crisaborole for 4 to 8 weeks in intertriginous psoriasis can be effective and well tolerated.6

Scalp—The vehicle of medication administration is especially important in hair-bearing areas such as the scalp, as these areas are challenging for medication application and patient adherence. Thus, patient preferences for the vehicle must be considered. Several studies have been conducted to assess preference for various vehicles in scalp psoriasis. A foam or solution may be preferable to ointments, gels, or creams.7 Gels may be preferred over ointments.8 There is a level A recommendation supporting the use of class 1 to 7 topical steroids for a minimum of 4 weeks as initial and maintenance treatment of scalp psoriasis. The highest level of evidence (level A) also supports the use of calcipotriol foam or combination therapy of calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate gel for 4 to 12 weeks as treatment of mild to moderate scalp psoriasis.

Nails—Several options for topical medications have been recommended for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Currently, there is a level B recommendation for the use of tazarotene for the treatment of nail psoriasis. Another effective regimen is combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and betamethasone dipropionate.9 Topical steroid use for nail psoriasis should be limited to 12 weeks because of the risk for bone atrophy with chronic steroid use.

 

 

Palmoplantar—The palms and soles have a thicker epidermal layer than other areas of the body. As a result, class 1 corticosteroids can be used for palmoplantar psoriasis for more than 4 weeks with vigilant monitoring for adverse effects such as skin atrophy, tachyphylaxis, or tinea infection. Tazarotene also has been shown to be helpful in treating palmoplantar psoriasis.

Resistant Disease—Intralesional steroids are beneficial treatment options for recalcitrant psoriasis in glabrous areas, as well as for palmoplantar, nail, and scalp psoriasis. Up to 10 mg/mL of triamcinolone acetonide used every 3 to 4 weeks is an effective regimen.10Pregnancy/Breastfeeding—Women of childbearing potential have additional safety precautions that should be considered during medication selection. Emollients have been shown to be safe during pregnancy and lactation. Currently, there is little known about CNI use during pregnancy. During lactation, CNIs can be used by breastfeeding mothers in most areas, excluding the breasts. Evaluation of the safety of anthralin and vitamin D analogues during pregnancy and lactation have not been studied. For these agents, dermatologists need to use their clinical judgment to weigh the risks and benefits of medication, particularly in patients requiring occlusion, higher medication doses, or treatment over a large surface area. Salicylic acid should be used with caution in pregnant and breastfeeding mothers because it is a pregnancy category C drug. Lower-potency corticosteroids may be used with caution during pregnancy and breastfeeding. More potent corticosteroids and coal tar, however, should be avoided. Similarly, tazarotene use is contraindicated in pregnancy. According to the US Food and Drug Administration labels for all forms of topical tazarotene, a pregnancy test must be obtained 2 weeks prior to tazarotene treatment initiation in women of childbearing potential because of the risk for serious fetal malformations and toxicity.

Recommendations, Risks, and Benefits of Topical Therapy for the Management of Psoriasis

Topical Corticosteroids—Topical corticosteroids (TCs) are widely used for inflammatory skin conditions and are available in a variety of strengths (Table 2). They are thought to exert their action by regulating the gene transcription of proinflammatory mediators. For psoriasis, steroids are recommended for 2 to 4 weeks, depending on disease severity. Although potent and superpotent steroids are more effective than mild- to moderate-strength TCs, use of lower-potency TCs may be warranted depending on disease distribution and localization.11 For treatment of psoriasis with no involvement of the intertriginous areas, use of class 1 to 5 TCs for up to 4 weeks is recommended.

Topical Corticosteroids by Class

For moderate to severe psoriasis with 20% or less body surface area (BSA) affected, combination therapy consisting of mometasone and salicylic acid has been shown to be more effective than mometasone alone.12,13 There currently is a level A recommendation for the use of combination therapy with class 1 TCs and etanercept for 12 weeks in patients with moderate to severe psoriasis who require both systemic and topical therapies for disease control. Similarly, combination therapy with infliximab and high-potency TCs has a level B recommendation to enhance efficacy for the treatment of moderate to severe psoriasis.14 High-quality studies on the use of TCs with anti–IL-12/IL-23, anti–IL-23, and anti–IL-17 currently are unavailable, but the combination is not expected to be unsafe.14,15 Combination therapy of betamethasone dipropionate ointment and low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative regimen with a level B recommendation.

The most common adverse effects with use of TCs are skin thinning and atrophy, telangiectasia, and striae (Table 1). With clinical improvement of disease, it is recommended that clinicians taper TCs to prevent rebound effect. To decrease TC-related adverse effects, clinicians should use combination therapy with steroid-sparing agents for disease maintenance, transition to lower-potency corticosteroids, or use intermittent steroid therapy. Systemic effects of TC use include hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis suppression, Cushing syndrome, and osteonecrosis of the femoral head.16-18 These systemic effects with TC use are rare unless treatment is for disease involving greater than 20% BSA or occlusion for more than 4 weeks.

Calcineurin Inhibitors—Calcineurin inhibitors inhibit calcineurin phosphorylation and T-cell activation, subsequently decreasing the expression of proinflammatory cytokines. Currently, they are not approved by the US Food and Drug Administration to treat psoriasis but have demonstrated efficacy in randomized control trials (RCTs) for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. In RCTs, 71% of patients using pimecrolimus cream 0.1% twice daily for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of clear (0) or almost clear (1) compared with 21% of placebo-treated patients (N=57).19 Other trials have shown that 65% of patients receiving tacrolimus ointment 0.1% for 8 weeks achieved an investigator global assessment score of 0 or 1 compared with 31% of placebo-treated patients (N=167).20 Because of their efficacy in RCTs, CNIs commonly are used off label to treat psoriasis.

The most common adverse effects with CNI use are burning, pruritus, and flushing with alcohol ingestion (Table 1). Additionally, CNIs have a black box warning that use may increase the risk for malignancy, but this risk has not been demonstrated with topical use in humans.21Vitamin D Analogues—The class of vitamin D analogues—calcipotriol/calcipotriene and calcitriol—frequently are used to treat psoriasis. Vitamin D analogues exert their beneficial effects by inhibiting keratinocyte proliferation and enhancing keratinocyte differentiation. They also are ideal for long-term use (up to 52 weeks) in mild to moderate psoriasis and can be used in combination with class 2 and 3 TCs. There is a level A recommendation that supports the use of combination therapy with calcipotriol and TCs for the treatment of mild to moderate psoriasis.

 

 

For severe psoriasis, many studies have investigated the efficacy of combination therapy with vitamin D analogues and systemic treatments. Combination therapy with calcipotriol and methotrexate or calcipotriol and acitretin are effective treatment regimens with level A recommendations. Calcipotriol–betamethasone dipropionate ointment in combination with low-dose cyclosporine is an alternative option with a level B recommendation. Because vitamin D analogues are inactivated by UVA and UVB radiation, clinicians should advise their patients to use vitamin D analogues after receiving UVB phototherapy.22

Common adverse effects of vitamin D analogues include burning, pruritus, erythema, and dryness (Table 1). Hypercalcemia and parathyroid hormone suppression are extremely rare unless treatment occurs over a large surface area (>30% BSA) or the patient has concurrent renal disease or impairments in calcium metabolism.

Tazarotene—Tazarotene is a topical retinoid that acts by decreasing keratinocyte proliferation, facilitating keratinocyte differentiation, and inhibiting inflammation. Patients with mild to moderate psoriasis are recommended to receive tazarotene treatment for 8 to 12 weeks. In several RCTs, tazarotene gel 0.1% and tazarotene cream 0.1% and 0.05% achieved treatment success in treating plaque psoriasis.23,24

For increased efficacy, clinicians can recommend combination therapy with tazarotene and a TC. Combination therapy with tazarotene and a mid- or high-potency TC for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be more effective than treatment with tazarotene alone.25 Thus, there is a level A recommendation for use of this combination to treat mild to moderate psoriasis. Agents used in combination therapy work synergistically to decrease the length of treatment and increase the duration of remission. The frequency of adverse effects, such as irritation from tazarotene and skin atrophy from TCs, also are reduced.26 Combination therapy with tazarotene and narrowband UVB (NB-UVB) is another effective option that requires less UV radiation than NB-UVB alone because of the synergistic effects of both treatment modalities.27 Clinicians should counsel patients on the adverse effects of tazarotene, which include local irritation, burning, pruritus, and erythema (Table 1).

Emollients—Emollients are nonmedicated moisturizers that decrease the amount of transepidermal water loss. There is a level B recommendation for use of emollients and TCs in combination for 4 to 8 weeks to treat psoriasis. In fact, combination therapy with mometasone and emollients has demonstrated greater improvement in symptoms of palmoplantar psoriasis (ie, erythema, desquamation, infiltration, BSA involvement) than mometasone alone.28 Emollients are safe options that can be used on all areas of the body and during pregnancy and lactation. Although adverse effects of emollients are rare, clinicians should counsel patients on the risk for contact dermatitis if specific allergies to ingredients/fragrances exist (Table 1).

Salicylic Acid—Salicylic acid is a topical keratolytic that can be used to treat psoriatic plaques. Use of salicylic acid for 8 to 16 weeks has been shown to be effective for mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy of salicylic acid and TCs in patients with 20% or less BSA affected is a safe and effective option with a level B recommendation. Combination therapy with salicylic acid and calcipotriene, however, should be avoided because calcipotriene is inactivated by salicylic acid. It also is recommended that salicylic acid application follow phototherapy when both treatment modalities are used in combination.29,30 Clinicians should be cautious about using salicylic acid in patients with renal or hepatic disease because of the increased risk for salicylate toxicity (Table 1).

Anthralin—Anthralin is a synthetic hydrocarbon derivative that has been shown to reduce inflammation and normalize keratinocyte proliferation through an unknown mechanism. It is recommended that patients with mild to moderate psoriasis receive anthralin treatment for 8 to 12 weeks, with a maximum application time of 2 hours per day. Combination therapy of excimer laser and anthralin has been shown to be more effective in treating psoriasis than anthralin alone.31 Therefore, clinicians have the option of including excimer laser therapy for additional disease control. Anthralin should be avoided on the face, flexural regions, and highly visible areas because of potential skin staining (Table 1). Other adverse effects include application-site burning and erythema.

Coal Tar—Coal tar is a heterogenous mixture of aromatic hydrocarbons that is an effective treatment of psoriasis because of its inherent anti-inflammatory and keratoplastic properties. There is high-quality evidence supporting a level A recommendation for coal tar use in mild to moderate psoriasis. Combination therapy with NB-UVB and coal tar (also known as Goeckerman therapy) is a recommended treatment option with a quicker onset of action and improved outcomes compared with NB-UVB therapy alone.32,33 Adverse events of coal tar include application-site irritation, folliculitis, contact dermatitis, phototoxicity, and skin pigmentation (Table 1).

Conclusion

Topical medications are versatile treatment options that can be utilized as monotherapy or adjunct therapy for mild to severe psoriasis. Benefits of topical agents include minimal required monitoring, few contraindications, and direct localized effect on plaques. Therefore, side effects with topical agent use rarely are systemic. Medication interactions are less of a concern with topical therapies; thus, they have better safety profiles compared with systemic therapies. This clinical review summarizes the recently published evidence-based guidelines from the AAD and NPF on the use of topical agents in psoriasis and may be a useful guiding framework for clinicians in their everyday practice.

References
  1. Murage MJ, Kern DM, Chang L, et al. Treatment patterns among patients with psoriasis using a large national payer database in the United States: a retrospective study. J Med Econ. 2018:1-9.
  2. Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF Guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470.
  3. Svendsen MT, Jeyabalan J, Andersen KE, et al. Worldwide utilization of topical remedies in treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. J Dermatolog Treat. 2017;28:374-383.
  4. Day A, Abramson AK, Patel M, et al. The spectrum of oculocutaneous disease: part II. neoplastic and drug-related causes of oculocutaneous disease. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:821.e821-819.
  5. Choi JW, Choi JW, Kwon IH, et al. High-concentration (20 μg g) tacalcitol ointment in the treatment of facial psoriasis: an 8-week open-label clinical trial. Br J Dermatol. 2010;162:1359-1364.
  6. Hashim PW, Chima M, Kim HJ, et al. Crisaborole 2% ointment for the treatment of intertriginous, anogenital, and facial psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:360-365.
  7. Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, et al. Patients with psoriasis prefer solution and foam vehicles: a quantitative assessment of vehicle preference. Cutis. 2002;70:327-332.
  8. Iversen L, Jakobsen HB. Patient preferences for topical psoriasis treatments are diverse and difficult to predict. Dermatol Ther. 2016;6:273-285.
  9. Clobex Package insert. Galderma Laboratories, LP; 2012.
  10. Kenalog-10 Injection. Package insert. Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; 2018.
  11. Mason J, Mason AR, Cork MJ. Topical preparations for the treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. Br J Dermatol. 2002;146:351-364.
  12. Koo J, Cuffie CA, Tanner DJ, et al. Mometasone furoate 0.1%-salicylic acid 5% ointment versus mometasone furoate 0.1% ointment in the treatment of moderate-to-severe psoriasis: a multicenter study. Clin Ther. 1998;20:283-291.
  13. Tiplica GS, Salavastru CM. Mometasone furoate 0.1% and salicylic acid 5% vs. mometasone furoate 0.1% as sequential local therapy in psoriasis vulgaris. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:905-912.
  14. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  15. Strober BE, Bissonnette R, Fiorentino D, et al. Comparative effectiveness of biologic agents for the treatment of psoriasis in a real-world setting: results from a large, prospective, observational study (Psoriasis Longitudinal Assessment and Registry [PSOLAR]). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2016;74:851-861.e854.
  16. Castela E, Archier E, Devaux S, et al. Topical corticosteroids in plaque psoriasis: a systematic review of risk of adrenal axis suppression and skin atrophy. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2012;26(suppl 3):47-51.
  17. Takahashi H, Tsuji H, Honma M, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after long-term topical corticosteroid treatment in a psoriasis patient. J Dermatol. 2012;39:887-888.
  18. el Maghraoui A, Tabache F, Bezza A, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after topical corticosteroid therapy. Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2001;19:233.
  19. Gribetz C, Ling M, Lebwohl M, et al. Pimecrolimus cream 1% in the treatment of intertriginous psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized study. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:731-738.
  20. Lebwohl M, Freeman AK, Chapman MS, et al. Tacrolimus ointment is effective for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:723-730.
  21. Paller AS, Fölster-Holst R, Chen SC, et al. No evidence of increased cancer incidence in children using topical tacrolimus for atopic dermatitis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;83:375-381.
  22. Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804.
  23. Lebwohl M, Ast E, Callen JP, et al. Once-daily tazarotene gel versus twice-daily fluocinonide cream in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1998;38:705-711.
  24. Weinstein GD, Koo JY, Krueger GG, et al. Tazarotene cream in the treatment of psoriasis: two multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled studies of the safety and efficacy of tazarotene creams 0.05% and 0.1% applied once daily for 12 weeks. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2003;48:760-767.
  25. Lebwohl M, Lombardi K, Tan MH. Duration of improvement in psoriasis after treatment with tazarotene 0.1% gel plus clobetasol propionate 0.05% ointment: comparison of maintenance treatments. Int J Dermatol. 2001;40:64-66.
  26. Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
  27. Koo JY, Lowe NJ, Lew-Kaya DA, et al. Tazarotene plus UVB phototherapy in the treatment of psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2000;43:821-828.
  28. Cassano N, Mantegazza R, Battaglini S, et al. Adjuvant role of a new emollient cream in patients with palmar and/or plantar psoriasis: a pilot randomized open-label study. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2010;145:789-792.
  29. Kristensen B, Kristensen O. Topical salicylic acid interferes with UVB therapy for psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 1991;71:37-40.
  30. Menter A, Korman NJ, Elmets CA, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. section 3. guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:643-659.
  31. Rogalski C, Grunewald S, Schetschorke M, et al. Treatment of plaque-type psoriasis with the 308 nm excimer laser in combination with dithranol or calcipotriol. Int J Hyperthermia. 2012;28:184-190.
  32. Bagel J. LCD plus NB-UVB reduces time to improvement of psoriasis vs. NB-UVB alone. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8:351-357.
  33. Abdallah MA, El-Khateeb EA, Abdel-Rahman SH. The influence of psoriatic plaques pretreatment with crude coal tar vs. petrolatum on the efficacy of narrow-band ultraviolet B: a half-vs.-half intra-individual double-blinded comparative study. Photodermatol Photoimmunol Photomed. 2011;27:226-230.
References
  1. Murage MJ, Kern DM, Chang L, et al. Treatment patterns among patients with psoriasis using a large national payer database in the United States: a retrospective study. J Med Econ. 2018:1-9.
  2. Elmets CA, Korman NJ, Prater EF, et al. Joint AAD-NPF Guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapy and alternative medicine modalities for psoriasis severity measures. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2021;84:432-470.
  3. Svendsen MT, Jeyabalan J, Andersen KE, et al. Worldwide utilization of topical remedies in treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. J Dermatolog Treat. 2017;28:374-383.
  4. Day A, Abramson AK, Patel M, et al. The spectrum of oculocutaneous disease: part II. neoplastic and drug-related causes of oculocutaneous disease. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2014;70:821.e821-819.
  5. Choi JW, Choi JW, Kwon IH, et al. High-concentration (20 μg g) tacalcitol ointment in the treatment of facial psoriasis: an 8-week open-label clinical trial. Br J Dermatol. 2010;162:1359-1364.
  6. Hashim PW, Chima M, Kim HJ, et al. Crisaborole 2% ointment for the treatment of intertriginous, anogenital, and facial psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled trial. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;82:360-365.
  7. Housman TS, Mellen BG, Rapp SR, et al. Patients with psoriasis prefer solution and foam vehicles: a quantitative assessment of vehicle preference. Cutis. 2002;70:327-332.
  8. Iversen L, Jakobsen HB. Patient preferences for topical psoriasis treatments are diverse and difficult to predict. Dermatol Ther. 2016;6:273-285.
  9. Clobex Package insert. Galderma Laboratories, LP; 2012.
  10. Kenalog-10 Injection. Package insert. Bristol-Myers Squibb Company; 2018.
  11. Mason J, Mason AR, Cork MJ. Topical preparations for the treatment of psoriasis: a systematic review. Br J Dermatol. 2002;146:351-364.
  12. Koo J, Cuffie CA, Tanner DJ, et al. Mometasone furoate 0.1%-salicylic acid 5% ointment versus mometasone furoate 0.1% ointment in the treatment of moderate-to-severe psoriasis: a multicenter study. Clin Ther. 1998;20:283-291.
  13. Tiplica GS, Salavastru CM. Mometasone furoate 0.1% and salicylic acid 5% vs. mometasone furoate 0.1% as sequential local therapy in psoriasis vulgaris. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2009;23:905-912.
  14. Menter A, Strober BE, Kaplan DH, et al. Joint AAD-NPF guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with biologics. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;80:1029-1072.
  15. Strober BE, Bissonnette R, Fiorentino D, et al. Comparative effectiveness of biologic agents for the treatment of psoriasis in a real-world setting: results from a large, prospective, observational study (Psoriasis Longitudinal Assessment and Registry [PSOLAR]). J Am Acad Dermatol. 2016;74:851-861.e854.
  16. Castela E, Archier E, Devaux S, et al. Topical corticosteroids in plaque psoriasis: a systematic review of risk of adrenal axis suppression and skin atrophy. J Eur Acad Dermatol Venereol. 2012;26(suppl 3):47-51.
  17. Takahashi H, Tsuji H, Honma M, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after long-term topical corticosteroid treatment in a psoriasis patient. J Dermatol. 2012;39:887-888.
  18. el Maghraoui A, Tabache F, Bezza A, et al. Femoral head osteonecrosis after topical corticosteroid therapy. Clin Exp Rheumatol. 2001;19:233.
  19. Gribetz C, Ling M, Lebwohl M, et al. Pimecrolimus cream 1% in the treatment of intertriginous psoriasis: a double-blind, randomized study. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:731-738.
  20. Lebwohl M, Freeman AK, Chapman MS, et al. Tacrolimus ointment is effective for facial and intertriginous psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2004;51:723-730.
  21. Paller AS, Fölster-Holst R, Chen SC, et al. No evidence of increased cancer incidence in children using topical tacrolimus for atopic dermatitis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2020;83:375-381.
  22. Elmets CA, Lim HW, Stoff B, et al. Joint American Academy of Dermatology-National Psoriasis Foundation guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with phototherapy. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2019;81:775-804.
  23. Lebwohl M, Ast E, Callen JP, et al. Once-daily tazarotene gel versus twice-daily fluocinonide cream in the treatment of plaque psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 1998;38:705-711.
  24. Weinstein GD, Koo JY, Krueger GG, et al. Tazarotene cream in the treatment of psoriasis: two multicenter, double-blind, randomized, vehicle-controlled studies of the safety and efficacy of tazarotene creams 0.05% and 0.1% applied once daily for 12 weeks. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2003;48:760-767.
  25. Lebwohl M, Lombardi K, Tan MH. Duration of improvement in psoriasis after treatment with tazarotene 0.1% gel plus clobetasol propionate 0.05% ointment: comparison of maintenance treatments. Int J Dermatol. 2001;40:64-66.
  26. Sugarman JL, Weiss J, Tanghetti EA, et al. Safety and efficacy of a fixed combination halobetasol and tazarotene lotion in the treatment of moderate-to-severe plaque psoriasis: a pooled analysis of two phase 3 studies. J Drugs Dermatol. 2018;17:855-861.
  27. Koo JY, Lowe NJ, Lew-Kaya DA, et al. Tazarotene plus UVB phototherapy in the treatment of psoriasis. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2000;43:821-828.
  28. Cassano N, Mantegazza R, Battaglini S, et al. Adjuvant role of a new emollient cream in patients with palmar and/or plantar psoriasis: a pilot randomized open-label study. G Ital Dermatol Venereol. 2010;145:789-792.
  29. Kristensen B, Kristensen O. Topical salicylic acid interferes with UVB therapy for psoriasis. Acta Derm Venereol. 1991;71:37-40.
  30. Menter A, Korman NJ, Elmets CA, et al. Guidelines of care for the management of psoriasis and psoriatic arthritis. section 3. guidelines of care for the management and treatment of psoriasis with topical therapies. J Am Acad Dermatol. 2009;60:643-659.
  31. Rogalski C, Grunewald S, Schetschorke M, et al. Treatment of plaque-type psoriasis with the 308 nm excimer laser in combination with dithranol or calcipotriol. Int J Hyperthermia. 2012;28:184-190.
  32. Bagel J. LCD plus NB-UVB reduces time to improvement of psoriasis vs. NB-UVB alone. J Drugs Dermatol. 2009;8:351-357.
  33. Abdallah MA, El-Khateeb EA, Abdel-Rahman SH. The influence of psoriatic plaques pretreatment with crude coal tar vs. petrolatum on the efficacy of narrow-band ultraviolet B: a half-vs.-half intra-individual double-blinded comparative study. Photodermatol Photoimmunol Photomed. 2011;27:226-230.
Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Issue
Cutis - 110(2S)
Page Number
8-14
Page Number
8-14
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Management of Psoriasis With Topicals: Applying the 2020 AAD-NPF Guidelines of Care to Clinical Practice
Display Headline
Management of Psoriasis With Topicals: Applying the 2020 AAD-NPF Guidelines of Care to Clinical Practice
Sections
Inside the Article

Practice Points

  • Topical medications collectively represent the most common form of psoriasis treatment. Depending on disease severity and distribution, topical agents can be used as monotherapy or adjunct therapy, offering the benefit of localized treatment without systemic side effects.
  • Dermatologists should base the selection of an appropriate topical medication on factors including adverse effects, potency, vehicle, and anatomic localization of disease.
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

2022 Update on female sexual health

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 09/06/2022 - 13:01

 

 

Many authors have commented on the lack of research into female sexual dysfunction, especially when compared with the hundreds of research publications related to male sexual health and dysfunction. Not surprisingly, very little has been published in the past year on the subject of female sexual health.

Recently, the International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) published 2 important papers: a guideline on the use of testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD) in women and a consensus document on the management of persistent genital arousal disorder (PGAD). The lack of funding and support for female sexual health leaves women’s health professionals with little education or guidance on how to identify and treat conditions that are likely as common in women as erectile dysfunction is in men. While we would like to rely on randomized trials to inform our clinical care, the very limited literature on female sexual health makes this difficult. Bringing together experienced clinicians who focus their practices on sexual health, ISSWSH has provided some much-needed recommendations for the management of difficult conditions.

ISSWSH provides clinical guidance on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD

Parish S, Simon J, Davis S, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health clinical practice guideline for the use of systemic testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder in women. J Sex Med. 2021;18:849-867.

For development of the ISSWSH clinical practice guideline on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD, 16 international researchers and clinicians were convened. A modified Delphi method was used to establish consensus at the meeting on the recommended indications for testosterone treatment, formulations, and when measurement of testosterone levels is appropriate.

An extensive evidence-based literature review was performed, which included original research, meta-analyses, reviews, and clinical practice guidelines, to address the use of testosterone in women for management of HSDD. Notably, in 2019, representatives of  10 medical societies published a Global Consensus Position Statement on the Use of Testosterone Therapy for Women that reviewed the existing literature on testosterone’s effects on sexual dysfunction, mood, cognition, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and breast health as well as androgenic side effects and adverse events.1 Based on their review, the only evidence-based indication for testosterone use is for the treatment of HSDD.

 

Testosterone formulations, HSDD diagnosis, and sex steroid physiology

More than 10 years ago, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) reviewed an application for the use of a transdermal testosterone patch (Intrinsa) in women for the treatment of HSDD. Efficacy of treatment was clearly demonstrated, and no safety signals were found in the placebo-controlled trial. Based, however, on the opinions of regulators who were “concerned” about the potential for cardiovascular adverse outcomes and worry that the peripheral conversion of testosterone to estradiol might lead to an increase in breast cancer—worry generated from the findings of the Women’s Health Initiative (which did not demonstrate an increase in breast cancer risk with estrogen alone but only when estrogen was combined with medroxyprogesterone acetate)—the FDA declined to approve the testosterone patch for women.

The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV) defined HSDD as “persistent or recurrent deficiency or absence of sexual fantasies and desire for sexual activity with marked distress or interpersonal difficulty.” The guideline authors noted that although the DSM-5 edition merged female arousal disorder with desire disorder into a single diagnosis, they used the DSM-IV definition as it had been the basis for the studies and literature reviewed. HSDD is a prevalent condition worldwide that affects between 12% and  53% of peri- and postmenopausal women.

The consensus guideline authors extensively reviewed the physiology and mechanism of action of sex steroids in women, particularly their impact on sexual function and the biologic alterations that occur during peri- and postmenopause.

Continue to: Consensus position  and recommendations...

 

 

Consensus position  and recommendations

The ISSWSH consensus guideline concluded that there is a moderate therapeutic benefit in adding testosterone therapy to achieve up to premenopausal levels in postmenopausal women with self-reported reduction in sexual desire that is causing distress as determined by a validated instrument.

The authors advise baseline hormone testing to rule out androgen excess and baseline renal, lipid, liver, and metabolic testing, even though transdermal testosterone therapy was not shown to alter these parameters in randomized trials of more than 3,000 women. Laboratory assays for both total and free testosterone are “highly unreliable” in the female range as they have been calibrated for male levels of hormone.

FDA-approved testosterone treatments for men with hypogonadism include transdermal gels, patches, intramuscular injection, and an oral formulation. Dosing for women is approximately one-tenth the dosage for treatment of men. Patients should be informed that this treatment is off-label and that long-term studies to establish safety are not available. The authors advised against the use of compounded formulations based on the National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine guidelines, but they went on to say that if compounded products are used, the pharmacy should adhere to Good Manufacturing Practice and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients standards.

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

Transdermal testosterone is beneficial for the treatment of HSDD in postmenopausal women after other causes of decreased desire, such as dyspareunia, relationship issues, and other general medical conditions, have been ruled out. There is no diagnostic laboratory test to confirm HSDD or to use as a therapeutic target in treatment (for total or free testosterone, as these are highly unreliable laboratory values). Although large trials have identified no safety signals, they were generally limited to 6 months in duration. Prescribing one-tenth the dose indicated for male hypogonadism results in premenopausal testosterone levels for most women. If there is no benefit after 6 months of treatment, testosterone should be discontinued.

Rare, complex sexual function disorder requires integrated biopsychosocial approach, says ISSWSH

Goldstein I, Komisaruk BR, Pukall CF, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) review of epidemiology and pathophysiology, and a consensus nomenclature and process of care for the management of persistent genital arousal disorder/genito-pelvic dyesthesia (PGAD/GPD). J Sex Med. 2021;18:665-697.

Persistent genital arousal disorder is a poorly understood and relatively rare sexual dysfunction in women. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) Practice Bulletin on Female Sexual Dysfunction does not mention this condition, leaving women’s health practitioners with little guidance as to diagnosis or management.2 Prevalence for the condition is estimated at 1% to 3%. The symptoms may be intermittent or continuous.

In a recent ISSWSH review, a consensus panel defined 5 criteria for this disorder: the perception of genital arousal that is involuntary, unrelated to sexual desire, without any identified cause, not relieved with orgasm, and distressing to the patient. The panel made a clear distinction between PGAD/ genito-pelvic dysesthesia (GPD) and Compulsive Sexual Behavior Disorder (defined by the International Classification of Diseases revision 11 as “a persistent pattern of failure to control intense, repetitive sexual impulses or urges). Because there is considerable overlap with syndromes of genital dysesthesia—itching, burning, tingling, or pain— the consensus panel elected to expand the nomenclature to describe both persistent genital arousal and genito-pelvic dysesthesia as a single syndrome, namely, PGAD/GPD.

Continue to: Negative impact of PGAD/GPD...

 

 

Negative impact of PGAD/GPD

The consensus panel identified several contributors to the overall morbidity of this complex disorder, including end organ pathology, peripheral nerve, spinal cord and central sensory processing malfunction, and significant psychological issues. PGAD/GPD also may be associated with spinal cysts, cauda equina pathology, and withdrawal from selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). Functional magnetic resonance imaging has identified specific brain regions (for example, the paracentral lobule) that are active during clitoral stimulation and that also activate during patients’ experience of persistent genital arousal.

PGAD/GPD negatively impacts sexual function, mental health, and ability to function in daily life. Of major importance is that a large proportion of people with this disorder have significant mental health disorders; in a survey, 54% of patients with PGAD reported suicidal ideation, compared with 25% of participants in a control group.

Evaluation and management recommendations

Diagnosis and management of PGAD/GPD are directed at the 5 areas of evaluation:

  • end organ
  • pelvis and perineum (assess for pelvic floor tension myalgia, pudendal neuropathy, pelvic congestion syndrome, or pelvic arteriovenous malformation)
  • cauda equina (evaluate for neurologic deficits related to cysts compressing S2-S3 nerve roots)
  • spinal cord (serotonin and norepinephrine pathways modulate nociceptive sensory activity; either SSRI/serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) withdrawal or treatment could impact PGAD/ GPD based on their actions in the spinal cord)
  • brain.

The consensus panel recommends an integrated biopsychosocial model for evaluation and treatment of PGAD/GPD. Comorbid mental health conditions, such as depression and anxiety, are common. Small studies suggest that a history of sexual trauma may contribute to catastrophizing and the experience of distressing persistent genital sensations, either arousal or dyesthesia, with 46.7% to 52.6% of patients reporting childhood sexual abuse.3

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

PGAD/GPD is a poorly recognized source of major distress to a small but significant group of patients. Diagnosis and management require a multidisciplinary team to identify end organ, pharmacologic, neurologic, vascular, and emotional components that contribute to the syndrome. Treatment requires a biopsychosocial approach that addresses the various sources of aberrant sensory processing, including end organ disease, neuropathic signaling, spinal cord pathways, and brain signal processing. Recognizing the existence of, and approaches to, this disorder will help gynecologists understand the considerable distress and potential life-threatening consequences our patients with PGAD/GPD experience.

Future possibilities and current  actualities for patient care

Research dollars and investment in female sexual dysfunction remain inadequate to address the considerable gaps that exist in evidence-based clinical guidelines. ISSWSH is working to help clinicians approach these evidence gaps with guidelines and consensus statements to help women’s health professionals identify and manage our patients with sexual concerns and symptoms. An expert consensus guideline on the assessment and management of female orgasmic disorder is currently under development (personal communication, Dr. Sheryl Kingsberg). In addition, a phase 2b trial is underway to assess the impact of topical sildenafil cream for the treatment of female arousal disorder. Stay tuned for the results of these studies.

For now, women’s health professionals have 2 FDA-approved treatment options for premenopausal women with arousal disorder, flibanserin (a daily oral medication that requires abstinence from alcohol) and bremelanotide (an injectable medication that can be used just prior to a sexual encounter). For postmenopausal women, there are no FDA-approved therapies; however, based on the ISSWSH guideline summarized above, transdermal testosterone may be offered to postmenopausal women with distressing loss of sexual desire in doses approximately one-tenth those used to treat men with androgen deficiency. These small doses are challenging to achieve consistently with the delivery systems available for FDA-approved products sold for men.

The National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine advise against the use of compounded hormonal products due to the potential for inconsistency and lack of FDA oversight in the manufacturing/compounding process. I have found and used some compounding pharmacies that are dedicated to safety, quality control, and compliance; test their products; and provide consistent, reliable compounded drugs for my patients. Consideration of compounded testosterone should be discussed with patients, and they should be informed of the current professional association guidelines. Testosterone creams may be compounded to a 1% product—20 mg/mL. Researchers in Australia have demonstrated that 5 mg of transdermal testosterone cream (one-quarter of a mL) results in typical premenopausal testosterone levels.4 When prescribing testosterone for postmenopausal women, check in with them after 6 weeks of treatment to assess impact and check blood levels to ensure that levels are not too high.

Testosterone pellets and intramuscular testosterone are not recommended and in fact should be actively avoided. These methods of administration are associated with extreme variation in hormone levels over time. There are typically supraphysiologic and quite high levels immediately after implantation or injection, followed by fairly significant drop-offs and rapid return of symptoms over time. This may lead to more and more frequent dosing and markedly elevated serum levels.

Management of PGAD/GPD is difficult, but knowing it exists as a valid syndrome will help clinicians validate patients’ symptoms and begin to approach appropriate evaluation and workup targeted to the 5 domains suggested by the ISSWSH expert panel. It is useful to understand the possible relationship to initiation or withdrawal from SSRIs or SNRIs and how aberrant norepinephrine signaling along the sensory pathways may contribute to genital dysesthesia or chronic sensations of arousal. Nonpharmacologic therapies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy and others, are essential components of the multifaceted approach to treatment. Finally, many complex problems, such as chronic pelvic pain, vestibulodynia, vulvodynia, and chronic fatigue syndrome, are associated with childhood adverse experiences and sexual trauma. Approaching these patients with trauma-informed care is important to create the trust and therapeutic environment they need for successful multidisciplinary care. ●

References
  1. Davis SR, Baber R, Panay N, et al. Global consensus position statement on the use of testosterone therapy for women. J Sex Med. 2019;16:1331-1337.
  2. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin no. 213: Female sexual dysfunction: clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:e1-e18.
  3. Leiblum S, Seehuus M, Goldmeier D, et al. Psychological, medical, and pharmacological correlates of persistent genital arousal disorder. J Sex Med. 2007;4:1358-1366.
  4. Fooladi E, Reuter SE, Bell RJ, et al. Pharmacokinetics of a transdermal testosterone cream in healthy postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2015;22:44-49.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Barbara Levy, MD

Dr. Levy is Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology, George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences; Voluntary Clinical Professor, Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, UC San Diego School of Medicine; and Principal, the Levy Group LLC,  La Jolla, California. She is a member of the  OBG Management Board of Editors.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
24-28
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Barbara Levy, MD

Dr. Levy is Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology, George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences; Voluntary Clinical Professor, Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, UC San Diego School of Medicine; and Principal, the Levy Group LLC,  La Jolla, California. She is a member of the  OBG Management Board of Editors.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Barbara Levy, MD

Dr. Levy is Clinical Professor, Obstetrics and Gynecology, George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences; Voluntary Clinical Professor, Obstetrics, Gynecology and Reproductive Sciences, UC San Diego School of Medicine; and Principal, the Levy Group LLC,  La Jolla, California. She is a member of the  OBG Management Board of Editors.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

 

Many authors have commented on the lack of research into female sexual dysfunction, especially when compared with the hundreds of research publications related to male sexual health and dysfunction. Not surprisingly, very little has been published in the past year on the subject of female sexual health.

Recently, the International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) published 2 important papers: a guideline on the use of testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD) in women and a consensus document on the management of persistent genital arousal disorder (PGAD). The lack of funding and support for female sexual health leaves women’s health professionals with little education or guidance on how to identify and treat conditions that are likely as common in women as erectile dysfunction is in men. While we would like to rely on randomized trials to inform our clinical care, the very limited literature on female sexual health makes this difficult. Bringing together experienced clinicians who focus their practices on sexual health, ISSWSH has provided some much-needed recommendations for the management of difficult conditions.

ISSWSH provides clinical guidance on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD

Parish S, Simon J, Davis S, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health clinical practice guideline for the use of systemic testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder in women. J Sex Med. 2021;18:849-867.

For development of the ISSWSH clinical practice guideline on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD, 16 international researchers and clinicians were convened. A modified Delphi method was used to establish consensus at the meeting on the recommended indications for testosterone treatment, formulations, and when measurement of testosterone levels is appropriate.

An extensive evidence-based literature review was performed, which included original research, meta-analyses, reviews, and clinical practice guidelines, to address the use of testosterone in women for management of HSDD. Notably, in 2019, representatives of  10 medical societies published a Global Consensus Position Statement on the Use of Testosterone Therapy for Women that reviewed the existing literature on testosterone’s effects on sexual dysfunction, mood, cognition, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and breast health as well as androgenic side effects and adverse events.1 Based on their review, the only evidence-based indication for testosterone use is for the treatment of HSDD.

 

Testosterone formulations, HSDD diagnosis, and sex steroid physiology

More than 10 years ago, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) reviewed an application for the use of a transdermal testosterone patch (Intrinsa) in women for the treatment of HSDD. Efficacy of treatment was clearly demonstrated, and no safety signals were found in the placebo-controlled trial. Based, however, on the opinions of regulators who were “concerned” about the potential for cardiovascular adverse outcomes and worry that the peripheral conversion of testosterone to estradiol might lead to an increase in breast cancer—worry generated from the findings of the Women’s Health Initiative (which did not demonstrate an increase in breast cancer risk with estrogen alone but only when estrogen was combined with medroxyprogesterone acetate)—the FDA declined to approve the testosterone patch for women.

The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV) defined HSDD as “persistent or recurrent deficiency or absence of sexual fantasies and desire for sexual activity with marked distress or interpersonal difficulty.” The guideline authors noted that although the DSM-5 edition merged female arousal disorder with desire disorder into a single diagnosis, they used the DSM-IV definition as it had been the basis for the studies and literature reviewed. HSDD is a prevalent condition worldwide that affects between 12% and  53% of peri- and postmenopausal women.

The consensus guideline authors extensively reviewed the physiology and mechanism of action of sex steroids in women, particularly their impact on sexual function and the biologic alterations that occur during peri- and postmenopause.

Continue to: Consensus position  and recommendations...

 

 

Consensus position  and recommendations

The ISSWSH consensus guideline concluded that there is a moderate therapeutic benefit in adding testosterone therapy to achieve up to premenopausal levels in postmenopausal women with self-reported reduction in sexual desire that is causing distress as determined by a validated instrument.

The authors advise baseline hormone testing to rule out androgen excess and baseline renal, lipid, liver, and metabolic testing, even though transdermal testosterone therapy was not shown to alter these parameters in randomized trials of more than 3,000 women. Laboratory assays for both total and free testosterone are “highly unreliable” in the female range as they have been calibrated for male levels of hormone.

FDA-approved testosterone treatments for men with hypogonadism include transdermal gels, patches, intramuscular injection, and an oral formulation. Dosing for women is approximately one-tenth the dosage for treatment of men. Patients should be informed that this treatment is off-label and that long-term studies to establish safety are not available. The authors advised against the use of compounded formulations based on the National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine guidelines, but they went on to say that if compounded products are used, the pharmacy should adhere to Good Manufacturing Practice and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients standards.

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

Transdermal testosterone is beneficial for the treatment of HSDD in postmenopausal women after other causes of decreased desire, such as dyspareunia, relationship issues, and other general medical conditions, have been ruled out. There is no diagnostic laboratory test to confirm HSDD or to use as a therapeutic target in treatment (for total or free testosterone, as these are highly unreliable laboratory values). Although large trials have identified no safety signals, they were generally limited to 6 months in duration. Prescribing one-tenth the dose indicated for male hypogonadism results in premenopausal testosterone levels for most women. If there is no benefit after 6 months of treatment, testosterone should be discontinued.

Rare, complex sexual function disorder requires integrated biopsychosocial approach, says ISSWSH

Goldstein I, Komisaruk BR, Pukall CF, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) review of epidemiology and pathophysiology, and a consensus nomenclature and process of care for the management of persistent genital arousal disorder/genito-pelvic dyesthesia (PGAD/GPD). J Sex Med. 2021;18:665-697.

Persistent genital arousal disorder is a poorly understood and relatively rare sexual dysfunction in women. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) Practice Bulletin on Female Sexual Dysfunction does not mention this condition, leaving women’s health practitioners with little guidance as to diagnosis or management.2 Prevalence for the condition is estimated at 1% to 3%. The symptoms may be intermittent or continuous.

In a recent ISSWSH review, a consensus panel defined 5 criteria for this disorder: the perception of genital arousal that is involuntary, unrelated to sexual desire, without any identified cause, not relieved with orgasm, and distressing to the patient. The panel made a clear distinction between PGAD/ genito-pelvic dysesthesia (GPD) and Compulsive Sexual Behavior Disorder (defined by the International Classification of Diseases revision 11 as “a persistent pattern of failure to control intense, repetitive sexual impulses or urges). Because there is considerable overlap with syndromes of genital dysesthesia—itching, burning, tingling, or pain— the consensus panel elected to expand the nomenclature to describe both persistent genital arousal and genito-pelvic dysesthesia as a single syndrome, namely, PGAD/GPD.

Continue to: Negative impact of PGAD/GPD...

 

 

Negative impact of PGAD/GPD

The consensus panel identified several contributors to the overall morbidity of this complex disorder, including end organ pathology, peripheral nerve, spinal cord and central sensory processing malfunction, and significant psychological issues. PGAD/GPD also may be associated with spinal cysts, cauda equina pathology, and withdrawal from selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). Functional magnetic resonance imaging has identified specific brain regions (for example, the paracentral lobule) that are active during clitoral stimulation and that also activate during patients’ experience of persistent genital arousal.

PGAD/GPD negatively impacts sexual function, mental health, and ability to function in daily life. Of major importance is that a large proportion of people with this disorder have significant mental health disorders; in a survey, 54% of patients with PGAD reported suicidal ideation, compared with 25% of participants in a control group.

Evaluation and management recommendations

Diagnosis and management of PGAD/GPD are directed at the 5 areas of evaluation:

  • end organ
  • pelvis and perineum (assess for pelvic floor tension myalgia, pudendal neuropathy, pelvic congestion syndrome, or pelvic arteriovenous malformation)
  • cauda equina (evaluate for neurologic deficits related to cysts compressing S2-S3 nerve roots)
  • spinal cord (serotonin and norepinephrine pathways modulate nociceptive sensory activity; either SSRI/serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) withdrawal or treatment could impact PGAD/ GPD based on their actions in the spinal cord)
  • brain.

The consensus panel recommends an integrated biopsychosocial model for evaluation and treatment of PGAD/GPD. Comorbid mental health conditions, such as depression and anxiety, are common. Small studies suggest that a history of sexual trauma may contribute to catastrophizing and the experience of distressing persistent genital sensations, either arousal or dyesthesia, with 46.7% to 52.6% of patients reporting childhood sexual abuse.3

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

PGAD/GPD is a poorly recognized source of major distress to a small but significant group of patients. Diagnosis and management require a multidisciplinary team to identify end organ, pharmacologic, neurologic, vascular, and emotional components that contribute to the syndrome. Treatment requires a biopsychosocial approach that addresses the various sources of aberrant sensory processing, including end organ disease, neuropathic signaling, spinal cord pathways, and brain signal processing. Recognizing the existence of, and approaches to, this disorder will help gynecologists understand the considerable distress and potential life-threatening consequences our patients with PGAD/GPD experience.

Future possibilities and current  actualities for patient care

Research dollars and investment in female sexual dysfunction remain inadequate to address the considerable gaps that exist in evidence-based clinical guidelines. ISSWSH is working to help clinicians approach these evidence gaps with guidelines and consensus statements to help women’s health professionals identify and manage our patients with sexual concerns and symptoms. An expert consensus guideline on the assessment and management of female orgasmic disorder is currently under development (personal communication, Dr. Sheryl Kingsberg). In addition, a phase 2b trial is underway to assess the impact of topical sildenafil cream for the treatment of female arousal disorder. Stay tuned for the results of these studies.

For now, women’s health professionals have 2 FDA-approved treatment options for premenopausal women with arousal disorder, flibanserin (a daily oral medication that requires abstinence from alcohol) and bremelanotide (an injectable medication that can be used just prior to a sexual encounter). For postmenopausal women, there are no FDA-approved therapies; however, based on the ISSWSH guideline summarized above, transdermal testosterone may be offered to postmenopausal women with distressing loss of sexual desire in doses approximately one-tenth those used to treat men with androgen deficiency. These small doses are challenging to achieve consistently with the delivery systems available for FDA-approved products sold for men.

The National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine advise against the use of compounded hormonal products due to the potential for inconsistency and lack of FDA oversight in the manufacturing/compounding process. I have found and used some compounding pharmacies that are dedicated to safety, quality control, and compliance; test their products; and provide consistent, reliable compounded drugs for my patients. Consideration of compounded testosterone should be discussed with patients, and they should be informed of the current professional association guidelines. Testosterone creams may be compounded to a 1% product—20 mg/mL. Researchers in Australia have demonstrated that 5 mg of transdermal testosterone cream (one-quarter of a mL) results in typical premenopausal testosterone levels.4 When prescribing testosterone for postmenopausal women, check in with them after 6 weeks of treatment to assess impact and check blood levels to ensure that levels are not too high.

Testosterone pellets and intramuscular testosterone are not recommended and in fact should be actively avoided. These methods of administration are associated with extreme variation in hormone levels over time. There are typically supraphysiologic and quite high levels immediately after implantation or injection, followed by fairly significant drop-offs and rapid return of symptoms over time. This may lead to more and more frequent dosing and markedly elevated serum levels.

Management of PGAD/GPD is difficult, but knowing it exists as a valid syndrome will help clinicians validate patients’ symptoms and begin to approach appropriate evaluation and workup targeted to the 5 domains suggested by the ISSWSH expert panel. It is useful to understand the possible relationship to initiation or withdrawal from SSRIs or SNRIs and how aberrant norepinephrine signaling along the sensory pathways may contribute to genital dysesthesia or chronic sensations of arousal. Nonpharmacologic therapies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy and others, are essential components of the multifaceted approach to treatment. Finally, many complex problems, such as chronic pelvic pain, vestibulodynia, vulvodynia, and chronic fatigue syndrome, are associated with childhood adverse experiences and sexual trauma. Approaching these patients with trauma-informed care is important to create the trust and therapeutic environment they need for successful multidisciplinary care. ●

 

 

Many authors have commented on the lack of research into female sexual dysfunction, especially when compared with the hundreds of research publications related to male sexual health and dysfunction. Not surprisingly, very little has been published in the past year on the subject of female sexual health.

Recently, the International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) published 2 important papers: a guideline on the use of testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder (HSDD) in women and a consensus document on the management of persistent genital arousal disorder (PGAD). The lack of funding and support for female sexual health leaves women’s health professionals with little education or guidance on how to identify and treat conditions that are likely as common in women as erectile dysfunction is in men. While we would like to rely on randomized trials to inform our clinical care, the very limited literature on female sexual health makes this difficult. Bringing together experienced clinicians who focus their practices on sexual health, ISSWSH has provided some much-needed recommendations for the management of difficult conditions.

ISSWSH provides clinical guidance on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD

Parish S, Simon J, Davis S, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health clinical practice guideline for the use of systemic testosterone for hypoactive sexual desire disorder in women. J Sex Med. 2021;18:849-867.

For development of the ISSWSH clinical practice guideline on testosterone therapy for women with HSDD, 16 international researchers and clinicians were convened. A modified Delphi method was used to establish consensus at the meeting on the recommended indications for testosterone treatment, formulations, and when measurement of testosterone levels is appropriate.

An extensive evidence-based literature review was performed, which included original research, meta-analyses, reviews, and clinical practice guidelines, to address the use of testosterone in women for management of HSDD. Notably, in 2019, representatives of  10 medical societies published a Global Consensus Position Statement on the Use of Testosterone Therapy for Women that reviewed the existing literature on testosterone’s effects on sexual dysfunction, mood, cognition, musculoskeletal, cardiovascular, and breast health as well as androgenic side effects and adverse events.1 Based on their review, the only evidence-based indication for testosterone use is for the treatment of HSDD.

 

Testosterone formulations, HSDD diagnosis, and sex steroid physiology

More than 10 years ago, the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) reviewed an application for the use of a transdermal testosterone patch (Intrinsa) in women for the treatment of HSDD. Efficacy of treatment was clearly demonstrated, and no safety signals were found in the placebo-controlled trial. Based, however, on the opinions of regulators who were “concerned” about the potential for cardiovascular adverse outcomes and worry that the peripheral conversion of testosterone to estradiol might lead to an increase in breast cancer—worry generated from the findings of the Women’s Health Initiative (which did not demonstrate an increase in breast cancer risk with estrogen alone but only when estrogen was combined with medroxyprogesterone acetate)—the FDA declined to approve the testosterone patch for women.

The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 4th Edition (DSM-IV) defined HSDD as “persistent or recurrent deficiency or absence of sexual fantasies and desire for sexual activity with marked distress or interpersonal difficulty.” The guideline authors noted that although the DSM-5 edition merged female arousal disorder with desire disorder into a single diagnosis, they used the DSM-IV definition as it had been the basis for the studies and literature reviewed. HSDD is a prevalent condition worldwide that affects between 12% and  53% of peri- and postmenopausal women.

The consensus guideline authors extensively reviewed the physiology and mechanism of action of sex steroids in women, particularly their impact on sexual function and the biologic alterations that occur during peri- and postmenopause.

Continue to: Consensus position  and recommendations...

 

 

Consensus position  and recommendations

The ISSWSH consensus guideline concluded that there is a moderate therapeutic benefit in adding testosterone therapy to achieve up to premenopausal levels in postmenopausal women with self-reported reduction in sexual desire that is causing distress as determined by a validated instrument.

The authors advise baseline hormone testing to rule out androgen excess and baseline renal, lipid, liver, and metabolic testing, even though transdermal testosterone therapy was not shown to alter these parameters in randomized trials of more than 3,000 women. Laboratory assays for both total and free testosterone are “highly unreliable” in the female range as they have been calibrated for male levels of hormone.

FDA-approved testosterone treatments for men with hypogonadism include transdermal gels, patches, intramuscular injection, and an oral formulation. Dosing for women is approximately one-tenth the dosage for treatment of men. Patients should be informed that this treatment is off-label and that long-term studies to establish safety are not available. The authors advised against the use of compounded formulations based on the National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine guidelines, but they went on to say that if compounded products are used, the pharmacy should adhere to Good Manufacturing Practice and Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients standards.

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

Transdermal testosterone is beneficial for the treatment of HSDD in postmenopausal women after other causes of decreased desire, such as dyspareunia, relationship issues, and other general medical conditions, have been ruled out. There is no diagnostic laboratory test to confirm HSDD or to use as a therapeutic target in treatment (for total or free testosterone, as these are highly unreliable laboratory values). Although large trials have identified no safety signals, they were generally limited to 6 months in duration. Prescribing one-tenth the dose indicated for male hypogonadism results in premenopausal testosterone levels for most women. If there is no benefit after 6 months of treatment, testosterone should be discontinued.

Rare, complex sexual function disorder requires integrated biopsychosocial approach, says ISSWSH

Goldstein I, Komisaruk BR, Pukall CF, et al. International Society for the Study of Women’s Sexual Health (ISSWSH) review of epidemiology and pathophysiology, and a consensus nomenclature and process of care for the management of persistent genital arousal disorder/genito-pelvic dyesthesia (PGAD/GPD). J Sex Med. 2021;18:665-697.

Persistent genital arousal disorder is a poorly understood and relatively rare sexual dysfunction in women. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists (ACOG) Practice Bulletin on Female Sexual Dysfunction does not mention this condition, leaving women’s health practitioners with little guidance as to diagnosis or management.2 Prevalence for the condition is estimated at 1% to 3%. The symptoms may be intermittent or continuous.

In a recent ISSWSH review, a consensus panel defined 5 criteria for this disorder: the perception of genital arousal that is involuntary, unrelated to sexual desire, without any identified cause, not relieved with orgasm, and distressing to the patient. The panel made a clear distinction between PGAD/ genito-pelvic dysesthesia (GPD) and Compulsive Sexual Behavior Disorder (defined by the International Classification of Diseases revision 11 as “a persistent pattern of failure to control intense, repetitive sexual impulses or urges). Because there is considerable overlap with syndromes of genital dysesthesia—itching, burning, tingling, or pain— the consensus panel elected to expand the nomenclature to describe both persistent genital arousal and genito-pelvic dysesthesia as a single syndrome, namely, PGAD/GPD.

Continue to: Negative impact of PGAD/GPD...

 

 

Negative impact of PGAD/GPD

The consensus panel identified several contributors to the overall morbidity of this complex disorder, including end organ pathology, peripheral nerve, spinal cord and central sensory processing malfunction, and significant psychological issues. PGAD/GPD also may be associated with spinal cysts, cauda equina pathology, and withdrawal from selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs). Functional magnetic resonance imaging has identified specific brain regions (for example, the paracentral lobule) that are active during clitoral stimulation and that also activate during patients’ experience of persistent genital arousal.

PGAD/GPD negatively impacts sexual function, mental health, and ability to function in daily life. Of major importance is that a large proportion of people with this disorder have significant mental health disorders; in a survey, 54% of patients with PGAD reported suicidal ideation, compared with 25% of participants in a control group.

Evaluation and management recommendations

Diagnosis and management of PGAD/GPD are directed at the 5 areas of evaluation:

  • end organ
  • pelvis and perineum (assess for pelvic floor tension myalgia, pudendal neuropathy, pelvic congestion syndrome, or pelvic arteriovenous malformation)
  • cauda equina (evaluate for neurologic deficits related to cysts compressing S2-S3 nerve roots)
  • spinal cord (serotonin and norepinephrine pathways modulate nociceptive sensory activity; either SSRI/serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibitor (SNRI) withdrawal or treatment could impact PGAD/ GPD based on their actions in the spinal cord)
  • brain.

The consensus panel recommends an integrated biopsychosocial model for evaluation and treatment of PGAD/GPD. Comorbid mental health conditions, such as depression and anxiety, are common. Small studies suggest that a history of sexual trauma may contribute to catastrophizing and the experience of distressing persistent genital sensations, either arousal or dyesthesia, with 46.7% to 52.6% of patients reporting childhood sexual abuse.3

 

WHAT THIS EVIDENCE MEANS FOR PRACTICE

PGAD/GPD is a poorly recognized source of major distress to a small but significant group of patients. Diagnosis and management require a multidisciplinary team to identify end organ, pharmacologic, neurologic, vascular, and emotional components that contribute to the syndrome. Treatment requires a biopsychosocial approach that addresses the various sources of aberrant sensory processing, including end organ disease, neuropathic signaling, spinal cord pathways, and brain signal processing. Recognizing the existence of, and approaches to, this disorder will help gynecologists understand the considerable distress and potential life-threatening consequences our patients with PGAD/GPD experience.

Future possibilities and current  actualities for patient care

Research dollars and investment in female sexual dysfunction remain inadequate to address the considerable gaps that exist in evidence-based clinical guidelines. ISSWSH is working to help clinicians approach these evidence gaps with guidelines and consensus statements to help women’s health professionals identify and manage our patients with sexual concerns and symptoms. An expert consensus guideline on the assessment and management of female orgasmic disorder is currently under development (personal communication, Dr. Sheryl Kingsberg). In addition, a phase 2b trial is underway to assess the impact of topical sildenafil cream for the treatment of female arousal disorder. Stay tuned for the results of these studies.

For now, women’s health professionals have 2 FDA-approved treatment options for premenopausal women with arousal disorder, flibanserin (a daily oral medication that requires abstinence from alcohol) and bremelanotide (an injectable medication that can be used just prior to a sexual encounter). For postmenopausal women, there are no FDA-approved therapies; however, based on the ISSWSH guideline summarized above, transdermal testosterone may be offered to postmenopausal women with distressing loss of sexual desire in doses approximately one-tenth those used to treat men with androgen deficiency. These small doses are challenging to achieve consistently with the delivery systems available for FDA-approved products sold for men.

The National Academies of Science, Engineering, and Medicine advise against the use of compounded hormonal products due to the potential for inconsistency and lack of FDA oversight in the manufacturing/compounding process. I have found and used some compounding pharmacies that are dedicated to safety, quality control, and compliance; test their products; and provide consistent, reliable compounded drugs for my patients. Consideration of compounded testosterone should be discussed with patients, and they should be informed of the current professional association guidelines. Testosterone creams may be compounded to a 1% product—20 mg/mL. Researchers in Australia have demonstrated that 5 mg of transdermal testosterone cream (one-quarter of a mL) results in typical premenopausal testosterone levels.4 When prescribing testosterone for postmenopausal women, check in with them after 6 weeks of treatment to assess impact and check blood levels to ensure that levels are not too high.

Testosterone pellets and intramuscular testosterone are not recommended and in fact should be actively avoided. These methods of administration are associated with extreme variation in hormone levels over time. There are typically supraphysiologic and quite high levels immediately after implantation or injection, followed by fairly significant drop-offs and rapid return of symptoms over time. This may lead to more and more frequent dosing and markedly elevated serum levels.

Management of PGAD/GPD is difficult, but knowing it exists as a valid syndrome will help clinicians validate patients’ symptoms and begin to approach appropriate evaluation and workup targeted to the 5 domains suggested by the ISSWSH expert panel. It is useful to understand the possible relationship to initiation or withdrawal from SSRIs or SNRIs and how aberrant norepinephrine signaling along the sensory pathways may contribute to genital dysesthesia or chronic sensations of arousal. Nonpharmacologic therapies, such as cognitive-behavioral therapy and others, are essential components of the multifaceted approach to treatment. Finally, many complex problems, such as chronic pelvic pain, vestibulodynia, vulvodynia, and chronic fatigue syndrome, are associated with childhood adverse experiences and sexual trauma. Approaching these patients with trauma-informed care is important to create the trust and therapeutic environment they need for successful multidisciplinary care. ●

References
  1. Davis SR, Baber R, Panay N, et al. Global consensus position statement on the use of testosterone therapy for women. J Sex Med. 2019;16:1331-1337.
  2. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin no. 213: Female sexual dysfunction: clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:e1-e18.
  3. Leiblum S, Seehuus M, Goldmeier D, et al. Psychological, medical, and pharmacological correlates of persistent genital arousal disorder. J Sex Med. 2007;4:1358-1366.
  4. Fooladi E, Reuter SE, Bell RJ, et al. Pharmacokinetics of a transdermal testosterone cream in healthy postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2015;22:44-49.
References
  1. Davis SR, Baber R, Panay N, et al. Global consensus position statement on the use of testosterone therapy for women. J Sex Med. 2019;16:1331-1337.
  2. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists’ Committee on Practice Bulletins—Gynecology. ACOG practice bulletin no. 213: Female sexual dysfunction: clinical management guidelines for obstetrician-gynecologists. Obstet Gynecol. 2019;134:e1-e18.
  3. Leiblum S, Seehuus M, Goldmeier D, et al. Psychological, medical, and pharmacological correlates of persistent genital arousal disorder. J Sex Med. 2007;4:1358-1366.
  4. Fooladi E, Reuter SE, Bell RJ, et al. Pharmacokinetics of a transdermal testosterone cream in healthy postmenopausal women. Menopause. 2015;22:44-49.
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Page Number
24-28
Page Number
24-28
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

How should you advise your 54-year-old patient about the use of HT?

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 11/05/2022 - 16:27

 

 

CASE Healthy woman with hot flashes inquires about HT

A 54-year-old healthy woman with a history of hypothyroidism taking thyroid replacement medication comes in for her annual visit. Her last menstrual period was over 2 years ago and she reports severe hot flashes. They have greatly affected her quality of life and she must take frequent breaks at work. She wakes up frequently at night due to night sweats, which is impacting her sleep and, subsequently, her energy level. She has noted increased vaginal dryness so has been abstaining from sexual intercourse due to the discomfort. She has an intact uterus. Her family history is significant for heart disease, diagnosed in her mother at age 75.

On physical examination, she is normotensive and well-appearing. Her body mass index (BMI) is 21 kg/m2. Labs obtained prior to her visit show normal renal and liver function. Her high-density lipid (HDL) level is 55 mg/dL, her low-density lipid (LDL) level is 80 mg/dL, and her triglyceride level is 100 mg/dL; HbA1c is 5.5 mmol/mol.
 

She is interested in learning more about menopausal hormone therapy (HT) and whether or not she would be a candidate.

What information do you need to know to counsel and manage this patient?

Menopausal HT prescribing practices have changed over the last few decades as a better understanding of the risks and benefits of treatment have emerged. Prior to 2002, HT was commonly used for treatment of symptoms associated with menopause and was thought to have beneficial effects for chronic disease prevention.1-4 After data from the Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) was released, concerns arose around the effect of HT on cardiovascular health and risk of breast cancer. As a result, HT prescriptions fell precipitously after around 2002.5 Since then, postintervention analysis and cumulative 18-year follow-up of WHI data, along with results from subsequent randomized controlled trials, including the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) and the Early Versus Late Intervention Trial with Estradiol (ELITE), have demonstrated a favorable safety profile for healthy women starting HT early in menopause (less than age 60, or within 10 years from their final menstrual period).5-11

There are many types, formulations, and routes of HT, and the effects and risks differ for each (TABLE). For example, oral estrogen therapy, such as conjugated equine estrogens, portend a higher risk of adverse effects compared with transdermal formulations. Topical and transdermal estrogens bypass first-pass hepatic metabolism and thus are associated with a lower risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE) compared with oral formulations.12-14 A progestogen such as micronized progesterone is used in postmenopausal women with a uterus to protect the endometrium from unopposed estrogen therapy (ET). While it comes in oral and transdermal forms, the oral formulation is most widely used and studied in the United States; transdermal forms do not provide adequate endometrial protection and should not be used in combination therapy.15,16

 

Risks and benefits

Cardiovascular risk

Over time, the benefits and risks of HT use in menopausal patients have been further elucidated and defined, although they remain complex and dependent on patient clinical characteristics. HT remains the most effective treatment for vasomotor symptoms (VMS) and the genitourinary syndrome of menopause.17,18 In 2002, concerns for increased cardiovascular disease (CVD) and breast cancer risk resulted in early cessation of the WHI trial. Since that time the risk of CVD in postmenopausal women taking HT has been found to be more nuanced. In fact, updates in the literature have shown that HT results in a reduction of coronary heart disease if started in healthy women younger than age 60 years within 10 years of menopause.7,9-11 With this updated information, the North American Menopause society (NAMS), American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists and the Endocrine Society have published guidelines supporting the initiation of HT for symptomatic healthy women: under the age of 60, within 10 years of menopause, and without contraindications. After age 60 years and further from menopause, the benefits and risks become less known.18-20

Risk stratification allows for more comprehensive counseling in use of HT for treatment of bothersome VMS. From a cardiovascular health standpoint, calculating an atherosclerotic CVD (ASCVD) risk score helps to evaluate appropriateness of HT prescribing:

  • For those with low 10-year CVD risk (<5%), either oral or transdermal HT is appropriate.
  • For those with moderate 10-year CVD risk (5%-10%), transdermal HT is recommended over oral HT.
  • For those with high 10-year CVD risk (>10%), HT is not recommended.19,21

Breast cancer risk

Follow up since the initial WHI publication have shown that breast cancer risk is largely dependent on the formulation and route of HT used. Oral estrogen combined with a progestogen has been shown to increase the risk of invasive breast cancer, though very rarely.22 To put it into context, the absolute risk of breast cancer based on follow-up studies from WHI showed less than 1 additional case per 1,000 person years of use; less risk than associated with drinking 2 glasses of wine per day and similar to that of obesity and/or sedentary lifestyle.23,24 Studies have shown estrogen treatment alone for postmenopausal women does not appear to increase the risk of breast cancer. In fact, follow-up data from WHI showed a nonsignificant reduction in breast cancer risk for those taking ET alone.25

Breast cancer risk stratification is helpful when determining appropriateness of HT in postmenopausal women. Generally, if using risk stratification models for breast cancer (ie, Gail Risk model or international breast cancer intervention study [IBIS] tool), a patient who is average to moderate risk, HT can be offered with appropriate counseling. By contrast, a patient who is high risk should have a more detailed discussion about their risk (surveillance and risk-reducing treatments), and they may consider nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS. Women with a history of breast cancer should not be prescribed systemic HT.

Continue to: Additional HT benefits...

 

 

Additional HT benefits

The benefits of HT in postmenopausal women include improved bone health and reduction of fractures; reduction of risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM); improvement of insulin sensitivity; improvement of lipid profiles with increased HDL and decreased LDL levels; and reduction of colon cancer risk.25 For women aged younger than 60 years who start HT within 10 years of their last menstrual period, HT has been shown to cause a reduction in all-cause mortality. Important risks to counsel patients on when starting HT include the low risk of stroke and venous thromboembolism (VTE) when using oral formulations.26

CASE Resolved

Her ASCVD risk score, based on her history, estimates her 10-year CVD risk to be low (<5%). Thus, from a cardiovascular standpoint, either oral or transdermal HT would be an appropriate option. Her IBIS 10-year score is 1.5%, placing her in a low-risk category for breast cancer based on her personal and family history. Given that she is less than 60 years of age and within 10 years of menopause, along with her low-risk stratification for CVD and breast cancer, she would be an appropriate patient to begin combined HT with an estrogen plus an oral progesterone, such as an estradiol patch 0.0375 mg twice weekly, along with oral micronized progesterone 100 mg nightly. The dose could be increased over time based on symptoms and tolerability of the treatment.

ALTERNATE CASE 1 The patient has additional risk factors

Consider the patient case with the following additions to her history: the patient has a BMI of 34 kg/m2, a history of well-controlled hypertension while taking amlodipine 5 mg, and an ASCVD risk score of 7.5%. She reports severe VMS that are greatly impacting her quality of life. How would your recommendations or counseling change?

Focus on healthy lifestyle

Obesity and hypertension, both common chronic conditions, pose additional risks to be accounted for when counseling on and approaching HT prescribing. Her alternate ASCVD risk score places her at moderate risk for CVD within 10 years, based on guidelines as discussed above. It would still be appropriate to offer her combined HT after a shared decision-making discussion that includes a focus on healthy lifestyle habits.

 

Consider transdermal HT in obese women

Longitudinal studies have found that weight gain is more a consequence of aging, regardless of menopausal status. Fat distribution and body composition changes are a menopause-related phenomenon driven by estrogen deficiency. HT has been shown to preserve lean body mass and reduce visceral adiposity, resulting in favorable effects of body composition. Still, obesity results in increased risk of CVD, VTE, and certain hormone-sensitive cancers.27 When considering HT in obese patients, a transdermal estrogen route is preferred to reduce risks.

For women with hypertension, prescribe transdermal HT

Overall, studies have found that HT has a neutral effect on blood pressure.25 When considering formulation of HT, micronized progesterone, dydrogesterone, and drospirenone seem to be most neutral and possibly even beneficial on blood pressure compared with synthetic progestins.26 Oral estrogen is associated with increased vasoconstriction and/or increased sodium retention with resultant worsened regulation of blood pressure in women with hypertension, so transdermal estrogen is preferred for women with hypertension.26 Hypertension is a component of the ASCVD risk score; factoring this into a patient’s clinical picture is important when discussing appropriateness of HT prescribing. To minimize risks, the transdermal route of estrogen is preferred for those with hypertension.

Continue to: ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved...

 

 

ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved

She has a moderate ASCVD risk score, is obese, and has a history of hypertension. Through shared decision making, you ultimately start her on transdermal estrogen and micronized progesterone to treat her quality-of-life-impacting VMS, a formulation that is most likely to mitigate the possible risks in her clinical case. You see her back in the clinic every 3-6 months to monitor her blood pressure.

ALTERNATE CASE 2 The patient has a high risk for breast cancer

The patient reveals further her significant family history of breast cancer in her maternal grandmother and mother, both diagnosed in their 50s. You calculate her risk of breast cancer with a model that incorporates family history. Her Tyrer Cuzick-IBIS 10-year risk score is >5% and lifetime risk is >20%, putting her at high risk for breast cancer. Since she has a uterus and would need concomitant progesterone therapy, her risk for breast cancer is higher than if she was taking ET alone. Ultimately, together you and the patient decide to trial nonhormonal options for her VMS.

What are nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS?

While HT remains the most effective treatment for VMS, there are multiple nonhormonal treatments for women who are either at too high a risk for HT or who favor other options, which are outlined in the NAMS 2015 nonhormonal management position statement.27 Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has been shown to decrease bother related to VMS but not frequency. Clinical hypnosis has been shown to reduce hot flash frequency and improve sleep. Paroxetine salt (7.5 mg/day) remains the only FDA nonhormonal-approved medication for treatment of moderate to severe vasomotor symptoms. Off label use of other selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors have been shown in studies to reduce VMS including paroxetine at slightly higher doses (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), citalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), escitalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), venlafaxine (37.5 mg/day–150 mg/day), and desvenlafaxine (50 mg/day–100 mg/day). Other treatments that could be considered include off-label use of gabapentin (900 mg/day–2,400 mg/day), oxybutynin (2.5–5 mg twice daily) or clonidine (0.1 mg/day–1 mg/day divided in doses) since they all have data demonstrating they are beneficial at reducing VMS.

Nonhormonal options that may be helpful but are recommended with caution due to lack of data include weight loss, mindfulness-based stress reduction, s-equol derivatives of soy isoflavones and a stellate ganglion block. Further evidence and studies are needed for the aforementioned options.27

 

ALTERNATE CASE 2 Resolved

She may consider any of the nonhormonal options discussed. If she meets with a medical breast specialist to discuss her elevated risk of breast cancer and considers starting risk-reducing medications, particularly tamoxifen, you will want to avoid medications that have significant CPY 2D6 inhibition, such as paroxetine and fluoxetine. Safer choices would include venlafaxine, escitalopram, or citalopram.

The bottom line

In summary, the benefits and risks of HT in the treatment of VMS remain nuanced. For healthy women younger than 60 years of age and within 10 years from their last menstrual period, the benefits of HT largely outweigh the risks. Shared decision making, along with individualized and appropriate risk stratification specific for women, can guide appropriateness of HT prescribing. For those women who cannot take HT or choose not to, there are many nonhormonal options that will help manage their bothersome VMS. ●

References

 

  1. Carr BR, Wilson JD. Disorders of the ovary and female reproductive tract. In: Isselbacher KJ, Braunwald E, Wilson JD, eds. Harrisons’ Principles of Internal Medicine, 13th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 1994:2016-2017.
  2. Davidson MH, Maki KC, Marx P, et al. Effects of continuous estrogen and estrogen-progestin replacement regimens on cardiovascular risk markers in postmenopausel women. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3315-3325. doi: 10.1001/archinte.160.21.3315.
  3. Grodstein F, Manson JE, Colditz GA, et al. A prospective, observational study of postmenopausal hormone therapy and primary prevention of cardiovascular disease. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133:933-941. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-133-12-200012190-00008.
  4. Grady D, Rubin SM, Petitti DB, et al. Hormone therapy to prevent disease and prolong life in postmenopausal women. Ann Intern Med. 1992;117:1016-1037. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-117-12-1016.
  5. Rossouw JE, Manson JE, Kaunitz AM, et al. Lessons learned from the Women’s Health Initiative trials of menopausal hormone therapy. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:172-176. doi: 10.1097/aog.0b013e31827a08c8.
  6. Manson JE, Hsia J, Johnson KC, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the risk of coronary heart disease. NEJM. 2003;349:523-534. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa030808.
  7. Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353-1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
  8. Santen RJ, Allred DC, Ardoin SP, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy: an Endocrine Society scientific statement. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2010;95:S1-S66. doi: 10.1210/jc.2009-2509.
  9. Manson JE, Aragaki AK, Rossouw JE, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term all-cause and cause-specific mortality: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2017;318:927-938. doi: 10.1001/jama.2017.11217.
  10. Hodis HN, Mack WJ, Henderson VW, et al. Vacular effects of early versus late postmenopausal treatment with estradiol. NEJM. 2016;374:1221-1231. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1505241.
  11. Taylor HS, Tal A, Pal L, et al. Effects of oral vs transdermal estrogen therapy on sexual function in early postmenopause: ancillary study of the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS). JAMA Intern Med. 2017;177:1471-1479. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.3877.
  12. Liu JH, Pinkerton JV. Prescription therapies. In: CJ Crandall, ed. Menopause Practice: A Clinician’s Guide, 6th ed. Pepper Pike, OH: The North American Menopause Society; 2019:277-309.
  13. Files J, Kling JM. Transdermal delivery of bioidentical estrogen in menopausal hormone therapy: a clinical review. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2020;17:543-549. doi: 10.1080/17425247.2020.1700949.
  14. Canonico M, Carcaillon L, Plu-Bureau G, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy and risk of stroke: impact of the route of estrogen administration and type of progestogen. Stroke. 2016;47:1734-1741. doi: 10.1161/STROKEAHA.116.013052.
  15. Hitchcok CL, Prior JC. Oral micronized progesterone for vasomotor symptoms—a placebo-controlled randomized trial in healthy post-menopausal women. Menopause. 2001;8:10-16.
  16. Effects of hormone replacement therapy on endometrial histology in postmenopausal women. The Postmenopausal Estrogen/Progestin Interventions (PEPI) Trial. The writing Group for the PEPI Trial. JAMA. 1996;275:370-375. doi: 10.1001/jama.1996.03530290040035.
  17. Pinkerton JV. Hormone therapy for postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:446-55. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1714787.
  18. The 2022 hormone therapy position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2022;29:767-794. doi:10.1097/GME.00000000000000002028. 
  19. Stuenkel CA, Davis SR, Gompel A, et al. Treatment of symptoms of the menopause: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2015;100:3975-4011. doi: 10.1210/jc.2015-2236.
  20. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Practice Bulletin No. 141: Management of Menopausal Symptoms. Obstet Gynecol. 2014;123:202-216. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000441353.20693.78.
  21. Manson JE. Current recommendations: what is the clinician to do? Fertil Steril. 2014;101:916. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Alcoholic drinks and the risk of cancer. https://www.wcrf.org/sites/default/files/Alcoholic-Drinks.pdf. 2018.
  22. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X. 
  23. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Diet, nutrition, physical activity and breast cancer. www.aicr.org/continuous-update-project/breast-cancer.html. 2018.
  24. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X.
  25. Mehta J, Kling JM, Manson JE. Risks, benefits and treatment modalities of menopausal hormone therapy: current concepts. Front Endocrinol (Laussane). 2021;12:564781. doi: 10.3389/fendo.2021.564781.
  26. Kapoor E, Kling JM, Lobo AS, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy in women with chronic medical conditions. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021:35;101578. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2021.101578.
  27. NAMS position statement advisory panel. Nonhormonal management of menopause-associated vasomotor symptoms: 2015 position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2015:22:1155-72. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000000546.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is faculty at Allegheny General Hospital Internal Medicine, Allegheny Health Network, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Dr. Kling is Professor of Medicine; Chair, Division of Women’s Health Internal Medicine; and Associate Chair of Equity, Inclusion and Diversity, Department of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Phoenix, Arizona.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
35-40
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is faculty at Allegheny General Hospital Internal Medicine, Allegheny Health Network, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Dr. Kling is Professor of Medicine; Chair, Division of Women’s Health Internal Medicine; and Associate Chair of Equity, Inclusion and Diversity, Department of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Phoenix, Arizona.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Mehta is faculty at Allegheny General Hospital Internal Medicine, Allegheny Health Network, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania.

Dr. Kling is Professor of Medicine; Chair, Division of Women’s Health Internal Medicine; and Associate Chair of Equity, Inclusion and Diversity, Department of Medicine, Mayo Clinic, Phoenix, Arizona.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

 

CASE Healthy woman with hot flashes inquires about HT

A 54-year-old healthy woman with a history of hypothyroidism taking thyroid replacement medication comes in for her annual visit. Her last menstrual period was over 2 years ago and she reports severe hot flashes. They have greatly affected her quality of life and she must take frequent breaks at work. She wakes up frequently at night due to night sweats, which is impacting her sleep and, subsequently, her energy level. She has noted increased vaginal dryness so has been abstaining from sexual intercourse due to the discomfort. She has an intact uterus. Her family history is significant for heart disease, diagnosed in her mother at age 75.

On physical examination, she is normotensive and well-appearing. Her body mass index (BMI) is 21 kg/m2. Labs obtained prior to her visit show normal renal and liver function. Her high-density lipid (HDL) level is 55 mg/dL, her low-density lipid (LDL) level is 80 mg/dL, and her triglyceride level is 100 mg/dL; HbA1c is 5.5 mmol/mol.
 

She is interested in learning more about menopausal hormone therapy (HT) and whether or not she would be a candidate.

What information do you need to know to counsel and manage this patient?

Menopausal HT prescribing practices have changed over the last few decades as a better understanding of the risks and benefits of treatment have emerged. Prior to 2002, HT was commonly used for treatment of symptoms associated with menopause and was thought to have beneficial effects for chronic disease prevention.1-4 After data from the Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) was released, concerns arose around the effect of HT on cardiovascular health and risk of breast cancer. As a result, HT prescriptions fell precipitously after around 2002.5 Since then, postintervention analysis and cumulative 18-year follow-up of WHI data, along with results from subsequent randomized controlled trials, including the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) and the Early Versus Late Intervention Trial with Estradiol (ELITE), have demonstrated a favorable safety profile for healthy women starting HT early in menopause (less than age 60, or within 10 years from their final menstrual period).5-11

There are many types, formulations, and routes of HT, and the effects and risks differ for each (TABLE). For example, oral estrogen therapy, such as conjugated equine estrogens, portend a higher risk of adverse effects compared with transdermal formulations. Topical and transdermal estrogens bypass first-pass hepatic metabolism and thus are associated with a lower risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE) compared with oral formulations.12-14 A progestogen such as micronized progesterone is used in postmenopausal women with a uterus to protect the endometrium from unopposed estrogen therapy (ET). While it comes in oral and transdermal forms, the oral formulation is most widely used and studied in the United States; transdermal forms do not provide adequate endometrial protection and should not be used in combination therapy.15,16

 

Risks and benefits

Cardiovascular risk

Over time, the benefits and risks of HT use in menopausal patients have been further elucidated and defined, although they remain complex and dependent on patient clinical characteristics. HT remains the most effective treatment for vasomotor symptoms (VMS) and the genitourinary syndrome of menopause.17,18 In 2002, concerns for increased cardiovascular disease (CVD) and breast cancer risk resulted in early cessation of the WHI trial. Since that time the risk of CVD in postmenopausal women taking HT has been found to be more nuanced. In fact, updates in the literature have shown that HT results in a reduction of coronary heart disease if started in healthy women younger than age 60 years within 10 years of menopause.7,9-11 With this updated information, the North American Menopause society (NAMS), American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists and the Endocrine Society have published guidelines supporting the initiation of HT for symptomatic healthy women: under the age of 60, within 10 years of menopause, and without contraindications. After age 60 years and further from menopause, the benefits and risks become less known.18-20

Risk stratification allows for more comprehensive counseling in use of HT for treatment of bothersome VMS. From a cardiovascular health standpoint, calculating an atherosclerotic CVD (ASCVD) risk score helps to evaluate appropriateness of HT prescribing:

  • For those with low 10-year CVD risk (<5%), either oral or transdermal HT is appropriate.
  • For those with moderate 10-year CVD risk (5%-10%), transdermal HT is recommended over oral HT.
  • For those with high 10-year CVD risk (>10%), HT is not recommended.19,21

Breast cancer risk

Follow up since the initial WHI publication have shown that breast cancer risk is largely dependent on the formulation and route of HT used. Oral estrogen combined with a progestogen has been shown to increase the risk of invasive breast cancer, though very rarely.22 To put it into context, the absolute risk of breast cancer based on follow-up studies from WHI showed less than 1 additional case per 1,000 person years of use; less risk than associated with drinking 2 glasses of wine per day and similar to that of obesity and/or sedentary lifestyle.23,24 Studies have shown estrogen treatment alone for postmenopausal women does not appear to increase the risk of breast cancer. In fact, follow-up data from WHI showed a nonsignificant reduction in breast cancer risk for those taking ET alone.25

Breast cancer risk stratification is helpful when determining appropriateness of HT in postmenopausal women. Generally, if using risk stratification models for breast cancer (ie, Gail Risk model or international breast cancer intervention study [IBIS] tool), a patient who is average to moderate risk, HT can be offered with appropriate counseling. By contrast, a patient who is high risk should have a more detailed discussion about their risk (surveillance and risk-reducing treatments), and they may consider nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS. Women with a history of breast cancer should not be prescribed systemic HT.

Continue to: Additional HT benefits...

 

 

Additional HT benefits

The benefits of HT in postmenopausal women include improved bone health and reduction of fractures; reduction of risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM); improvement of insulin sensitivity; improvement of lipid profiles with increased HDL and decreased LDL levels; and reduction of colon cancer risk.25 For women aged younger than 60 years who start HT within 10 years of their last menstrual period, HT has been shown to cause a reduction in all-cause mortality. Important risks to counsel patients on when starting HT include the low risk of stroke and venous thromboembolism (VTE) when using oral formulations.26

CASE Resolved

Her ASCVD risk score, based on her history, estimates her 10-year CVD risk to be low (<5%). Thus, from a cardiovascular standpoint, either oral or transdermal HT would be an appropriate option. Her IBIS 10-year score is 1.5%, placing her in a low-risk category for breast cancer based on her personal and family history. Given that she is less than 60 years of age and within 10 years of menopause, along with her low-risk stratification for CVD and breast cancer, she would be an appropriate patient to begin combined HT with an estrogen plus an oral progesterone, such as an estradiol patch 0.0375 mg twice weekly, along with oral micronized progesterone 100 mg nightly. The dose could be increased over time based on symptoms and tolerability of the treatment.

ALTERNATE CASE 1 The patient has additional risk factors

Consider the patient case with the following additions to her history: the patient has a BMI of 34 kg/m2, a history of well-controlled hypertension while taking amlodipine 5 mg, and an ASCVD risk score of 7.5%. She reports severe VMS that are greatly impacting her quality of life. How would your recommendations or counseling change?

Focus on healthy lifestyle

Obesity and hypertension, both common chronic conditions, pose additional risks to be accounted for when counseling on and approaching HT prescribing. Her alternate ASCVD risk score places her at moderate risk for CVD within 10 years, based on guidelines as discussed above. It would still be appropriate to offer her combined HT after a shared decision-making discussion that includes a focus on healthy lifestyle habits.

 

Consider transdermal HT in obese women

Longitudinal studies have found that weight gain is more a consequence of aging, regardless of menopausal status. Fat distribution and body composition changes are a menopause-related phenomenon driven by estrogen deficiency. HT has been shown to preserve lean body mass and reduce visceral adiposity, resulting in favorable effects of body composition. Still, obesity results in increased risk of CVD, VTE, and certain hormone-sensitive cancers.27 When considering HT in obese patients, a transdermal estrogen route is preferred to reduce risks.

For women with hypertension, prescribe transdermal HT

Overall, studies have found that HT has a neutral effect on blood pressure.25 When considering formulation of HT, micronized progesterone, dydrogesterone, and drospirenone seem to be most neutral and possibly even beneficial on blood pressure compared with synthetic progestins.26 Oral estrogen is associated with increased vasoconstriction and/or increased sodium retention with resultant worsened regulation of blood pressure in women with hypertension, so transdermal estrogen is preferred for women with hypertension.26 Hypertension is a component of the ASCVD risk score; factoring this into a patient’s clinical picture is important when discussing appropriateness of HT prescribing. To minimize risks, the transdermal route of estrogen is preferred for those with hypertension.

Continue to: ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved...

 

 

ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved

She has a moderate ASCVD risk score, is obese, and has a history of hypertension. Through shared decision making, you ultimately start her on transdermal estrogen and micronized progesterone to treat her quality-of-life-impacting VMS, a formulation that is most likely to mitigate the possible risks in her clinical case. You see her back in the clinic every 3-6 months to monitor her blood pressure.

ALTERNATE CASE 2 The patient has a high risk for breast cancer

The patient reveals further her significant family history of breast cancer in her maternal grandmother and mother, both diagnosed in their 50s. You calculate her risk of breast cancer with a model that incorporates family history. Her Tyrer Cuzick-IBIS 10-year risk score is >5% and lifetime risk is >20%, putting her at high risk for breast cancer. Since she has a uterus and would need concomitant progesterone therapy, her risk for breast cancer is higher than if she was taking ET alone. Ultimately, together you and the patient decide to trial nonhormonal options for her VMS.

What are nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS?

While HT remains the most effective treatment for VMS, there are multiple nonhormonal treatments for women who are either at too high a risk for HT or who favor other options, which are outlined in the NAMS 2015 nonhormonal management position statement.27 Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has been shown to decrease bother related to VMS but not frequency. Clinical hypnosis has been shown to reduce hot flash frequency and improve sleep. Paroxetine salt (7.5 mg/day) remains the only FDA nonhormonal-approved medication for treatment of moderate to severe vasomotor symptoms. Off label use of other selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors have been shown in studies to reduce VMS including paroxetine at slightly higher doses (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), citalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), escitalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), venlafaxine (37.5 mg/day–150 mg/day), and desvenlafaxine (50 mg/day–100 mg/day). Other treatments that could be considered include off-label use of gabapentin (900 mg/day–2,400 mg/day), oxybutynin (2.5–5 mg twice daily) or clonidine (0.1 mg/day–1 mg/day divided in doses) since they all have data demonstrating they are beneficial at reducing VMS.

Nonhormonal options that may be helpful but are recommended with caution due to lack of data include weight loss, mindfulness-based stress reduction, s-equol derivatives of soy isoflavones and a stellate ganglion block. Further evidence and studies are needed for the aforementioned options.27

 

ALTERNATE CASE 2 Resolved

She may consider any of the nonhormonal options discussed. If she meets with a medical breast specialist to discuss her elevated risk of breast cancer and considers starting risk-reducing medications, particularly tamoxifen, you will want to avoid medications that have significant CPY 2D6 inhibition, such as paroxetine and fluoxetine. Safer choices would include venlafaxine, escitalopram, or citalopram.

The bottom line

In summary, the benefits and risks of HT in the treatment of VMS remain nuanced. For healthy women younger than 60 years of age and within 10 years from their last menstrual period, the benefits of HT largely outweigh the risks. Shared decision making, along with individualized and appropriate risk stratification specific for women, can guide appropriateness of HT prescribing. For those women who cannot take HT or choose not to, there are many nonhormonal options that will help manage their bothersome VMS. ●

 

 

CASE Healthy woman with hot flashes inquires about HT

A 54-year-old healthy woman with a history of hypothyroidism taking thyroid replacement medication comes in for her annual visit. Her last menstrual period was over 2 years ago and she reports severe hot flashes. They have greatly affected her quality of life and she must take frequent breaks at work. She wakes up frequently at night due to night sweats, which is impacting her sleep and, subsequently, her energy level. She has noted increased vaginal dryness so has been abstaining from sexual intercourse due to the discomfort. She has an intact uterus. Her family history is significant for heart disease, diagnosed in her mother at age 75.

On physical examination, she is normotensive and well-appearing. Her body mass index (BMI) is 21 kg/m2. Labs obtained prior to her visit show normal renal and liver function. Her high-density lipid (HDL) level is 55 mg/dL, her low-density lipid (LDL) level is 80 mg/dL, and her triglyceride level is 100 mg/dL; HbA1c is 5.5 mmol/mol.
 

She is interested in learning more about menopausal hormone therapy (HT) and whether or not she would be a candidate.

What information do you need to know to counsel and manage this patient?

Menopausal HT prescribing practices have changed over the last few decades as a better understanding of the risks and benefits of treatment have emerged. Prior to 2002, HT was commonly used for treatment of symptoms associated with menopause and was thought to have beneficial effects for chronic disease prevention.1-4 After data from the Women’s Health Initiative (WHI) was released, concerns arose around the effect of HT on cardiovascular health and risk of breast cancer. As a result, HT prescriptions fell precipitously after around 2002.5 Since then, postintervention analysis and cumulative 18-year follow-up of WHI data, along with results from subsequent randomized controlled trials, including the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS) and the Early Versus Late Intervention Trial with Estradiol (ELITE), have demonstrated a favorable safety profile for healthy women starting HT early in menopause (less than age 60, or within 10 years from their final menstrual period).5-11

There are many types, formulations, and routes of HT, and the effects and risks differ for each (TABLE). For example, oral estrogen therapy, such as conjugated equine estrogens, portend a higher risk of adverse effects compared with transdermal formulations. Topical and transdermal estrogens bypass first-pass hepatic metabolism and thus are associated with a lower risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE) compared with oral formulations.12-14 A progestogen such as micronized progesterone is used in postmenopausal women with a uterus to protect the endometrium from unopposed estrogen therapy (ET). While it comes in oral and transdermal forms, the oral formulation is most widely used and studied in the United States; transdermal forms do not provide adequate endometrial protection and should not be used in combination therapy.15,16

 

Risks and benefits

Cardiovascular risk

Over time, the benefits and risks of HT use in menopausal patients have been further elucidated and defined, although they remain complex and dependent on patient clinical characteristics. HT remains the most effective treatment for vasomotor symptoms (VMS) and the genitourinary syndrome of menopause.17,18 In 2002, concerns for increased cardiovascular disease (CVD) and breast cancer risk resulted in early cessation of the WHI trial. Since that time the risk of CVD in postmenopausal women taking HT has been found to be more nuanced. In fact, updates in the literature have shown that HT results in a reduction of coronary heart disease if started in healthy women younger than age 60 years within 10 years of menopause.7,9-11 With this updated information, the North American Menopause society (NAMS), American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists and the Endocrine Society have published guidelines supporting the initiation of HT for symptomatic healthy women: under the age of 60, within 10 years of menopause, and without contraindications. After age 60 years and further from menopause, the benefits and risks become less known.18-20

Risk stratification allows for more comprehensive counseling in use of HT for treatment of bothersome VMS. From a cardiovascular health standpoint, calculating an atherosclerotic CVD (ASCVD) risk score helps to evaluate appropriateness of HT prescribing:

  • For those with low 10-year CVD risk (<5%), either oral or transdermal HT is appropriate.
  • For those with moderate 10-year CVD risk (5%-10%), transdermal HT is recommended over oral HT.
  • For those with high 10-year CVD risk (>10%), HT is not recommended.19,21

Breast cancer risk

Follow up since the initial WHI publication have shown that breast cancer risk is largely dependent on the formulation and route of HT used. Oral estrogen combined with a progestogen has been shown to increase the risk of invasive breast cancer, though very rarely.22 To put it into context, the absolute risk of breast cancer based on follow-up studies from WHI showed less than 1 additional case per 1,000 person years of use; less risk than associated with drinking 2 glasses of wine per day and similar to that of obesity and/or sedentary lifestyle.23,24 Studies have shown estrogen treatment alone for postmenopausal women does not appear to increase the risk of breast cancer. In fact, follow-up data from WHI showed a nonsignificant reduction in breast cancer risk for those taking ET alone.25

Breast cancer risk stratification is helpful when determining appropriateness of HT in postmenopausal women. Generally, if using risk stratification models for breast cancer (ie, Gail Risk model or international breast cancer intervention study [IBIS] tool), a patient who is average to moderate risk, HT can be offered with appropriate counseling. By contrast, a patient who is high risk should have a more detailed discussion about their risk (surveillance and risk-reducing treatments), and they may consider nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS. Women with a history of breast cancer should not be prescribed systemic HT.

Continue to: Additional HT benefits...

 

 

Additional HT benefits

The benefits of HT in postmenopausal women include improved bone health and reduction of fractures; reduction of risk for type 2 diabetes mellitus (T2DM); improvement of insulin sensitivity; improvement of lipid profiles with increased HDL and decreased LDL levels; and reduction of colon cancer risk.25 For women aged younger than 60 years who start HT within 10 years of their last menstrual period, HT has been shown to cause a reduction in all-cause mortality. Important risks to counsel patients on when starting HT include the low risk of stroke and venous thromboembolism (VTE) when using oral formulations.26

CASE Resolved

Her ASCVD risk score, based on her history, estimates her 10-year CVD risk to be low (<5%). Thus, from a cardiovascular standpoint, either oral or transdermal HT would be an appropriate option. Her IBIS 10-year score is 1.5%, placing her in a low-risk category for breast cancer based on her personal and family history. Given that she is less than 60 years of age and within 10 years of menopause, along with her low-risk stratification for CVD and breast cancer, she would be an appropriate patient to begin combined HT with an estrogen plus an oral progesterone, such as an estradiol patch 0.0375 mg twice weekly, along with oral micronized progesterone 100 mg nightly. The dose could be increased over time based on symptoms and tolerability of the treatment.

ALTERNATE CASE 1 The patient has additional risk factors

Consider the patient case with the following additions to her history: the patient has a BMI of 34 kg/m2, a history of well-controlled hypertension while taking amlodipine 5 mg, and an ASCVD risk score of 7.5%. She reports severe VMS that are greatly impacting her quality of life. How would your recommendations or counseling change?

Focus on healthy lifestyle

Obesity and hypertension, both common chronic conditions, pose additional risks to be accounted for when counseling on and approaching HT prescribing. Her alternate ASCVD risk score places her at moderate risk for CVD within 10 years, based on guidelines as discussed above. It would still be appropriate to offer her combined HT after a shared decision-making discussion that includes a focus on healthy lifestyle habits.

 

Consider transdermal HT in obese women

Longitudinal studies have found that weight gain is more a consequence of aging, regardless of menopausal status. Fat distribution and body composition changes are a menopause-related phenomenon driven by estrogen deficiency. HT has been shown to preserve lean body mass and reduce visceral adiposity, resulting in favorable effects of body composition. Still, obesity results in increased risk of CVD, VTE, and certain hormone-sensitive cancers.27 When considering HT in obese patients, a transdermal estrogen route is preferred to reduce risks.

For women with hypertension, prescribe transdermal HT

Overall, studies have found that HT has a neutral effect on blood pressure.25 When considering formulation of HT, micronized progesterone, dydrogesterone, and drospirenone seem to be most neutral and possibly even beneficial on blood pressure compared with synthetic progestins.26 Oral estrogen is associated with increased vasoconstriction and/or increased sodium retention with resultant worsened regulation of blood pressure in women with hypertension, so transdermal estrogen is preferred for women with hypertension.26 Hypertension is a component of the ASCVD risk score; factoring this into a patient’s clinical picture is important when discussing appropriateness of HT prescribing. To minimize risks, the transdermal route of estrogen is preferred for those with hypertension.

Continue to: ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved...

 

 

ALTERNATE CASE 1 Resolved

She has a moderate ASCVD risk score, is obese, and has a history of hypertension. Through shared decision making, you ultimately start her on transdermal estrogen and micronized progesterone to treat her quality-of-life-impacting VMS, a formulation that is most likely to mitigate the possible risks in her clinical case. You see her back in the clinic every 3-6 months to monitor her blood pressure.

ALTERNATE CASE 2 The patient has a high risk for breast cancer

The patient reveals further her significant family history of breast cancer in her maternal grandmother and mother, both diagnosed in their 50s. You calculate her risk of breast cancer with a model that incorporates family history. Her Tyrer Cuzick-IBIS 10-year risk score is >5% and lifetime risk is >20%, putting her at high risk for breast cancer. Since she has a uterus and would need concomitant progesterone therapy, her risk for breast cancer is higher than if she was taking ET alone. Ultimately, together you and the patient decide to trial nonhormonal options for her VMS.

What are nonhormonal options for treatment of VMS?

While HT remains the most effective treatment for VMS, there are multiple nonhormonal treatments for women who are either at too high a risk for HT or who favor other options, which are outlined in the NAMS 2015 nonhormonal management position statement.27 Cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) has been shown to decrease bother related to VMS but not frequency. Clinical hypnosis has been shown to reduce hot flash frequency and improve sleep. Paroxetine salt (7.5 mg/day) remains the only FDA nonhormonal-approved medication for treatment of moderate to severe vasomotor symptoms. Off label use of other selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (SSRIs) and selective norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors have been shown in studies to reduce VMS including paroxetine at slightly higher doses (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), citalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), escitalopram (10 mg/day–20 mg/day), venlafaxine (37.5 mg/day–150 mg/day), and desvenlafaxine (50 mg/day–100 mg/day). Other treatments that could be considered include off-label use of gabapentin (900 mg/day–2,400 mg/day), oxybutynin (2.5–5 mg twice daily) or clonidine (0.1 mg/day–1 mg/day divided in doses) since they all have data demonstrating they are beneficial at reducing VMS.

Nonhormonal options that may be helpful but are recommended with caution due to lack of data include weight loss, mindfulness-based stress reduction, s-equol derivatives of soy isoflavones and a stellate ganglion block. Further evidence and studies are needed for the aforementioned options.27

 

ALTERNATE CASE 2 Resolved

She may consider any of the nonhormonal options discussed. If she meets with a medical breast specialist to discuss her elevated risk of breast cancer and considers starting risk-reducing medications, particularly tamoxifen, you will want to avoid medications that have significant CPY 2D6 inhibition, such as paroxetine and fluoxetine. Safer choices would include venlafaxine, escitalopram, or citalopram.

The bottom line

In summary, the benefits and risks of HT in the treatment of VMS remain nuanced. For healthy women younger than 60 years of age and within 10 years from their last menstrual period, the benefits of HT largely outweigh the risks. Shared decision making, along with individualized and appropriate risk stratification specific for women, can guide appropriateness of HT prescribing. For those women who cannot take HT or choose not to, there are many nonhormonal options that will help manage their bothersome VMS. ●

References

 

  1. Carr BR, Wilson JD. Disorders of the ovary and female reproductive tract. In: Isselbacher KJ, Braunwald E, Wilson JD, eds. Harrisons’ Principles of Internal Medicine, 13th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 1994:2016-2017.
  2. Davidson MH, Maki KC, Marx P, et al. Effects of continuous estrogen and estrogen-progestin replacement regimens on cardiovascular risk markers in postmenopausel women. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3315-3325. doi: 10.1001/archinte.160.21.3315.
  3. Grodstein F, Manson JE, Colditz GA, et al. A prospective, observational study of postmenopausal hormone therapy and primary prevention of cardiovascular disease. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133:933-941. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-133-12-200012190-00008.
  4. Grady D, Rubin SM, Petitti DB, et al. Hormone therapy to prevent disease and prolong life in postmenopausal women. Ann Intern Med. 1992;117:1016-1037. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-117-12-1016.
  5. Rossouw JE, Manson JE, Kaunitz AM, et al. Lessons learned from the Women’s Health Initiative trials of menopausal hormone therapy. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:172-176. doi: 10.1097/aog.0b013e31827a08c8.
  6. Manson JE, Hsia J, Johnson KC, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the risk of coronary heart disease. NEJM. 2003;349:523-534. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa030808.
  7. Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353-1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
  8. Santen RJ, Allred DC, Ardoin SP, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy: an Endocrine Society scientific statement. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2010;95:S1-S66. doi: 10.1210/jc.2009-2509.
  9. Manson JE, Aragaki AK, Rossouw JE, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term all-cause and cause-specific mortality: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2017;318:927-938. doi: 10.1001/jama.2017.11217.
  10. Hodis HN, Mack WJ, Henderson VW, et al. Vacular effects of early versus late postmenopausal treatment with estradiol. NEJM. 2016;374:1221-1231. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1505241.
  11. Taylor HS, Tal A, Pal L, et al. Effects of oral vs transdermal estrogen therapy on sexual function in early postmenopause: ancillary study of the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS). JAMA Intern Med. 2017;177:1471-1479. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.3877.
  12. Liu JH, Pinkerton JV. Prescription therapies. In: CJ Crandall, ed. Menopause Practice: A Clinician’s Guide, 6th ed. Pepper Pike, OH: The North American Menopause Society; 2019:277-309.
  13. Files J, Kling JM. Transdermal delivery of bioidentical estrogen in menopausal hormone therapy: a clinical review. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2020;17:543-549. doi: 10.1080/17425247.2020.1700949.
  14. Canonico M, Carcaillon L, Plu-Bureau G, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy and risk of stroke: impact of the route of estrogen administration and type of progestogen. Stroke. 2016;47:1734-1741. doi: 10.1161/STROKEAHA.116.013052.
  15. Hitchcok CL, Prior JC. Oral micronized progesterone for vasomotor symptoms—a placebo-controlled randomized trial in healthy post-menopausal women. Menopause. 2001;8:10-16.
  16. Effects of hormone replacement therapy on endometrial histology in postmenopausal women. The Postmenopausal Estrogen/Progestin Interventions (PEPI) Trial. The writing Group for the PEPI Trial. JAMA. 1996;275:370-375. doi: 10.1001/jama.1996.03530290040035.
  17. Pinkerton JV. Hormone therapy for postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:446-55. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1714787.
  18. The 2022 hormone therapy position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2022;29:767-794. doi:10.1097/GME.00000000000000002028. 
  19. Stuenkel CA, Davis SR, Gompel A, et al. Treatment of symptoms of the menopause: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2015;100:3975-4011. doi: 10.1210/jc.2015-2236.
  20. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Practice Bulletin No. 141: Management of Menopausal Symptoms. Obstet Gynecol. 2014;123:202-216. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000441353.20693.78.
  21. Manson JE. Current recommendations: what is the clinician to do? Fertil Steril. 2014;101:916. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Alcoholic drinks and the risk of cancer. https://www.wcrf.org/sites/default/files/Alcoholic-Drinks.pdf. 2018.
  22. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X. 
  23. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Diet, nutrition, physical activity and breast cancer. www.aicr.org/continuous-update-project/breast-cancer.html. 2018.
  24. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X.
  25. Mehta J, Kling JM, Manson JE. Risks, benefits and treatment modalities of menopausal hormone therapy: current concepts. Front Endocrinol (Laussane). 2021;12:564781. doi: 10.3389/fendo.2021.564781.
  26. Kapoor E, Kling JM, Lobo AS, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy in women with chronic medical conditions. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021:35;101578. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2021.101578.
  27. NAMS position statement advisory panel. Nonhormonal management of menopause-associated vasomotor symptoms: 2015 position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2015:22:1155-72. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000000546.
References

 

  1. Carr BR, Wilson JD. Disorders of the ovary and female reproductive tract. In: Isselbacher KJ, Braunwald E, Wilson JD, eds. Harrisons’ Principles of Internal Medicine, 13th ed. New York, NY: McGraw-Hill; 1994:2016-2017.
  2. Davidson MH, Maki KC, Marx P, et al. Effects of continuous estrogen and estrogen-progestin replacement regimens on cardiovascular risk markers in postmenopausel women. Arch Intern Med. 2000;160:3315-3325. doi: 10.1001/archinte.160.21.3315.
  3. Grodstein F, Manson JE, Colditz GA, et al. A prospective, observational study of postmenopausal hormone therapy and primary prevention of cardiovascular disease. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133:933-941. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-133-12-200012190-00008.
  4. Grady D, Rubin SM, Petitti DB, et al. Hormone therapy to prevent disease and prolong life in postmenopausal women. Ann Intern Med. 1992;117:1016-1037. doi: 10.7326/0003-4819-117-12-1016.
  5. Rossouw JE, Manson JE, Kaunitz AM, et al. Lessons learned from the Women’s Health Initiative trials of menopausal hormone therapy. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:172-176. doi: 10.1097/aog.0b013e31827a08c8.
  6. Manson JE, Hsia J, Johnson KC, et al. Estrogen plus progestin and the risk of coronary heart disease. NEJM. 2003;349:523-534. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa030808.
  7. Manson JE, Chlebowski RT, Stefanick ML, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and health outcomes during the intervention and extended poststopping phases of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2013;310:1353-1368. doi: 10.1001/jama.2013.278040.
  8. Santen RJ, Allred DC, Ardoin SP, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy: an Endocrine Society scientific statement. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2010;95:S1-S66. doi: 10.1210/jc.2009-2509.
  9. Manson JE, Aragaki AK, Rossouw JE, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy and long-term all-cause and cause-specific mortality: the Women’s Health Initiative randomized trials. JAMA. 2017;318:927-938. doi: 10.1001/jama.2017.11217.
  10. Hodis HN, Mack WJ, Henderson VW, et al. Vacular effects of early versus late postmenopausal treatment with estradiol. NEJM. 2016;374:1221-1231. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1505241.
  11. Taylor HS, Tal A, Pal L, et al. Effects of oral vs transdermal estrogen therapy on sexual function in early postmenopause: ancillary study of the Kronos Early Estrogen Prevention Study (KEEPS). JAMA Intern Med. 2017;177:1471-1479. doi: 10.1001/jamainternmed.2017.3877.
  12. Liu JH, Pinkerton JV. Prescription therapies. In: CJ Crandall, ed. Menopause Practice: A Clinician’s Guide, 6th ed. Pepper Pike, OH: The North American Menopause Society; 2019:277-309.
  13. Files J, Kling JM. Transdermal delivery of bioidentical estrogen in menopausal hormone therapy: a clinical review. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2020;17:543-549. doi: 10.1080/17425247.2020.1700949.
  14. Canonico M, Carcaillon L, Plu-Bureau G, et al. Postmenopausal hormone therapy and risk of stroke: impact of the route of estrogen administration and type of progestogen. Stroke. 2016;47:1734-1741. doi: 10.1161/STROKEAHA.116.013052.
  15. Hitchcok CL, Prior JC. Oral micronized progesterone for vasomotor symptoms—a placebo-controlled randomized trial in healthy post-menopausal women. Menopause. 2001;8:10-16.
  16. Effects of hormone replacement therapy on endometrial histology in postmenopausal women. The Postmenopausal Estrogen/Progestin Interventions (PEPI) Trial. The writing Group for the PEPI Trial. JAMA. 1996;275:370-375. doi: 10.1001/jama.1996.03530290040035.
  17. Pinkerton JV. Hormone therapy for postmenopausal women. N Engl J Med. 2020;382:446-55. doi:10.1056/NEJMcp1714787.
  18. The 2022 hormone therapy position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2022;29:767-794. doi:10.1097/GME.00000000000000002028. 
  19. Stuenkel CA, Davis SR, Gompel A, et al. Treatment of symptoms of the menopause: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2015;100:3975-4011. doi: 10.1210/jc.2015-2236.
  20. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Practice Bulletin No. 141: Management of Menopausal Symptoms. Obstet Gynecol. 2014;123:202-216. doi: 10.1097/01.AOG.0000441353.20693.78.
  21. Manson JE. Current recommendations: what is the clinician to do? Fertil Steril. 2014;101:916. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Alcoholic drinks and the risk of cancer. https://www.wcrf.org/sites/default/files/Alcoholic-Drinks.pdf. 2018.
  22. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X. 
  23. World Cancer Research Fund/American Institute for Cancer Research. Continuous Update Project Expert Report 2018. Diet, nutrition, physical activity and breast cancer. www.aicr.org/continuous-update-project/breast-cancer.html. 2018.
  24. Anderson GL, Chlebowski RT, Aragaki AK, et al. Conjugated equine oestrogen and breast cancer incidence and mortality in postmenopausal women with hysterectomy: Extended follow-up of the Women’s Health Initiative randomized placebo-controlled trial. Lancet Oncol. 2012;5:476-486. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(12)70075-X.
  25. Mehta J, Kling JM, Manson JE. Risks, benefits and treatment modalities of menopausal hormone therapy: current concepts. Front Endocrinol (Laussane). 2021;12:564781. doi: 10.3389/fendo.2021.564781.
  26. Kapoor E, Kling JM, Lobo AS, et al. Menopausal hormone therapy in women with chronic medical conditions. Best Pract Res Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021:35;101578. doi: 10.1016/j.beem.2021.101578.
  27. NAMS position statement advisory panel. Nonhormonal management of menopause-associated vasomotor symptoms: 2015 position statement of The North American Menopause Society. Menopause. 2015:22:1155-72. doi: 10.1097/GME.0000000000000546.
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Page Number
35-40
Page Number
35-40
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Management considerations for women with von Willebrand disease

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 09/06/2022 - 13:00

 

 

Von Willebrand disease (VWD) represents the most common inherited bleeding disorder, with a prevalence of approximately 1 in 1,000 people. Type 1 disease, associated with a quantitative reduction in von Willebrand factor (VWF), is the most common type of VWD and accounts for approximately 70% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is autosomal dominant. Type 2 disease, associated with a qualitative defect in VWF, accounts for most of the remaining 30% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal dominant. Type 3 disease, associated with a near absence of VWF, accounts for less than 1% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal recessive.

Bruising and mucocutaneous bleeding (epistaxis, gingival bleeding, and bleeding after dental extraction) are the most common presenting symptoms of VWD. Because VWD substantially increases the risk of heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB) and, to some extent, intrapartum bleeding complications, and postpartum hemorrhage, women experience a disproportionate burden from VWD. Thus, ObGyns are likely to be called on to make treatment recommendations in VWD patients with these concerns.1

In 2017, the American Society of Hematology, the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis, the National Hemophilia Foundation, and the World Federation of Hemophilia determined that among clinical issues related to VWD, updating guidelines for women with VWD represented the highest priority.2 Accordingly, an international group of hematologists/coagulation specialists performed systematic literature reviews to address 3 questions faced by women with VWD and their clinicians:

  • What are the most effective treatments for HMB?
  • What is the safest approach for women desiring neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of tranexamic acid (TxA) on postpartum hemorrhage (PPH)?3

Evidence on management strategies for HMB in women with VWD

The prevalence of HMB in women with VWD ranges from 50% to 92%. Reports suggest that between 5% and 24% of women presenting with this symptom have VWD.3 However, the prevalence of VWD among women seeking care for HMB relates to referral patterns, with the prevalence of VWD substantially higher in patient populations who are referred to clinicians or centers that focus on care of patients with bleeding disorders.

The systematic review authors3 identified 2 comparative studies that assessed the treatment of HMB in women with VWD. One was a crossover trial that enrolled 116 VWD patients with HMB with a mean age of 36 years.4 All participants in this trial chose not to use combination oral contraceptives (COCs) as they had not experienced good results with prior COC use. Trial participants were randomly assigned to receive either intranasal desmopressin (DDAVP; a synthetic analog of the antidiuretic agent vasopressin, which stimulates the release of VWF from endothelial cells) or oral TxA therapy for 2 menstrual cycles. Participants then crossed over to the other drug for 2 additional cycles. Although both agents significantly reduced estimated menstrual blood loss, TxA was more effective in decreasing bleeding than intranasal DDAVP.4

In a retrospective cohort study, investigators compared COC use with intranasal DDAVP in 36 adolescents who had VWD and HMB.5 Participant follow-up ranged from 6 months to 4 years. The estimated efficacy of COCs and intranasal DDAVP was 86% and 77%, respectively, a difference that did not achieve statistical significance. Some of the adolescents who used intranasal DDAVP reported severe headaches and flushing.5

In addition, the systematic review authors3 identified 5 case series that described the use of the levonorgestrel (52 mg)-releasing intrauterine device (LNG 52 IUD) in women with VWD and HMB; 4 of these addressed the efficacy of progestin-releasing IUDs in reducing HMB in this patient population.6-9 Using different approaches to define HMB, the authors of these reports followed between 7 and 26 patients with bleeding disorders (most with confirmed VWD) and HMB for variable amounts of time after placement of an LNG 52 IUD. Many of the women described in these case series had tried other HMB treatments, including COCs, without success. Although these 4 reports assessed different outcomes, all reported that placement of the LNG 52 IUD substantially reduced menstrual blood loss, often resulting in amenorrhea. Several of these reports also noted important improvements in quality of life following LNG 52 IUD placement. One case series reported LNG 52 IUD placement in 13 adolescents with VWD and HMB. The mean time to achieve amenorrhea or occasional spotting was 94 days.6

The fifth report, which followed 20 women (median age, 31 years) with HMB associated with VWD or other bleeding disorders who underwent LNG 52 IUD placement, aimed to describe IUD expulsions and malpositioned IUDs in this population. In this small group of patients, 3 IUD expulsions and 2 malpositioned IUDs were observed. Furthermore, an additional 5 women had their device removed prematurely due to patient dissatisfaction. Accordingly, the IUD continuation rate in this case series was only 50%.10

 

Evidence on management of pregnancy, delivery, and the postpartum period

Heavy menstrual bleeding is not the only challenge for women with VWD. While pregnancy is accompanied by higher levels of VWF, potentially offsetting the risk of bleeding at the time of delivery, the levels do not achieve the same magnitude as they would in unaffected women.11 Women are at an increased risk of primary PPH12,13 and, importantly, since VWF levels fall exponentially after delivery when women are still experiencing lochia,11 they are at increased risk of secondary or delayed PPH.

Two questions arise frequently in the care of women with VWD at the time of delivery and during the postpartum period:

  • What is the safest approach for women who desire neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of TxA on PPH?

The second systematic review the authors performed3 focused on VWF levels in women receiving neuraxial anesthesia during labor. After screening 27 studies, the authors included 5 case series, which did not describe outcomes based on VWF levels but rather described the outcomes of women with VWF levels of greater than 0.50 IU/mL (> 50% of normal compared with a normal standard).

Meta-analysis showed that the proportion of anesthesia complications was 6%, which sounds high, but the range of complications was what would be expected in any population (hypotension, accidental dural puncture, inadequate anesthesia, and bloody tap with no further complications). No spinal, subdural, or epidural hematomas were noted.3 Such hematomas are an extremely rare complication of neuraxial anesthesia, occurring in only 1 in 200,000 or 1 in 250,000 obstetric patients14,15; accordingly, an increase in the rate of hematomas among women with VWD could go undetected. The absence of hematomas among women with VWD as reported in the systematic review does not mean there is not an increase in the rate of hematomas in women with VWD. The relative risk is unknown and caution would be advised.

The third systematic review that the authors performed3 was on TxA treatment in the postpartum period. After screening 41 studies, the authors included 2 retrospective cohort studies.16,17 The majority of the participants had VWD. With very-low-certainty evidence, the authors found that TxA reduces the risk of:

  • severe primary PPH (risk ratio [RR], 0.36; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.05–2.59)
  • primary PPH (RR, 0.25; 95% CI, 0.04–1.75)
  • secondary PPH (RR, 0.42; 95% CI, 0.02–0.91—does not cross 1.0).

Note that the 95% confidence intervals for severe as well as primary PPH crossed 1.0 and therefore these reductions in risk did not achieve statistical significance. Additionally, there was very-low-certainty evidence on the effect of TxA on blood transfusions, vaginal hematomas, blood loss, and thrombotic complications.3

Continue to: Our recommendations for HMB management...

 

 

Our recommendations for HMB management

When first evaluating any woman with HMB, it is important to check a blood count and ferritin level, if not already done. If there is any suggestion of iron deficiency (with or without anemia), we recommend oral iron supplementation. This is best accomplished with slow-release iron supplement formulations (or less expensive generic or house brands that contain less than 65 mg of elemental iron per tablet) taken every other day. Such preparations may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects than other oral iron formulations.18 Although it may appear counterintuitive, oral iron is better absorbed (and also may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects) when taken every other day.19

Initial management of HMB, whether or not a bleeding disorder is present, often consists or oral hormonal management. If no contraindications are present, we recommend initiation of a COC with a short hormone-free interval (for example, a 24/4 formulation). If contraindications to contraceptive doses of estrogen are present, continuous use of norethindrone acetate 5-mg tablets or off-label use of combination tablets with 5 µg of ethinyl estradiol and 1 mg of norethindrone acetate (a formulation approved for the treatment of menopausal symptoms) is appropriate.20

Once a patient is established on oral hormonal management, placement of a levonorgestrel-releasing IUD should be considered. Given that expulsion rates may be higher in women with HMB, if feasible, consider using abdominal ultrasound guidance for IUD placement.

For women with VWD who fail first-line therapy (hormonal management) or are trying to become pregnant, TxA (two 650-mg tablets 3 times daily for up to 5 days during episodes of heavy flow) can reduce HMB.20,21

Our recommendations for management of pregnancy and delivery

The second and third systematic reviews discussed above provide very limited guidance on comprehensive management. The care of the pregnant patient with VWD starts with assessment of VWF levels and making an accurate diagnosis. This usually requires the input of a hematologist or other expert in hemostasis. If no recent VWF levels are available, the ObGyn can obtain a von Willebrand panel that includes VWF antigen, VWF activity (most commonly ristocetin cofactor), and factor VIII.

Levels should be reassessed around 36 weeks’ gestation in anticipation of delivery. VWF levels increase during pregnancy; accordingly, in mild, type 1 VWD, half the time treatment is not necessary.11 If VWF activity is less than 50 IU/dL (less than 50% of normal) at 36 weeks’ gestation, the patient should receive VWF concentrate (dosed in VWF units). This requires consultation with hematology and specialized pharmacy support.

For these reasons, the patient with a VWF level less than 50% should be delivered in a referral center with the necessary resources. Anesthesia should be aware of the patient. Unless they have sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, neuraxial anesthesia should not be offered to pregnant women with VWD.

Due to the quantity of fluids administered during labor or at the time of delivery and the coexistent administration of oxytocin, desmopressin (synthetic vasopressin) should not be used without monitoring sodium levels, should not be dosed more than once, or should be avoided altogether due to the risk of water intoxication.

If the patient has sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, she would be a candidate to deliver in her local hospital and receive neuraxial anesthesia.

Based on the best data we have for women with VWD, a patient with a VWF greater than 50 IU/dL is no more likely to experience PPH than other women.11 Intravenous TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of immediate postpartum bleeding per protocol (1 g after cord clamp and 1 g 30 minutes or more later).22 Oral TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of delayed postpartum bleeding as per HMB. Regardless of the outcome of any testing during pregnancy, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs should be avoided postpartum and the patient should be monitored closely for bleeding.

 

Neonatal care

As for the fetus/neonate, the parents should be aware that the infant has a 50% chance of inheriting VWD. If the baby’s father has no history of bleeding, it is unlikely that the infant would be any more affected than the patient herself. Nonetheless, cord blood (in one or more light blue top tubes) should be obtained at the time of delivery and sent for a von Willebrand panel. If the infant is male, a circumcision should be postponed until VWD is ruled out. In addition, fetal invasive procedures should be avoided during labor. Fetal scalp electrode placement should be avoided. Operative vaginal delivery also should be avoided. Cesarean delivery would be preferred to operative vaginal delivery, but if operative vaginal delivery is unavoidable, use of forceps is preferred to vacuum extraction. ●

References
  1. ACOG committee opinion no. 451: Von Willebrand disease in women. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;114:1439-1443. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0b013e3181c6f975.
  2. Kalot MA, Al-Khatib M, Connell NT, et al; VWD Working Group. An international survey to inform priorities for new guidance on von Willebrand disease. Hemophilia. 2020;26:106-116. doi: 10.1111/hae.13881.
  3. Brignardello-Petersen R, El Alayli A, Husainat N, et al. Gynecologic and obstetric management of women with von Willebrand disease: summary of 3 systematic reviews of the literature. Blood Adv. 2022;6:228-237. doi: 10.1182 /bloodadvances.2021005589.
  4. Kouides PA, Byams VR, Philipp CS, et al. Multisite management study of menorrhagia with abnormal laboratory haemostasis: a prospective crossover study of intranasal desmopressin and oral tranexamic acid. Br J Haematol. 2009;145:212-220. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07610.x.
  5. Amesse LS, Pfaff-Amesse T, Leonardi R, et al. Oral contraceptives and DDAVP nasal spray: patterns of use in managing vWD-associated menorrhagia: a single-institution study. J Pediatr Hematol Oncol. 2005;27:357-363. doi: 10.1097/01.mph.0000173175.95152.95.
  6. Adeyemi-Fowode OA, Santos XM, Dietrich JE, et al. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device use in female adolescents with heavy menstrual bleeding and bleeding disorders: single institution review. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol. 2017;30:479-483. doi: 10.1016/j.jpag.2016.04.001.
  7. Chi C, Huq FY, Kadir RA. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for the management of heavy menstrual bleeding in women with inherited bleeding disorders: long-term follow-up. Contraception. 2011;83:242-247. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2010.07.010.
  8. Kingman CE, Kadir RA, Lee CA, et al. The use of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for treatment of menorrhagia in women with inherited bleeding disorders. BJOG. 2004;111:1425-1428. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2004.00305.x.
  9. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril. 2008;90:673-677. doi: 10.1016 /j.fertnstert.2007.07.1315.
  10. Rimmer E, Jamieson MA, James P. Malposition and expulsion of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system among women with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia. 2013;19:933-938. doi: 10.1111/hae.12184.
  11. James AH, Konkle BA, Kouides P, et al. Postpartum von Willebrand factor levels in women with and without von Willebrand disease and implications for prophylaxis. Haemophilia. 2015;21:81-87. doi: 10.1111/hae.12568.
  12. James AH, Jamison MG. Bleeding events and other complications during pregnancy and childbirth in women with von Willebrand disease. J Thromb Haemost. 2007;5: 1165-1169. doi: 10.1111/j.1538-7836.2007.02563.x.
  13. Al-Zirqi I, Vangen S, Forsen L, et al. Prevalence and risk factors of severe obstetric haemorrhage. BJOG. 2008;115:1265-1272. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2008.01859.x.
  14. Moen V, Dahlgren N, Irestedt L. Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990-1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101:950-959. doi: 10.1097/00000542-200410000-00021.
  15. D’Angelo R, Smiley RM, Riley ET, et al. Serious complications related to obstetric anesthesia: the serious complication repository project of the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology. Anesthesiology. 2014;120:1505-1512. doi: 10.1097/ALN.000000000000253.
  16. Govorov I, Lofgren S, Chaireti R, et al. Postpartum hemorrhage in women with von Willebrand disease—a retrospective observational study. PLos One. 2016;11:e0164683. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0164683.
  17. Hawke L, Grabell J, Sim W, et al. Obstetric bleeding among women with inherited bleeding disorders: a retrospective study. Haemophilia. 2016;22:906-911. doi: 10.1111/hae.13067.
  18. James AH. Iron deficiency anemia in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;138:663-674. doi:10.1097/AOG .000000000000.4559.
  19. Stoffel NU, Cercamondi CI, Brittenham G, et al. Iron absorption from oral iron supplements given on consecutive versus alternate days and as single morning doses versus twice-daily split dosing in iron-depleted women: two open-label, randomised controlled trials. Lancet Haematol. 2017;4:e524-e533. doi: 10.1016/S2352-3026(17)30182-5.
  20. Kaunitz AM. Abnormal uterine bleeding in reproductiveage women. JAMA. 2019;321:2126-2127. doi: 10.1001 /jama.2019.5248.
  21. James AH, Kouides PA, Abdul-Kadir R, et al. Von Willebrand disease and other bleeding disorders in women: consensus on diagnosis and management from an international expert panel. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2009;201:12.e1-8. doi: 10.1016 /j.ajog.2009.04.024.
  22. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389:2105-2116. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)30638-4.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Kaunitz is Tenured Professor and Associate Chair, Department of  Obstetrics and Gynecology,  University of Florida College of Medicine-Jacksonville. He serves on the OBG Management Board of Editors.

Dr. James is Professor Emeritus, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology-Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Consulting Professor, Medicine–Hematology,  Duke University, Durham, North Carolina.

Dr. Kaunitz reports that his institution receives research support regarding investigational treatment for menopausal symptoms from Bayer. Dr. James reports that she has received research grant support paid to her university from Coagulant Therapeutics and that she has served as a consultant for Cerus, Coagulant Therapeutics, HemoSonics, Octapharma, and Tremeau.

 

Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
41-45
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Kaunitz is Tenured Professor and Associate Chair, Department of  Obstetrics and Gynecology,  University of Florida College of Medicine-Jacksonville. He serves on the OBG Management Board of Editors.

Dr. James is Professor Emeritus, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology-Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Consulting Professor, Medicine–Hematology,  Duke University, Durham, North Carolina.

Dr. Kaunitz reports that his institution receives research support regarding investigational treatment for menopausal symptoms from Bayer. Dr. James reports that she has received research grant support paid to her university from Coagulant Therapeutics and that she has served as a consultant for Cerus, Coagulant Therapeutics, HemoSonics, Octapharma, and Tremeau.

 

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Kaunitz is Tenured Professor and Associate Chair, Department of  Obstetrics and Gynecology,  University of Florida College of Medicine-Jacksonville. He serves on the OBG Management Board of Editors.

Dr. James is Professor Emeritus, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology-Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Consulting Professor, Medicine–Hematology,  Duke University, Durham, North Carolina.

Dr. Kaunitz reports that his institution receives research support regarding investigational treatment for menopausal symptoms from Bayer. Dr. James reports that she has received research grant support paid to her university from Coagulant Therapeutics and that she has served as a consultant for Cerus, Coagulant Therapeutics, HemoSonics, Octapharma, and Tremeau.

 

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

 

Von Willebrand disease (VWD) represents the most common inherited bleeding disorder, with a prevalence of approximately 1 in 1,000 people. Type 1 disease, associated with a quantitative reduction in von Willebrand factor (VWF), is the most common type of VWD and accounts for approximately 70% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is autosomal dominant. Type 2 disease, associated with a qualitative defect in VWF, accounts for most of the remaining 30% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal dominant. Type 3 disease, associated with a near absence of VWF, accounts for less than 1% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal recessive.

Bruising and mucocutaneous bleeding (epistaxis, gingival bleeding, and bleeding after dental extraction) are the most common presenting symptoms of VWD. Because VWD substantially increases the risk of heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB) and, to some extent, intrapartum bleeding complications, and postpartum hemorrhage, women experience a disproportionate burden from VWD. Thus, ObGyns are likely to be called on to make treatment recommendations in VWD patients with these concerns.1

In 2017, the American Society of Hematology, the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis, the National Hemophilia Foundation, and the World Federation of Hemophilia determined that among clinical issues related to VWD, updating guidelines for women with VWD represented the highest priority.2 Accordingly, an international group of hematologists/coagulation specialists performed systematic literature reviews to address 3 questions faced by women with VWD and their clinicians:

  • What are the most effective treatments for HMB?
  • What is the safest approach for women desiring neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of tranexamic acid (TxA) on postpartum hemorrhage (PPH)?3

Evidence on management strategies for HMB in women with VWD

The prevalence of HMB in women with VWD ranges from 50% to 92%. Reports suggest that between 5% and 24% of women presenting with this symptom have VWD.3 However, the prevalence of VWD among women seeking care for HMB relates to referral patterns, with the prevalence of VWD substantially higher in patient populations who are referred to clinicians or centers that focus on care of patients with bleeding disorders.

The systematic review authors3 identified 2 comparative studies that assessed the treatment of HMB in women with VWD. One was a crossover trial that enrolled 116 VWD patients with HMB with a mean age of 36 years.4 All participants in this trial chose not to use combination oral contraceptives (COCs) as they had not experienced good results with prior COC use. Trial participants were randomly assigned to receive either intranasal desmopressin (DDAVP; a synthetic analog of the antidiuretic agent vasopressin, which stimulates the release of VWF from endothelial cells) or oral TxA therapy for 2 menstrual cycles. Participants then crossed over to the other drug for 2 additional cycles. Although both agents significantly reduced estimated menstrual blood loss, TxA was more effective in decreasing bleeding than intranasal DDAVP.4

In a retrospective cohort study, investigators compared COC use with intranasal DDAVP in 36 adolescents who had VWD and HMB.5 Participant follow-up ranged from 6 months to 4 years. The estimated efficacy of COCs and intranasal DDAVP was 86% and 77%, respectively, a difference that did not achieve statistical significance. Some of the adolescents who used intranasal DDAVP reported severe headaches and flushing.5

In addition, the systematic review authors3 identified 5 case series that described the use of the levonorgestrel (52 mg)-releasing intrauterine device (LNG 52 IUD) in women with VWD and HMB; 4 of these addressed the efficacy of progestin-releasing IUDs in reducing HMB in this patient population.6-9 Using different approaches to define HMB, the authors of these reports followed between 7 and 26 patients with bleeding disorders (most with confirmed VWD) and HMB for variable amounts of time after placement of an LNG 52 IUD. Many of the women described in these case series had tried other HMB treatments, including COCs, without success. Although these 4 reports assessed different outcomes, all reported that placement of the LNG 52 IUD substantially reduced menstrual blood loss, often resulting in amenorrhea. Several of these reports also noted important improvements in quality of life following LNG 52 IUD placement. One case series reported LNG 52 IUD placement in 13 adolescents with VWD and HMB. The mean time to achieve amenorrhea or occasional spotting was 94 days.6

The fifth report, which followed 20 women (median age, 31 years) with HMB associated with VWD or other bleeding disorders who underwent LNG 52 IUD placement, aimed to describe IUD expulsions and malpositioned IUDs in this population. In this small group of patients, 3 IUD expulsions and 2 malpositioned IUDs were observed. Furthermore, an additional 5 women had their device removed prematurely due to patient dissatisfaction. Accordingly, the IUD continuation rate in this case series was only 50%.10

 

Evidence on management of pregnancy, delivery, and the postpartum period

Heavy menstrual bleeding is not the only challenge for women with VWD. While pregnancy is accompanied by higher levels of VWF, potentially offsetting the risk of bleeding at the time of delivery, the levels do not achieve the same magnitude as they would in unaffected women.11 Women are at an increased risk of primary PPH12,13 and, importantly, since VWF levels fall exponentially after delivery when women are still experiencing lochia,11 they are at increased risk of secondary or delayed PPH.

Two questions arise frequently in the care of women with VWD at the time of delivery and during the postpartum period:

  • What is the safest approach for women who desire neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of TxA on PPH?

The second systematic review the authors performed3 focused on VWF levels in women receiving neuraxial anesthesia during labor. After screening 27 studies, the authors included 5 case series, which did not describe outcomes based on VWF levels but rather described the outcomes of women with VWF levels of greater than 0.50 IU/mL (> 50% of normal compared with a normal standard).

Meta-analysis showed that the proportion of anesthesia complications was 6%, which sounds high, but the range of complications was what would be expected in any population (hypotension, accidental dural puncture, inadequate anesthesia, and bloody tap with no further complications). No spinal, subdural, or epidural hematomas were noted.3 Such hematomas are an extremely rare complication of neuraxial anesthesia, occurring in only 1 in 200,000 or 1 in 250,000 obstetric patients14,15; accordingly, an increase in the rate of hematomas among women with VWD could go undetected. The absence of hematomas among women with VWD as reported in the systematic review does not mean there is not an increase in the rate of hematomas in women with VWD. The relative risk is unknown and caution would be advised.

The third systematic review that the authors performed3 was on TxA treatment in the postpartum period. After screening 41 studies, the authors included 2 retrospective cohort studies.16,17 The majority of the participants had VWD. With very-low-certainty evidence, the authors found that TxA reduces the risk of:

  • severe primary PPH (risk ratio [RR], 0.36; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.05–2.59)
  • primary PPH (RR, 0.25; 95% CI, 0.04–1.75)
  • secondary PPH (RR, 0.42; 95% CI, 0.02–0.91—does not cross 1.0).

Note that the 95% confidence intervals for severe as well as primary PPH crossed 1.0 and therefore these reductions in risk did not achieve statistical significance. Additionally, there was very-low-certainty evidence on the effect of TxA on blood transfusions, vaginal hematomas, blood loss, and thrombotic complications.3

Continue to: Our recommendations for HMB management...

 

 

Our recommendations for HMB management

When first evaluating any woman with HMB, it is important to check a blood count and ferritin level, if not already done. If there is any suggestion of iron deficiency (with or without anemia), we recommend oral iron supplementation. This is best accomplished with slow-release iron supplement formulations (or less expensive generic or house brands that contain less than 65 mg of elemental iron per tablet) taken every other day. Such preparations may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects than other oral iron formulations.18 Although it may appear counterintuitive, oral iron is better absorbed (and also may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects) when taken every other day.19

Initial management of HMB, whether or not a bleeding disorder is present, often consists or oral hormonal management. If no contraindications are present, we recommend initiation of a COC with a short hormone-free interval (for example, a 24/4 formulation). If contraindications to contraceptive doses of estrogen are present, continuous use of norethindrone acetate 5-mg tablets or off-label use of combination tablets with 5 µg of ethinyl estradiol and 1 mg of norethindrone acetate (a formulation approved for the treatment of menopausal symptoms) is appropriate.20

Once a patient is established on oral hormonal management, placement of a levonorgestrel-releasing IUD should be considered. Given that expulsion rates may be higher in women with HMB, if feasible, consider using abdominal ultrasound guidance for IUD placement.

For women with VWD who fail first-line therapy (hormonal management) or are trying to become pregnant, TxA (two 650-mg tablets 3 times daily for up to 5 days during episodes of heavy flow) can reduce HMB.20,21

Our recommendations for management of pregnancy and delivery

The second and third systematic reviews discussed above provide very limited guidance on comprehensive management. The care of the pregnant patient with VWD starts with assessment of VWF levels and making an accurate diagnosis. This usually requires the input of a hematologist or other expert in hemostasis. If no recent VWF levels are available, the ObGyn can obtain a von Willebrand panel that includes VWF antigen, VWF activity (most commonly ristocetin cofactor), and factor VIII.

Levels should be reassessed around 36 weeks’ gestation in anticipation of delivery. VWF levels increase during pregnancy; accordingly, in mild, type 1 VWD, half the time treatment is not necessary.11 If VWF activity is less than 50 IU/dL (less than 50% of normal) at 36 weeks’ gestation, the patient should receive VWF concentrate (dosed in VWF units). This requires consultation with hematology and specialized pharmacy support.

For these reasons, the patient with a VWF level less than 50% should be delivered in a referral center with the necessary resources. Anesthesia should be aware of the patient. Unless they have sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, neuraxial anesthesia should not be offered to pregnant women with VWD.

Due to the quantity of fluids administered during labor or at the time of delivery and the coexistent administration of oxytocin, desmopressin (synthetic vasopressin) should not be used without monitoring sodium levels, should not be dosed more than once, or should be avoided altogether due to the risk of water intoxication.

If the patient has sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, she would be a candidate to deliver in her local hospital and receive neuraxial anesthesia.

Based on the best data we have for women with VWD, a patient with a VWF greater than 50 IU/dL is no more likely to experience PPH than other women.11 Intravenous TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of immediate postpartum bleeding per protocol (1 g after cord clamp and 1 g 30 minutes or more later).22 Oral TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of delayed postpartum bleeding as per HMB. Regardless of the outcome of any testing during pregnancy, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs should be avoided postpartum and the patient should be monitored closely for bleeding.

 

Neonatal care

As for the fetus/neonate, the parents should be aware that the infant has a 50% chance of inheriting VWD. If the baby’s father has no history of bleeding, it is unlikely that the infant would be any more affected than the patient herself. Nonetheless, cord blood (in one or more light blue top tubes) should be obtained at the time of delivery and sent for a von Willebrand panel. If the infant is male, a circumcision should be postponed until VWD is ruled out. In addition, fetal invasive procedures should be avoided during labor. Fetal scalp electrode placement should be avoided. Operative vaginal delivery also should be avoided. Cesarean delivery would be preferred to operative vaginal delivery, but if operative vaginal delivery is unavoidable, use of forceps is preferred to vacuum extraction. ●

 

 

Von Willebrand disease (VWD) represents the most common inherited bleeding disorder, with a prevalence of approximately 1 in 1,000 people. Type 1 disease, associated with a quantitative reduction in von Willebrand factor (VWF), is the most common type of VWD and accounts for approximately 70% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is autosomal dominant. Type 2 disease, associated with a qualitative defect in VWF, accounts for most of the remaining 30% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal dominant. Type 3 disease, associated with a near absence of VWF, accounts for less than 1% of VWD patients enrolled in hemophilia treatment centers; transmission is usually autosomal recessive.

Bruising and mucocutaneous bleeding (epistaxis, gingival bleeding, and bleeding after dental extraction) are the most common presenting symptoms of VWD. Because VWD substantially increases the risk of heavy menstrual bleeding (HMB) and, to some extent, intrapartum bleeding complications, and postpartum hemorrhage, women experience a disproportionate burden from VWD. Thus, ObGyns are likely to be called on to make treatment recommendations in VWD patients with these concerns.1

In 2017, the American Society of Hematology, the International Society on Thrombosis and Haemostasis, the National Hemophilia Foundation, and the World Federation of Hemophilia determined that among clinical issues related to VWD, updating guidelines for women with VWD represented the highest priority.2 Accordingly, an international group of hematologists/coagulation specialists performed systematic literature reviews to address 3 questions faced by women with VWD and their clinicians:

  • What are the most effective treatments for HMB?
  • What is the safest approach for women desiring neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of tranexamic acid (TxA) on postpartum hemorrhage (PPH)?3

Evidence on management strategies for HMB in women with VWD

The prevalence of HMB in women with VWD ranges from 50% to 92%. Reports suggest that between 5% and 24% of women presenting with this symptom have VWD.3 However, the prevalence of VWD among women seeking care for HMB relates to referral patterns, with the prevalence of VWD substantially higher in patient populations who are referred to clinicians or centers that focus on care of patients with bleeding disorders.

The systematic review authors3 identified 2 comparative studies that assessed the treatment of HMB in women with VWD. One was a crossover trial that enrolled 116 VWD patients with HMB with a mean age of 36 years.4 All participants in this trial chose not to use combination oral contraceptives (COCs) as they had not experienced good results with prior COC use. Trial participants were randomly assigned to receive either intranasal desmopressin (DDAVP; a synthetic analog of the antidiuretic agent vasopressin, which stimulates the release of VWF from endothelial cells) or oral TxA therapy for 2 menstrual cycles. Participants then crossed over to the other drug for 2 additional cycles. Although both agents significantly reduced estimated menstrual blood loss, TxA was more effective in decreasing bleeding than intranasal DDAVP.4

In a retrospective cohort study, investigators compared COC use with intranasal DDAVP in 36 adolescents who had VWD and HMB.5 Participant follow-up ranged from 6 months to 4 years. The estimated efficacy of COCs and intranasal DDAVP was 86% and 77%, respectively, a difference that did not achieve statistical significance. Some of the adolescents who used intranasal DDAVP reported severe headaches and flushing.5

In addition, the systematic review authors3 identified 5 case series that described the use of the levonorgestrel (52 mg)-releasing intrauterine device (LNG 52 IUD) in women with VWD and HMB; 4 of these addressed the efficacy of progestin-releasing IUDs in reducing HMB in this patient population.6-9 Using different approaches to define HMB, the authors of these reports followed between 7 and 26 patients with bleeding disorders (most with confirmed VWD) and HMB for variable amounts of time after placement of an LNG 52 IUD. Many of the women described in these case series had tried other HMB treatments, including COCs, without success. Although these 4 reports assessed different outcomes, all reported that placement of the LNG 52 IUD substantially reduced menstrual blood loss, often resulting in amenorrhea. Several of these reports also noted important improvements in quality of life following LNG 52 IUD placement. One case series reported LNG 52 IUD placement in 13 adolescents with VWD and HMB. The mean time to achieve amenorrhea or occasional spotting was 94 days.6

The fifth report, which followed 20 women (median age, 31 years) with HMB associated with VWD or other bleeding disorders who underwent LNG 52 IUD placement, aimed to describe IUD expulsions and malpositioned IUDs in this population. In this small group of patients, 3 IUD expulsions and 2 malpositioned IUDs were observed. Furthermore, an additional 5 women had their device removed prematurely due to patient dissatisfaction. Accordingly, the IUD continuation rate in this case series was only 50%.10

 

Evidence on management of pregnancy, delivery, and the postpartum period

Heavy menstrual bleeding is not the only challenge for women with VWD. While pregnancy is accompanied by higher levels of VWF, potentially offsetting the risk of bleeding at the time of delivery, the levels do not achieve the same magnitude as they would in unaffected women.11 Women are at an increased risk of primary PPH12,13 and, importantly, since VWF levels fall exponentially after delivery when women are still experiencing lochia,11 they are at increased risk of secondary or delayed PPH.

Two questions arise frequently in the care of women with VWD at the time of delivery and during the postpartum period:

  • What is the safest approach for women who desire neuraxial analgesia for intrapartum pain?
  • What is the impact of postpartum administration of TxA on PPH?

The second systematic review the authors performed3 focused on VWF levels in women receiving neuraxial anesthesia during labor. After screening 27 studies, the authors included 5 case series, which did not describe outcomes based on VWF levels but rather described the outcomes of women with VWF levels of greater than 0.50 IU/mL (> 50% of normal compared with a normal standard).

Meta-analysis showed that the proportion of anesthesia complications was 6%, which sounds high, but the range of complications was what would be expected in any population (hypotension, accidental dural puncture, inadequate anesthesia, and bloody tap with no further complications). No spinal, subdural, or epidural hematomas were noted.3 Such hematomas are an extremely rare complication of neuraxial anesthesia, occurring in only 1 in 200,000 or 1 in 250,000 obstetric patients14,15; accordingly, an increase in the rate of hematomas among women with VWD could go undetected. The absence of hematomas among women with VWD as reported in the systematic review does not mean there is not an increase in the rate of hematomas in women with VWD. The relative risk is unknown and caution would be advised.

The third systematic review that the authors performed3 was on TxA treatment in the postpartum period. After screening 41 studies, the authors included 2 retrospective cohort studies.16,17 The majority of the participants had VWD. With very-low-certainty evidence, the authors found that TxA reduces the risk of:

  • severe primary PPH (risk ratio [RR], 0.36; 95% confidence interval [CI], 0.05–2.59)
  • primary PPH (RR, 0.25; 95% CI, 0.04–1.75)
  • secondary PPH (RR, 0.42; 95% CI, 0.02–0.91—does not cross 1.0).

Note that the 95% confidence intervals for severe as well as primary PPH crossed 1.0 and therefore these reductions in risk did not achieve statistical significance. Additionally, there was very-low-certainty evidence on the effect of TxA on blood transfusions, vaginal hematomas, blood loss, and thrombotic complications.3

Continue to: Our recommendations for HMB management...

 

 

Our recommendations for HMB management

When first evaluating any woman with HMB, it is important to check a blood count and ferritin level, if not already done. If there is any suggestion of iron deficiency (with or without anemia), we recommend oral iron supplementation. This is best accomplished with slow-release iron supplement formulations (or less expensive generic or house brands that contain less than 65 mg of elemental iron per tablet) taken every other day. Such preparations may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects than other oral iron formulations.18 Although it may appear counterintuitive, oral iron is better absorbed (and also may cause fewer gastrointestinal adverse effects) when taken every other day.19

Initial management of HMB, whether or not a bleeding disorder is present, often consists or oral hormonal management. If no contraindications are present, we recommend initiation of a COC with a short hormone-free interval (for example, a 24/4 formulation). If contraindications to contraceptive doses of estrogen are present, continuous use of norethindrone acetate 5-mg tablets or off-label use of combination tablets with 5 µg of ethinyl estradiol and 1 mg of norethindrone acetate (a formulation approved for the treatment of menopausal symptoms) is appropriate.20

Once a patient is established on oral hormonal management, placement of a levonorgestrel-releasing IUD should be considered. Given that expulsion rates may be higher in women with HMB, if feasible, consider using abdominal ultrasound guidance for IUD placement.

For women with VWD who fail first-line therapy (hormonal management) or are trying to become pregnant, TxA (two 650-mg tablets 3 times daily for up to 5 days during episodes of heavy flow) can reduce HMB.20,21

Our recommendations for management of pregnancy and delivery

The second and third systematic reviews discussed above provide very limited guidance on comprehensive management. The care of the pregnant patient with VWD starts with assessment of VWF levels and making an accurate diagnosis. This usually requires the input of a hematologist or other expert in hemostasis. If no recent VWF levels are available, the ObGyn can obtain a von Willebrand panel that includes VWF antigen, VWF activity (most commonly ristocetin cofactor), and factor VIII.

Levels should be reassessed around 36 weeks’ gestation in anticipation of delivery. VWF levels increase during pregnancy; accordingly, in mild, type 1 VWD, half the time treatment is not necessary.11 If VWF activity is less than 50 IU/dL (less than 50% of normal) at 36 weeks’ gestation, the patient should receive VWF concentrate (dosed in VWF units). This requires consultation with hematology and specialized pharmacy support.

For these reasons, the patient with a VWF level less than 50% should be delivered in a referral center with the necessary resources. Anesthesia should be aware of the patient. Unless they have sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, neuraxial anesthesia should not be offered to pregnant women with VWD.

Due to the quantity of fluids administered during labor or at the time of delivery and the coexistent administration of oxytocin, desmopressin (synthetic vasopressin) should not be used without monitoring sodium levels, should not be dosed more than once, or should be avoided altogether due to the risk of water intoxication.

If the patient has sustained VWF and factor VIII levels greater than 50 IU/dL, she would be a candidate to deliver in her local hospital and receive neuraxial anesthesia.

Based on the best data we have for women with VWD, a patient with a VWF greater than 50 IU/dL is no more likely to experience PPH than other women.11 Intravenous TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of immediate postpartum bleeding per protocol (1 g after cord clamp and 1 g 30 minutes or more later).22 Oral TxA can be used for prevention or treatment of delayed postpartum bleeding as per HMB. Regardless of the outcome of any testing during pregnancy, nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs should be avoided postpartum and the patient should be monitored closely for bleeding.

 

Neonatal care

As for the fetus/neonate, the parents should be aware that the infant has a 50% chance of inheriting VWD. If the baby’s father has no history of bleeding, it is unlikely that the infant would be any more affected than the patient herself. Nonetheless, cord blood (in one or more light blue top tubes) should be obtained at the time of delivery and sent for a von Willebrand panel. If the infant is male, a circumcision should be postponed until VWD is ruled out. In addition, fetal invasive procedures should be avoided during labor. Fetal scalp electrode placement should be avoided. Operative vaginal delivery also should be avoided. Cesarean delivery would be preferred to operative vaginal delivery, but if operative vaginal delivery is unavoidable, use of forceps is preferred to vacuum extraction. ●

References
  1. ACOG committee opinion no. 451: Von Willebrand disease in women. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;114:1439-1443. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0b013e3181c6f975.
  2. Kalot MA, Al-Khatib M, Connell NT, et al; VWD Working Group. An international survey to inform priorities for new guidance on von Willebrand disease. Hemophilia. 2020;26:106-116. doi: 10.1111/hae.13881.
  3. Brignardello-Petersen R, El Alayli A, Husainat N, et al. Gynecologic and obstetric management of women with von Willebrand disease: summary of 3 systematic reviews of the literature. Blood Adv. 2022;6:228-237. doi: 10.1182 /bloodadvances.2021005589.
  4. Kouides PA, Byams VR, Philipp CS, et al. Multisite management study of menorrhagia with abnormal laboratory haemostasis: a prospective crossover study of intranasal desmopressin and oral tranexamic acid. Br J Haematol. 2009;145:212-220. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07610.x.
  5. Amesse LS, Pfaff-Amesse T, Leonardi R, et al. Oral contraceptives and DDAVP nasal spray: patterns of use in managing vWD-associated menorrhagia: a single-institution study. J Pediatr Hematol Oncol. 2005;27:357-363. doi: 10.1097/01.mph.0000173175.95152.95.
  6. Adeyemi-Fowode OA, Santos XM, Dietrich JE, et al. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device use in female adolescents with heavy menstrual bleeding and bleeding disorders: single institution review. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol. 2017;30:479-483. doi: 10.1016/j.jpag.2016.04.001.
  7. Chi C, Huq FY, Kadir RA. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for the management of heavy menstrual bleeding in women with inherited bleeding disorders: long-term follow-up. Contraception. 2011;83:242-247. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2010.07.010.
  8. Kingman CE, Kadir RA, Lee CA, et al. The use of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for treatment of menorrhagia in women with inherited bleeding disorders. BJOG. 2004;111:1425-1428. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2004.00305.x.
  9. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril. 2008;90:673-677. doi: 10.1016 /j.fertnstert.2007.07.1315.
  10. Rimmer E, Jamieson MA, James P. Malposition and expulsion of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system among women with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia. 2013;19:933-938. doi: 10.1111/hae.12184.
  11. James AH, Konkle BA, Kouides P, et al. Postpartum von Willebrand factor levels in women with and without von Willebrand disease and implications for prophylaxis. Haemophilia. 2015;21:81-87. doi: 10.1111/hae.12568.
  12. James AH, Jamison MG. Bleeding events and other complications during pregnancy and childbirth in women with von Willebrand disease. J Thromb Haemost. 2007;5: 1165-1169. doi: 10.1111/j.1538-7836.2007.02563.x.
  13. Al-Zirqi I, Vangen S, Forsen L, et al. Prevalence and risk factors of severe obstetric haemorrhage. BJOG. 2008;115:1265-1272. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2008.01859.x.
  14. Moen V, Dahlgren N, Irestedt L. Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990-1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101:950-959. doi: 10.1097/00000542-200410000-00021.
  15. D’Angelo R, Smiley RM, Riley ET, et al. Serious complications related to obstetric anesthesia: the serious complication repository project of the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology. Anesthesiology. 2014;120:1505-1512. doi: 10.1097/ALN.000000000000253.
  16. Govorov I, Lofgren S, Chaireti R, et al. Postpartum hemorrhage in women with von Willebrand disease—a retrospective observational study. PLos One. 2016;11:e0164683. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0164683.
  17. Hawke L, Grabell J, Sim W, et al. Obstetric bleeding among women with inherited bleeding disorders: a retrospective study. Haemophilia. 2016;22:906-911. doi: 10.1111/hae.13067.
  18. James AH. Iron deficiency anemia in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;138:663-674. doi:10.1097/AOG .000000000000.4559.
  19. Stoffel NU, Cercamondi CI, Brittenham G, et al. Iron absorption from oral iron supplements given on consecutive versus alternate days and as single morning doses versus twice-daily split dosing in iron-depleted women: two open-label, randomised controlled trials. Lancet Haematol. 2017;4:e524-e533. doi: 10.1016/S2352-3026(17)30182-5.
  20. Kaunitz AM. Abnormal uterine bleeding in reproductiveage women. JAMA. 2019;321:2126-2127. doi: 10.1001 /jama.2019.5248.
  21. James AH, Kouides PA, Abdul-Kadir R, et al. Von Willebrand disease and other bleeding disorders in women: consensus on diagnosis and management from an international expert panel. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2009;201:12.e1-8. doi: 10.1016 /j.ajog.2009.04.024.
  22. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389:2105-2116. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)30638-4.
References
  1. ACOG committee opinion no. 451: Von Willebrand disease in women. Obstet Gynecol. 2009;114:1439-1443. doi: 10.1097 /AOG.0b013e3181c6f975.
  2. Kalot MA, Al-Khatib M, Connell NT, et al; VWD Working Group. An international survey to inform priorities for new guidance on von Willebrand disease. Hemophilia. 2020;26:106-116. doi: 10.1111/hae.13881.
  3. Brignardello-Petersen R, El Alayli A, Husainat N, et al. Gynecologic and obstetric management of women with von Willebrand disease: summary of 3 systematic reviews of the literature. Blood Adv. 2022;6:228-237. doi: 10.1182 /bloodadvances.2021005589.
  4. Kouides PA, Byams VR, Philipp CS, et al. Multisite management study of menorrhagia with abnormal laboratory haemostasis: a prospective crossover study of intranasal desmopressin and oral tranexamic acid. Br J Haematol. 2009;145:212-220. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2141.2009.07610.x.
  5. Amesse LS, Pfaff-Amesse T, Leonardi R, et al. Oral contraceptives and DDAVP nasal spray: patterns of use in managing vWD-associated menorrhagia: a single-institution study. J Pediatr Hematol Oncol. 2005;27:357-363. doi: 10.1097/01.mph.0000173175.95152.95.
  6. Adeyemi-Fowode OA, Santos XM, Dietrich JE, et al. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine device use in female adolescents with heavy menstrual bleeding and bleeding disorders: single institution review. J Pediatr Adolesc Gynecol. 2017;30:479-483. doi: 10.1016/j.jpag.2016.04.001.
  7. Chi C, Huq FY, Kadir RA. Levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for the management of heavy menstrual bleeding in women with inherited bleeding disorders: long-term follow-up. Contraception. 2011;83:242-247. doi: 10.1016/j.contraception.2010.07.010.
  8. Kingman CE, Kadir RA, Lee CA, et al. The use of levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system for treatment of menorrhagia in women with inherited bleeding disorders. BJOG. 2004;111:1425-1428. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2004.00305.x.
  9. Lukes AS, Reardon B, Arepally G. Use of the levonorgestrel-releasing intrauterine system in women with hemostatic disorders. Fertil Steril. 2008;90:673-677. doi: 10.1016 /j.fertnstert.2007.07.1315.
  10. Rimmer E, Jamieson MA, James P. Malposition and expulsion of the levonorgestrel intrauterine system among women with inherited bleeding disorders. Haemophilia. 2013;19:933-938. doi: 10.1111/hae.12184.
  11. James AH, Konkle BA, Kouides P, et al. Postpartum von Willebrand factor levels in women with and without von Willebrand disease and implications for prophylaxis. Haemophilia. 2015;21:81-87. doi: 10.1111/hae.12568.
  12. James AH, Jamison MG. Bleeding events and other complications during pregnancy and childbirth in women with von Willebrand disease. J Thromb Haemost. 2007;5: 1165-1169. doi: 10.1111/j.1538-7836.2007.02563.x.
  13. Al-Zirqi I, Vangen S, Forsen L, et al. Prevalence and risk factors of severe obstetric haemorrhage. BJOG. 2008;115:1265-1272. doi: 10.1111/j.1471-0528.2008.01859.x.
  14. Moen V, Dahlgren N, Irestedt L. Severe neurological complications after central neuraxial blockades in Sweden 1990-1999. Anesthesiology. 2004;101:950-959. doi: 10.1097/00000542-200410000-00021.
  15. D’Angelo R, Smiley RM, Riley ET, et al. Serious complications related to obstetric anesthesia: the serious complication repository project of the Society for Obstetric Anesthesia and Perinatology. Anesthesiology. 2014;120:1505-1512. doi: 10.1097/ALN.000000000000253.
  16. Govorov I, Lofgren S, Chaireti R, et al. Postpartum hemorrhage in women with von Willebrand disease—a retrospective observational study. PLos One. 2016;11:e0164683. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0164683.
  17. Hawke L, Grabell J, Sim W, et al. Obstetric bleeding among women with inherited bleeding disorders: a retrospective study. Haemophilia. 2016;22:906-911. doi: 10.1111/hae.13067.
  18. James AH. Iron deficiency anemia in pregnancy. Obstet Gynecol. 2021;138:663-674. doi:10.1097/AOG .000000000000.4559.
  19. Stoffel NU, Cercamondi CI, Brittenham G, et al. Iron absorption from oral iron supplements given on consecutive versus alternate days and as single morning doses versus twice-daily split dosing in iron-depleted women: two open-label, randomised controlled trials. Lancet Haematol. 2017;4:e524-e533. doi: 10.1016/S2352-3026(17)30182-5.
  20. Kaunitz AM. Abnormal uterine bleeding in reproductiveage women. JAMA. 2019;321:2126-2127. doi: 10.1001 /jama.2019.5248.
  21. James AH, Kouides PA, Abdul-Kadir R, et al. Von Willebrand disease and other bleeding disorders in women: consensus on diagnosis and management from an international expert panel. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2009;201:12.e1-8. doi: 10.1016 /j.ajog.2009.04.024.
  22. WOMAN Trial Collaborators. Effect of early tranexamic acid administration on mortality, hysterectomy, and other morbidities in women with post-partum haemorrhage (WOMAN): an international, randomised, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Lancet. 2017;389:2105-2116. doi: 10.1016/S0140-6736(17)30638-4.
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Page Number
41-45
Page Number
41-45
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

HIV management in pregnancy

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 09/06/2022 - 12:58

 

 

Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is a single-stranded enveloped RNA retrovirus that was first described in the 1980s and is known for its severity of systemic immune dysregulation and associated opportunistic infections. It is transmitted through contact with blood or bodily fluids, and it can be transmitted vertically, most often at the time of delivery. Since the advent of antiretroviral therapy, the average life expectancy and natural course of HIV infection has improved notably.1

In 2019, just over 1 million adults and adolescents in the United States were living with the diagnosis of HIV.2 In the same year, the rate of new HIV diagnoses in the United States had stabilized at a rate of 13.2 new cases per 100,000 individuals.2 Among this cohort, individuals identifying as females at birth accounted for 19% of the total population living with HIV.2 Sexual contact was the most common route of transmission, followed by injection drug use—77% and 20%, respectively.2

It is important to note that the incidence and prevalence of HIV does not reflect the individuals who unknowingly are living with the disease. The disease burden associated with HIV infection and the availability of effective treatment modalities has led to the recommendation that all individuals undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 Early identification of HIV infection is important to optimize the health of all individuals and future generations.

The interplay between high-risk sexual practices and the risk for HIV exposure and unintended pregnancy places the ObGyn at the forefront of HIV prevention and identification. Early diagnosis and standardized treatment with antiretroviral therapies have led to both a dramatic improvement in adult disease burden and a dramatic decrease in perinatal transmission.4,5 In 2019, perinatal transmission accounted for less than 1% of HIV transmission in the United States.2 This is a decrease of greater than 54% from 2014, which, again, emphasizes the role of the ObGyn in HIV management.6

 

Preconception care: Gynecologic screening, diagnosis, and management

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that an individual undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 HIV screening algorithms have changed over the last 20 years to reduce the number of false-positive and/or false-negative results obtained through HIV antibody testing alone.7 HIV-1/2 antibody/antigen immunoassay is recommended as the initial screening test. If reactive, this should be followed by an HIV p24-specific antigen test. Reactivity for both the HIV-1/2 immunoassay and the HIV p24-specific antigen test confirms the diagnosis of HIV infection. However, if HIV p24-specific antigen testing is indeterminate or an acute HIV infection is suspected, an HIV nucleic acid test (NAT) should be performed.7,8

Upon a positive diagnosis, a multidisciplinary team approach is recommended to address the mental, social, and physical care of the patient. Team members should include an adult medicine clinician, an infectious disease clinician, an ObGyn, social services staff, and behavioral health support to achieve the goal of obtaining and maintaining the patient’s optimal health status.

TABLE 1 lists the recommended initial laboratory assessments that should follow a new diagnosis of HIV infection. Based on the laboratory results, the indicated vaccinations, antibiotic prophylaxis for opportunistic infections, and optimal combined antiretroviral therapy (cART) can be determined.9 The vaccinations listed in TABLE 2 should be up to date.10,11 Additionally, cervical cancer screening with cytology and human papillomavirus (HPV) testing and treatment should be performed in accordance with the 2019 American Society for Cervical Cancer Prevention (ASCCP) guidelines.12

Promptly initiating cART is of utmost importance; this decreases the rate of HIV transmission via sexual contact and decreases the rate of perinatal transmission.5,13 Results of the initial laboratory assessment, hepatitis B status, and desire for pregnancy/contraception should be considered when initiating cART.3,14,15

It is imperative to discuss sharing the positive diagnostic results with the patient’s partner. The CDC provides guidance for these discussions,16 which should address the use of preexposure prophylaxis (PrEP) if partner screening establishes partner serodiscordance (that is, HIV positivity in one partner and HIV negativity in the other partner). PrEP is a single pill approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) that combines tenofovir 300 mg and emtricitabine 200 mg daily17 and has been recommended since 2012.18-20 PrEP also should be considered in sexually active individuals who have higher-risk behaviors within an area with high HIV prevalence.18-21 Despite the CDC’s strong recommendations for PrEP use, lack of insurance coverage and high cost are barriers to universal use. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) provides a list of patient and copayment assistance programs that can be found at the NASTAD website: https://nastad.org/prepcost-resources/prep-assitance-programs.

Continue to: Preconception considerations...

 

 

Preconception considerations

In individuals with known HIV infection, preconception consultation with an ObGyn or maternal-fetal medicine (MFM) specialist should be recommended prior to conception.22 Preconception recommendations include addressing optimization of maternal medical comorbidities, addressing routine health screening and vaccinations, performing sexually transmitted infection screening, and optimizing HIV disease status.3,22,23

With the assistance of adult medicine and infectious disease clinicians, a cART regimen that is sufficient to reliably maintain viral suppression (that is, viral load < 50 copies/mL on 2 separate occasions at least 3 months apart) and is safe for use in pregnancy should be established.3 In serodiscordant couples, recommended mechanisms to prevent HIV transmission during conception include sustained viral suppression in the HIV-positive partner, PrEP use in the HIV-negative partner, and timing of unprotected intercourse during peak fertility only.3

Antepartum care

The initial prenatal visit

Women who have no prior screening for HIV or prior negative HIV results should undergo HIV screening at the first prenatal visit.3 Screening should be performed in accordance with the “opt out method.”6 Using this method, a woman without a known diagnosis of HIV infection is told that she will undergo HIV screening as a component of routine prenatal care unless she decides that she does not want this test performed.6,24,25 At the time of screening, all pregnant women should be provided with comprehensive information regarding HIV screening, HIV screening results, and the implications of HIV infection on pregnancy.26

In the pregnant patient with confirmed HIV infection, all preconception considerations should be addressed. If not already in place, referrals to appropriate providers (infectious disease specialist, ObGyn, MFM specialist) and ancillary support staff (social services, behavioral health support) should be arranged. All efforts should be implemented to optimize additional medical comorbidities. TABLE 3 lists additional prenatal testing requirements.22


Antiretroviral therapy should be assessed for safety and efficacy in pregnancy and should comply with the CDC recommendations for cART in pregnancy.3 Patients with a T-lymphocyte cell count of less than 200 cells/mm3 and/or a viral load greater than 50 copies/mL despite adherent cART use should be referred to an infectious disease specialist to determine the need for alternative cART and/or the need for chemoprophylaxis against opportunistic infections.23

 

First and second trimester

Antiretroviral adherence and barriers to adherence should be addressed at every prenatal visit. If the patient is started on antiretroviral therapy in pregnancy or is switched to an alternative cART regimen, viral load assessment should be performed 2 to 4 weeks after the start or change in cART and then repeated monthly until undetectable levels are achieved.3,26 If an undetectable viral load cannot be obtained, cART adherence should be thoroughly evaluated, and the patient should be referred to an infectious disease or HIV treatment specialist.26

If the initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable viral load, repeat viral load assessment can be performed every 3 months throughout the pregnancy.3 If initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable HIV viral load and the T-lymphocyte count is greater than 200 cells/mm3, repeat viral load testing can be performed every 6 months to ensure stability.3

Early screening for gestational diabetes should be performed in patients receiving protease inhibitors because these agents may interfere with carbohydrate tolerance.22,26

Continue to: Third trimester...

 

 

Third trimester

Women with negative HIV screening at the initial prenatal evaluation should undergo repeat HIV screening in the third trimester if they are at high risk for HIV exposure.25 Factors that determine high-risk status are listed in TABLE 4.27 Sexually transmitted infection screening should be repeated in the third trimester.26

Repeat assessment of the viral load should be completed between 34 and 36 weeks’ gestation or sooner if additional indications for early term or late preterm delivery arise.3 Viral load assessments aid in determining delivery timing and route and the need for zidovudine (ZDV) treatment (FIGURE).

Studies that were performed prior to standardized cART use found higher rates of perinatal transmission associated with vaginal delivery when compared with cesarean delivery (CD).28-30 However, these studies did not account for measures of viral load within their study populations.28-30

In more recent studies performed in the era of standardized cART and viral load monitoring, CD does not provide protection from perinatal transmission when the maternal viral load is less than 1,000 copies/mL at the time of delivery.31 Similarly, delivery prior to 40 weeks’ gestation does not confer protection from perinatal transmission.32

Alternatively, if the maternal viral load is 1,000 copies/mL or greater, CD should be considered to reduce the risk of perinatal transmission. A scheduled, elective CD at 38 weeks’ gestation is recommended in those with a maternal viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater and no medical indication for earlier delivery in order to decrease the likelihood of labor onset and/or rupture of membranes prior to delivery.3,33

 

Intrapartum care

Rapid antigen testing (with follow-up confirmatory testing as indicated) is recommended in patients presenting to labor and delivery with no prior documentation of HIV status.3,8,26

Despite a significant decrease in perinatal transmission rates over the last 30 years, a large proportion of perinatal transmission cases are thought to result from intrapartum fetal exposure. While the mechanism of transmission is not known, a correlation between maternal viral load and risk for perinatal transmission has been shown. A maternal viral load of less than 1,000 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission risk of less than 2%.34,35 A maternal viral load between 50 and 999 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission rate of 1% to 2% compared with less than 1% for a maternal viral load of less than 50 copies/mL or undetectable measures.5,36,37

These differences in perinatal transmission rates have prompted the recommendation for administration of ZDV for a minimum of 3 hours prior to delivery in mothers with a viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater.4,38 The recommended ZDV dosing is: a 1-hour intravenous loading dose of 2 mg/kg followed by continuous infusion of 1 mg/kg per hour until delivery.39,40 Patients who opt for vaginal delivery despite nonsuppressed viral loads (≥1,000 copies/mL) after thorough perinatal counseling should receive ZDV at the start of labor through delivery.3 All patients should be continued on cART throughout their intrapartum and postpartum course.

The duration of membrane rupture and the use of invasive fetal monitoring (that is, fetal scalp electrodes) have been assessed as mechanisms of perinatal transmission. Although they were performed prior to the standardized use of cART, several studies demonstrated that increased perinatal transmission rates were associated with invasive fetal monitoring.34,41,42 While limited data have refuted this finding in women with suppressed viral loads (< 50 copies/mL), the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists recommends avoiding the use of invasive fetal monitoring in labor.26

Pre-cART studies demonstrated increased rates of perinatal transmission with longer durations of membrane rupture prior to delivery.43,44 More recent studies have reevaluated this association and determined that the increased perinatal transmission rates are more likely associated with higher maternal viral loads at the time of delivery rather than duration of membrane rupture.45-47 No clear evidence describes when or if CD after the onset of labor or rupture of membranes provides protection from perinatal HIV transmission in pregnant women with HIV receiving no antiretroviral drugs or only ZDV during labor.43,48 CD can be considered for patients in whom scheduled, pre-labor CD was planned who present in labor or with rupture of membranes prior to scheduled CD.26 These, and additional intrapartum considerations, are listed in TABLE 5.49,50

Appropriate personal protective equipment should be available and donned for all providers present throughout intrapartum management and at delivery.23,26 Should any provider injury occur, immediate cleansing of the injury site should be performed, followed by referral to proper workplace supervisors for additional laboratory testing and antiretroviral prophylaxis.

Continue to: Postpartum care...

 

 

Postpartum care

Postpartum contraception should be offered and provided in accordance with patient request. Regardless of other birth control methods, strict condom use should be advised. PrEP should be discussed and offered for all partners of serodiscordant couples.

Upon outpatient follow-up, assessment and provision of routine health maintenance should be performed. Any abnormal cervical pathology encountered during prenatal care should be managed in accordance with ASCCP guidelines.12 Follow-up care should be established with adult medicine, infectious disease, and ObGyn clinicians.26

Neonatal considerations

Neonates born to mothers with positive or unknown HIV status should undergo expedited HIV testing.51,52 Consultation should be conducted with pediatric or neonatology colleagues to determine the antiretroviral regimen and duration of therapy based on presumed HIV status of the neonate. Ideally, antiretroviral therapy should be initiated within 6 hours of delivery.3,53

Formula feeding should be implemented as maternal HIV infection is one of the few contraindications to breastfeeding.54,55 The risk of late breast milk transmission, defined as postnatal transmission that occurs after 1 month of age, may vary based on maternal viral load, but it has been reported as high as 8.9 transmissions per 100 person-years of breastfeeding.56

Resources available

Care of the pregnant patient with HIV and the reduction of perinatal transmission both depend on early diagnosis of HIV and effective treatment with cART. Such patients benefit from a team-based care model that includes the ObGyn and/or MFM specialist, infectious disease clinician, pediatrician, and social worker. As guidelines evolve for care of these patients, a reference checklist, such as the examples provided at the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine website (smfm.org) or at HIV.gov, provide an outline for:

  • management before, during, and after pregnancy
  • suggestions for management teams of interest to successfully carry out the checklist requirements
  • proposals for measurements of quality performance with the use of checklists in the management of HIV in pregnancy.

In addition, assistance with clinical decision making for patients with HIV in pregnancy can be obtained via telephone consultation with the National Clinician Consultation Center–Perinatal HIV/AIDS (888-448-8765), which is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. ●

 
References
  1. Samji H, Cescon A, Hogg RS, et al; North American AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Research and Design (NA-ACCORD) of IeDEA. Closing the gap: increases in life expectancy among treated HIV-positive individuals in the United States and Canada. PLoS One. 2013;8:e81355. doi: 10.1371/journal. pone.0081355.
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. May 1, 2021. HIV Surveillance Report, 2019, vol. 32: Diagnosis of HIV infection in the United States and dependent areas, 2019. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/library/reports /hiv-surveillance.html
  3. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. https: //clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/pediatric-arv. Accessed February 15, 2022.
  4. Connor EM, Sperling RS, Gelber R, et al. Reduction of maternal-infant transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 with zidovudine treatment. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Protocol 076 Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1994;331:1173-1180.
  5. Townsend CL, Byrne L, Cortina-Borja M, et al. Earlier initiation of ART and further decline in mother-to-child HIV transmission rates, 2000-2011. AIDS. 2014;28:1049-1057.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. January 26, 2022. HIV and pregnant women, infants, and children. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/hiv/group/gender /pregnantwomen/index.html
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2018 Quick reference guide: Recommended laboratory HIV testing algorithm for serum or plasma specimens. National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, and TB Prevention (US); Division of HIV/AIDS Prevention; Association of Public Health Laboratories. Updated January 2018. https://stacks. cdc.gov/view/cdc/50872
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Association of Public Health Laboratories. June 27, 2014. Laboratory testing for the diagnosis of HIV infection: updated recommendations. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://stacks.cdc.gov/view /cdc/23447
  9. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in adults and adolescents with HIV. Updated April 12, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv .gov/en/guidelines/adult-and-adolescent-opportunistic -infection/whats-new-guidelines
  10. Rubin LG, Levin MJ, Ljungman P, et al. 2013 IDSA clinical practice guideline for vaccination of the immunocompromised host. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58: e44–e100. doi: 10.1093/cid/cit684.
  11. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. ACIP: Guidance for vaccine recommendations for pregnant and breastfeeding women. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov /vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/rec-vac-preg.html?CDC_AA _refVal=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fvaccines%2Facip %2Fcommittee%2Fguidance%2Frec-vac-preg.html
  12. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; for the 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525. Erratum in: J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:427.
  13. Cohen MS, Chen YQ, McCauley M, et al; HPTN 052 Study Team. Prevention of HIV-1 infection with early antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:493-505.
  14. Drug interactions between antiretroviral agents and hormonal contraceptives. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo .hiv.gov/en/table/table-3-drug-interactions-between -antiretroviral-agents-and-hormonal-contraceptives
  15. Panel on Treatment of HIV During Pregnancy and Prevention of Perinatal Transmission. Recommendations for use of antiretroviral drugs in pregnancy and interventions to reduce perinatal HIV transmission in the United States. Accessed July 7, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/perinatal /whats-new-guidelines
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for partner services programs for HIV infection, syphilis, gonorrhea, and chlamydial infection. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2008;57(RR-9):1–83.
  17. Gilead Sciences, Inc. Truvada (emtricitabine 200 mg/ tenofovir disoproxil fumarate 300 mg tablets). Accessed July 6, 2022. https://truvada.com
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Interim guidance for clinicians considering the use of preexposure prophylaxis for the prevention of HIV infection in heterosexually active adults. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012;61:586-589.
  19. Baeten JM, Donnell D, Ndase P, et al; Partners PrEP Study Team. Antiretroviral prophylaxis for HIV prevention in heterosexual men and women. N Engl J Med. 2012;367: 399-410.
  20. Celum C, Baeten JM. Antiretroviral-based HIV-1 prevention: antiretroviral treatment and pre-exposure prophylaxis. Antivir Ther. 2012;17:1483-1493.
  21. Thigpen MC, Kebaabetswe PM, Paxton LA, et al; TDF2 Study Group. Antiretroviral preexposure prophylaxis for heterosexual HIV transmission in Botswana. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:423-434.
  22. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. Special statement: updated checklists for pregnancy management in persons with HIV. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.smfm.org /publications/334-smfm-special-statement-updated -checklists-for-pregnancy-management-in-persons-with-hiv
  23. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.  ACOG committee opinion no. 752. Prenatal and perinatal human immunodeficiency virus testing. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e138-e142.
  24. Human immunodeficiency virus screening. Joint statement of the American  Academy of Pediatrics and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Pediatrics. 1999;104(1 pt 1):128.
  25. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2006; 55(RR-14):1-17.
  26. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 751. Labor and delivery management of women with human immunodeficiency virus infection. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e131-e137.
  27. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Factors increasing the risk of acquiring or transmitting HIV. November 12, 2019. Accessed July 29, 2022. https://www.cdc .gov/hiv/risk/estimates/riskfactors.html
  28. Mandelbrot L, Le Chenadec J, Berrebi A, et al. Perinatal HIV1 transmission: interaction between zidovudine prophylaxis and mode of delivery in the French Perinatal Cohort. JAMA. 1998;280:55-60.
  29. European Mode of Delivery Collaboration. Elective caesarean-section versus vaginal delivery in prevention of vertical HIV-1 transmission: a randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 1999;353:1035-1039.
  30. International Perinatal HIV Group; Andiman W, Bryson Y, de Martino M, et al. The mode of delivery and the risk of vertical transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1—a meta-analysis of 15 prospective cohort studies. N Engl J Med. 1999;340:977-987.
  31. Briand N, Jasseron C, Sibiude J, et al. Cesarean section for HIV-infected women in the combination antiretroviral therapies era, 2000–2010. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209: 335.e1-335.e12.
  32. Scott RK, Chakhtoura N, Burke MM, et al. Delivery after 40 weeks of gestation in pregnant women with well-controlled human immunodeficiency virus. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:502-510.
  33. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Committee opinion no. 560. Medically indicated late-preterm and early-term deliveries. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:908-910.
  34. Mofenson LM, Lambert JS, Stiehm ER, et al. Risk factors for perinatal transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 in women treated with zidovudine. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Study 185 Team. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:385-393.
  35. Garcia PM, Kalish LA, Pitt J, et al. Maternal levels of plasma human immunodeficiency virus type 1 RNA and the risk of perinatal transmission. Women and Infants Transmission Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:394-402.
  36. Briand N, Warszawski J, Mandelbrot L, et al; ANRS-EPF CO1CO11 Study Group. Is intrapartum intravenous zidovudine for prevention of mother-to-child HIV-1 transmission still useful in the combination antiretroviral therapy era? Clin Infect Dis. 2013;57:903-914.
  37. Myer L, Phillips TK, McIntyre JA, et al. HIV viraemia and mother-to-child transmission risk after antiretroviral therapy initiation in pregnancy in Cape Town, South Africa. HIV Med. 2017;18:80-88.
  38. Rodman JH, Flynn PM, Robbins B, et al. Systemic pharmacokinetics and cellular pharmacology of zidovudine in human immunodeficiency virus type 1-infected women and newborn infants. J Infect Dis. 1999;180:1844-1850.
  39. Wade NA, Birkhead GS, Warren BL, et al. Abbreviated regimens of zidovudine prophylaxis and perinatal transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:1409-1414.
  40. Nielsen-Saines K, Watts HD, Veloso VS, et al; NICHD HPTN 040/PACTG 1043 Protocol Team. Three postpartum antiretroviral regimens to prevent intrapartum HIV infection. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:2368-2379.
  41. Mandelbrot L, Mayaux MJ, Bongain A, et al. Obstetric factors and mother-to-child transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1: the French perinatal cohorts. SEROGEST French Pediatric HIV Infection Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1996;175(3 pt 1):661-667.
  42. Shapiro DE, Sperling RS, Mandelbrot L, et al. Risk factors for perinatal human immunodeficiency virus transmission in patients receiving zidovudine prophylaxis. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group protocol 076 Study Group. Obstet Gynecol. 1999;94:897-908.
  43. International Perinatal HIV Group. Duration of ruptured membranes and vertical transmission of HIV-1: a meta-analysis from 15 prospective cohort studies. AIDS. 2001;15:357-368.
  44. Nielsen TF, Hokegard KH. Postoperative cesarean section morbidity: a prospective study. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1983;146:911-916.
  45. Mark S, Murphy KE, Read S, et al. HIV mother-to-child transmission, mode of delivery, and duration of rupture of membranes: experience in the current era. Infect Dis Obstet Gynecol. 2012;2012:267969.
  46. Cotter AM, Brookfield KF, Duthely LM, et al. Duration of membrane rupture and risk of perinatal transmission of HIV1 in the era of combination antiretroviral therapy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;207:482.e1-482.e5.
  47. Peters H, Byrne L, De Ruiter A, et al. Duration of ruptured membranes and mother-to-child HIV transmission: a prospective population-based surveillance study. BJOG. 2016;123:975-981.
  48. Jamieson DJ, Read JS, Kourtis AP, et al. Cesarean delivery for HIV-infected women: recommendations and controversies. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;197(3 suppl):S96-S100.
  49. Cambic CR, Avram MJ, Gupta DK, et al. Effect of ritonavir-induced cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibition on plasma fentanyl concentrations during patient-controlled epidural labor analgesia: a pharmacokinetic simulation. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2014;23:45-51.
  50. Navarro J, Curran A, Burgos J, et al. Acute leg ischaemia in an HIV-infected patient receiving antiretroviral treatment. Antivir Ther. 2017;22:89-90.
  51. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Guidelines for Perinatal Care. 8th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 2017.
  52. Siberry GK, Abzug MJ, Nachman S, et al; Panel on Opportunistic Infections in HIV-Exposed and HIV-Infected Children. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in HIV-exposed and HIV-infected children: recommendations from the National Institutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the HIV Medicine Association of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, the Pediatric Infectious Diseases Society, and the American Academy of Pediatrics. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 32(suppl 2[0 2]):i–KK4.
  53. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines /pediatric-arv
  54. Committee on Health Care for Underserved Women, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 361. Breastfeeding: maternal and infant aspects. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;109(2 pt 1):479-480.
  55. Committee on Pediatric AIDS; Mofenson LM, Flynn PM, Aldrovandi GM, et al. Infant feeding and transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in the United States. Pediatrics. 2013;131:391-396.
  56. Breastfeeding and HIV International Transmission Study Group; Coutsoudis A, Dabis F, Fawzi W, et al. Late postnatal transmission of HIV-1 in breast-fed children: an individual patient data meta-analysis. J Infect Dis. 2004;189:2154-2166.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. LeMoine is Fellow, Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System, Cleveland, Ohio.

Dr. Gibson is Division Director, Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System; and Associate Professor of Reproductive Biology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant  to this article.

Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
16-23
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. LeMoine is Fellow, Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System, Cleveland, Ohio.

Dr. Gibson is Division Director, Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System; and Associate Professor of Reproductive Biology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant  to this article.

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. LeMoine is Fellow, Division of Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System, Cleveland, Ohio.

Dr. Gibson is Division Director, Maternal Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, The MetroHealth System; and Associate Professor of Reproductive Biology, Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland.

The authors report no financial relationships relevant  to this article.

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

 

Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is a single-stranded enveloped RNA retrovirus that was first described in the 1980s and is known for its severity of systemic immune dysregulation and associated opportunistic infections. It is transmitted through contact with blood or bodily fluids, and it can be transmitted vertically, most often at the time of delivery. Since the advent of antiretroviral therapy, the average life expectancy and natural course of HIV infection has improved notably.1

In 2019, just over 1 million adults and adolescents in the United States were living with the diagnosis of HIV.2 In the same year, the rate of new HIV diagnoses in the United States had stabilized at a rate of 13.2 new cases per 100,000 individuals.2 Among this cohort, individuals identifying as females at birth accounted for 19% of the total population living with HIV.2 Sexual contact was the most common route of transmission, followed by injection drug use—77% and 20%, respectively.2

It is important to note that the incidence and prevalence of HIV does not reflect the individuals who unknowingly are living with the disease. The disease burden associated with HIV infection and the availability of effective treatment modalities has led to the recommendation that all individuals undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 Early identification of HIV infection is important to optimize the health of all individuals and future generations.

The interplay between high-risk sexual practices and the risk for HIV exposure and unintended pregnancy places the ObGyn at the forefront of HIV prevention and identification. Early diagnosis and standardized treatment with antiretroviral therapies have led to both a dramatic improvement in adult disease burden and a dramatic decrease in perinatal transmission.4,5 In 2019, perinatal transmission accounted for less than 1% of HIV transmission in the United States.2 This is a decrease of greater than 54% from 2014, which, again, emphasizes the role of the ObGyn in HIV management.6

 

Preconception care: Gynecologic screening, diagnosis, and management

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that an individual undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 HIV screening algorithms have changed over the last 20 years to reduce the number of false-positive and/or false-negative results obtained through HIV antibody testing alone.7 HIV-1/2 antibody/antigen immunoassay is recommended as the initial screening test. If reactive, this should be followed by an HIV p24-specific antigen test. Reactivity for both the HIV-1/2 immunoassay and the HIV p24-specific antigen test confirms the diagnosis of HIV infection. However, if HIV p24-specific antigen testing is indeterminate or an acute HIV infection is suspected, an HIV nucleic acid test (NAT) should be performed.7,8

Upon a positive diagnosis, a multidisciplinary team approach is recommended to address the mental, social, and physical care of the patient. Team members should include an adult medicine clinician, an infectious disease clinician, an ObGyn, social services staff, and behavioral health support to achieve the goal of obtaining and maintaining the patient’s optimal health status.

TABLE 1 lists the recommended initial laboratory assessments that should follow a new diagnosis of HIV infection. Based on the laboratory results, the indicated vaccinations, antibiotic prophylaxis for opportunistic infections, and optimal combined antiretroviral therapy (cART) can be determined.9 The vaccinations listed in TABLE 2 should be up to date.10,11 Additionally, cervical cancer screening with cytology and human papillomavirus (HPV) testing and treatment should be performed in accordance with the 2019 American Society for Cervical Cancer Prevention (ASCCP) guidelines.12

Promptly initiating cART is of utmost importance; this decreases the rate of HIV transmission via sexual contact and decreases the rate of perinatal transmission.5,13 Results of the initial laboratory assessment, hepatitis B status, and desire for pregnancy/contraception should be considered when initiating cART.3,14,15

It is imperative to discuss sharing the positive diagnostic results with the patient’s partner. The CDC provides guidance for these discussions,16 which should address the use of preexposure prophylaxis (PrEP) if partner screening establishes partner serodiscordance (that is, HIV positivity in one partner and HIV negativity in the other partner). PrEP is a single pill approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) that combines tenofovir 300 mg and emtricitabine 200 mg daily17 and has been recommended since 2012.18-20 PrEP also should be considered in sexually active individuals who have higher-risk behaviors within an area with high HIV prevalence.18-21 Despite the CDC’s strong recommendations for PrEP use, lack of insurance coverage and high cost are barriers to universal use. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) provides a list of patient and copayment assistance programs that can be found at the NASTAD website: https://nastad.org/prepcost-resources/prep-assitance-programs.

Continue to: Preconception considerations...

 

 

Preconception considerations

In individuals with known HIV infection, preconception consultation with an ObGyn or maternal-fetal medicine (MFM) specialist should be recommended prior to conception.22 Preconception recommendations include addressing optimization of maternal medical comorbidities, addressing routine health screening and vaccinations, performing sexually transmitted infection screening, and optimizing HIV disease status.3,22,23

With the assistance of adult medicine and infectious disease clinicians, a cART regimen that is sufficient to reliably maintain viral suppression (that is, viral load < 50 copies/mL on 2 separate occasions at least 3 months apart) and is safe for use in pregnancy should be established.3 In serodiscordant couples, recommended mechanisms to prevent HIV transmission during conception include sustained viral suppression in the HIV-positive partner, PrEP use in the HIV-negative partner, and timing of unprotected intercourse during peak fertility only.3

Antepartum care

The initial prenatal visit

Women who have no prior screening for HIV or prior negative HIV results should undergo HIV screening at the first prenatal visit.3 Screening should be performed in accordance with the “opt out method.”6 Using this method, a woman without a known diagnosis of HIV infection is told that she will undergo HIV screening as a component of routine prenatal care unless she decides that she does not want this test performed.6,24,25 At the time of screening, all pregnant women should be provided with comprehensive information regarding HIV screening, HIV screening results, and the implications of HIV infection on pregnancy.26

In the pregnant patient with confirmed HIV infection, all preconception considerations should be addressed. If not already in place, referrals to appropriate providers (infectious disease specialist, ObGyn, MFM specialist) and ancillary support staff (social services, behavioral health support) should be arranged. All efforts should be implemented to optimize additional medical comorbidities. TABLE 3 lists additional prenatal testing requirements.22


Antiretroviral therapy should be assessed for safety and efficacy in pregnancy and should comply with the CDC recommendations for cART in pregnancy.3 Patients with a T-lymphocyte cell count of less than 200 cells/mm3 and/or a viral load greater than 50 copies/mL despite adherent cART use should be referred to an infectious disease specialist to determine the need for alternative cART and/or the need for chemoprophylaxis against opportunistic infections.23

 

First and second trimester

Antiretroviral adherence and barriers to adherence should be addressed at every prenatal visit. If the patient is started on antiretroviral therapy in pregnancy or is switched to an alternative cART regimen, viral load assessment should be performed 2 to 4 weeks after the start or change in cART and then repeated monthly until undetectable levels are achieved.3,26 If an undetectable viral load cannot be obtained, cART adherence should be thoroughly evaluated, and the patient should be referred to an infectious disease or HIV treatment specialist.26

If the initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable viral load, repeat viral load assessment can be performed every 3 months throughout the pregnancy.3 If initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable HIV viral load and the T-lymphocyte count is greater than 200 cells/mm3, repeat viral load testing can be performed every 6 months to ensure stability.3

Early screening for gestational diabetes should be performed in patients receiving protease inhibitors because these agents may interfere with carbohydrate tolerance.22,26

Continue to: Third trimester...

 

 

Third trimester

Women with negative HIV screening at the initial prenatal evaluation should undergo repeat HIV screening in the third trimester if they are at high risk for HIV exposure.25 Factors that determine high-risk status are listed in TABLE 4.27 Sexually transmitted infection screening should be repeated in the third trimester.26

Repeat assessment of the viral load should be completed between 34 and 36 weeks’ gestation or sooner if additional indications for early term or late preterm delivery arise.3 Viral load assessments aid in determining delivery timing and route and the need for zidovudine (ZDV) treatment (FIGURE).

Studies that were performed prior to standardized cART use found higher rates of perinatal transmission associated with vaginal delivery when compared with cesarean delivery (CD).28-30 However, these studies did not account for measures of viral load within their study populations.28-30

In more recent studies performed in the era of standardized cART and viral load monitoring, CD does not provide protection from perinatal transmission when the maternal viral load is less than 1,000 copies/mL at the time of delivery.31 Similarly, delivery prior to 40 weeks’ gestation does not confer protection from perinatal transmission.32

Alternatively, if the maternal viral load is 1,000 copies/mL or greater, CD should be considered to reduce the risk of perinatal transmission. A scheduled, elective CD at 38 weeks’ gestation is recommended in those with a maternal viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater and no medical indication for earlier delivery in order to decrease the likelihood of labor onset and/or rupture of membranes prior to delivery.3,33

 

Intrapartum care

Rapid antigen testing (with follow-up confirmatory testing as indicated) is recommended in patients presenting to labor and delivery with no prior documentation of HIV status.3,8,26

Despite a significant decrease in perinatal transmission rates over the last 30 years, a large proportion of perinatal transmission cases are thought to result from intrapartum fetal exposure. While the mechanism of transmission is not known, a correlation between maternal viral load and risk for perinatal transmission has been shown. A maternal viral load of less than 1,000 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission risk of less than 2%.34,35 A maternal viral load between 50 and 999 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission rate of 1% to 2% compared with less than 1% for a maternal viral load of less than 50 copies/mL or undetectable measures.5,36,37

These differences in perinatal transmission rates have prompted the recommendation for administration of ZDV for a minimum of 3 hours prior to delivery in mothers with a viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater.4,38 The recommended ZDV dosing is: a 1-hour intravenous loading dose of 2 mg/kg followed by continuous infusion of 1 mg/kg per hour until delivery.39,40 Patients who opt for vaginal delivery despite nonsuppressed viral loads (≥1,000 copies/mL) after thorough perinatal counseling should receive ZDV at the start of labor through delivery.3 All patients should be continued on cART throughout their intrapartum and postpartum course.

The duration of membrane rupture and the use of invasive fetal monitoring (that is, fetal scalp electrodes) have been assessed as mechanisms of perinatal transmission. Although they were performed prior to the standardized use of cART, several studies demonstrated that increased perinatal transmission rates were associated with invasive fetal monitoring.34,41,42 While limited data have refuted this finding in women with suppressed viral loads (< 50 copies/mL), the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists recommends avoiding the use of invasive fetal monitoring in labor.26

Pre-cART studies demonstrated increased rates of perinatal transmission with longer durations of membrane rupture prior to delivery.43,44 More recent studies have reevaluated this association and determined that the increased perinatal transmission rates are more likely associated with higher maternal viral loads at the time of delivery rather than duration of membrane rupture.45-47 No clear evidence describes when or if CD after the onset of labor or rupture of membranes provides protection from perinatal HIV transmission in pregnant women with HIV receiving no antiretroviral drugs or only ZDV during labor.43,48 CD can be considered for patients in whom scheduled, pre-labor CD was planned who present in labor or with rupture of membranes prior to scheduled CD.26 These, and additional intrapartum considerations, are listed in TABLE 5.49,50

Appropriate personal protective equipment should be available and donned for all providers present throughout intrapartum management and at delivery.23,26 Should any provider injury occur, immediate cleansing of the injury site should be performed, followed by referral to proper workplace supervisors for additional laboratory testing and antiretroviral prophylaxis.

Continue to: Postpartum care...

 

 

Postpartum care

Postpartum contraception should be offered and provided in accordance with patient request. Regardless of other birth control methods, strict condom use should be advised. PrEP should be discussed and offered for all partners of serodiscordant couples.

Upon outpatient follow-up, assessment and provision of routine health maintenance should be performed. Any abnormal cervical pathology encountered during prenatal care should be managed in accordance with ASCCP guidelines.12 Follow-up care should be established with adult medicine, infectious disease, and ObGyn clinicians.26

Neonatal considerations

Neonates born to mothers with positive or unknown HIV status should undergo expedited HIV testing.51,52 Consultation should be conducted with pediatric or neonatology colleagues to determine the antiretroviral regimen and duration of therapy based on presumed HIV status of the neonate. Ideally, antiretroviral therapy should be initiated within 6 hours of delivery.3,53

Formula feeding should be implemented as maternal HIV infection is one of the few contraindications to breastfeeding.54,55 The risk of late breast milk transmission, defined as postnatal transmission that occurs after 1 month of age, may vary based on maternal viral load, but it has been reported as high as 8.9 transmissions per 100 person-years of breastfeeding.56

Resources available

Care of the pregnant patient with HIV and the reduction of perinatal transmission both depend on early diagnosis of HIV and effective treatment with cART. Such patients benefit from a team-based care model that includes the ObGyn and/or MFM specialist, infectious disease clinician, pediatrician, and social worker. As guidelines evolve for care of these patients, a reference checklist, such as the examples provided at the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine website (smfm.org) or at HIV.gov, provide an outline for:

  • management before, during, and after pregnancy
  • suggestions for management teams of interest to successfully carry out the checklist requirements
  • proposals for measurements of quality performance with the use of checklists in the management of HIV in pregnancy.

In addition, assistance with clinical decision making for patients with HIV in pregnancy can be obtained via telephone consultation with the National Clinician Consultation Center–Perinatal HIV/AIDS (888-448-8765), which is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. ●

 

 

 

Human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) is a single-stranded enveloped RNA retrovirus that was first described in the 1980s and is known for its severity of systemic immune dysregulation and associated opportunistic infections. It is transmitted through contact with blood or bodily fluids, and it can be transmitted vertically, most often at the time of delivery. Since the advent of antiretroviral therapy, the average life expectancy and natural course of HIV infection has improved notably.1

In 2019, just over 1 million adults and adolescents in the United States were living with the diagnosis of HIV.2 In the same year, the rate of new HIV diagnoses in the United States had stabilized at a rate of 13.2 new cases per 100,000 individuals.2 Among this cohort, individuals identifying as females at birth accounted for 19% of the total population living with HIV.2 Sexual contact was the most common route of transmission, followed by injection drug use—77% and 20%, respectively.2

It is important to note that the incidence and prevalence of HIV does not reflect the individuals who unknowingly are living with the disease. The disease burden associated with HIV infection and the availability of effective treatment modalities has led to the recommendation that all individuals undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 Early identification of HIV infection is important to optimize the health of all individuals and future generations.

The interplay between high-risk sexual practices and the risk for HIV exposure and unintended pregnancy places the ObGyn at the forefront of HIV prevention and identification. Early diagnosis and standardized treatment with antiretroviral therapies have led to both a dramatic improvement in adult disease burden and a dramatic decrease in perinatal transmission.4,5 In 2019, perinatal transmission accounted for less than 1% of HIV transmission in the United States.2 This is a decrease of greater than 54% from 2014, which, again, emphasizes the role of the ObGyn in HIV management.6

 

Preconception care: Gynecologic screening, diagnosis, and management

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) recommends that an individual undergo HIV screening at least once in their lifetime.3 HIV screening algorithms have changed over the last 20 years to reduce the number of false-positive and/or false-negative results obtained through HIV antibody testing alone.7 HIV-1/2 antibody/antigen immunoassay is recommended as the initial screening test. If reactive, this should be followed by an HIV p24-specific antigen test. Reactivity for both the HIV-1/2 immunoassay and the HIV p24-specific antigen test confirms the diagnosis of HIV infection. However, if HIV p24-specific antigen testing is indeterminate or an acute HIV infection is suspected, an HIV nucleic acid test (NAT) should be performed.7,8

Upon a positive diagnosis, a multidisciplinary team approach is recommended to address the mental, social, and physical care of the patient. Team members should include an adult medicine clinician, an infectious disease clinician, an ObGyn, social services staff, and behavioral health support to achieve the goal of obtaining and maintaining the patient’s optimal health status.

TABLE 1 lists the recommended initial laboratory assessments that should follow a new diagnosis of HIV infection. Based on the laboratory results, the indicated vaccinations, antibiotic prophylaxis for opportunistic infections, and optimal combined antiretroviral therapy (cART) can be determined.9 The vaccinations listed in TABLE 2 should be up to date.10,11 Additionally, cervical cancer screening with cytology and human papillomavirus (HPV) testing and treatment should be performed in accordance with the 2019 American Society for Cervical Cancer Prevention (ASCCP) guidelines.12

Promptly initiating cART is of utmost importance; this decreases the rate of HIV transmission via sexual contact and decreases the rate of perinatal transmission.5,13 Results of the initial laboratory assessment, hepatitis B status, and desire for pregnancy/contraception should be considered when initiating cART.3,14,15

It is imperative to discuss sharing the positive diagnostic results with the patient’s partner. The CDC provides guidance for these discussions,16 which should address the use of preexposure prophylaxis (PrEP) if partner screening establishes partner serodiscordance (that is, HIV positivity in one partner and HIV negativity in the other partner). PrEP is a single pill approved by the US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) that combines tenofovir 300 mg and emtricitabine 200 mg daily17 and has been recommended since 2012.18-20 PrEP also should be considered in sexually active individuals who have higher-risk behaviors within an area with high HIV prevalence.18-21 Despite the CDC’s strong recommendations for PrEP use, lack of insurance coverage and high cost are barriers to universal use. The National Alliance of State and Territorial AIDS Directors (NASTAD) provides a list of patient and copayment assistance programs that can be found at the NASTAD website: https://nastad.org/prepcost-resources/prep-assitance-programs.

Continue to: Preconception considerations...

 

 

Preconception considerations

In individuals with known HIV infection, preconception consultation with an ObGyn or maternal-fetal medicine (MFM) specialist should be recommended prior to conception.22 Preconception recommendations include addressing optimization of maternal medical comorbidities, addressing routine health screening and vaccinations, performing sexually transmitted infection screening, and optimizing HIV disease status.3,22,23

With the assistance of adult medicine and infectious disease clinicians, a cART regimen that is sufficient to reliably maintain viral suppression (that is, viral load < 50 copies/mL on 2 separate occasions at least 3 months apart) and is safe for use in pregnancy should be established.3 In serodiscordant couples, recommended mechanisms to prevent HIV transmission during conception include sustained viral suppression in the HIV-positive partner, PrEP use in the HIV-negative partner, and timing of unprotected intercourse during peak fertility only.3

Antepartum care

The initial prenatal visit

Women who have no prior screening for HIV or prior negative HIV results should undergo HIV screening at the first prenatal visit.3 Screening should be performed in accordance with the “opt out method.”6 Using this method, a woman without a known diagnosis of HIV infection is told that she will undergo HIV screening as a component of routine prenatal care unless she decides that she does not want this test performed.6,24,25 At the time of screening, all pregnant women should be provided with comprehensive information regarding HIV screening, HIV screening results, and the implications of HIV infection on pregnancy.26

In the pregnant patient with confirmed HIV infection, all preconception considerations should be addressed. If not already in place, referrals to appropriate providers (infectious disease specialist, ObGyn, MFM specialist) and ancillary support staff (social services, behavioral health support) should be arranged. All efforts should be implemented to optimize additional medical comorbidities. TABLE 3 lists additional prenatal testing requirements.22


Antiretroviral therapy should be assessed for safety and efficacy in pregnancy and should comply with the CDC recommendations for cART in pregnancy.3 Patients with a T-lymphocyte cell count of less than 200 cells/mm3 and/or a viral load greater than 50 copies/mL despite adherent cART use should be referred to an infectious disease specialist to determine the need for alternative cART and/or the need for chemoprophylaxis against opportunistic infections.23

 

First and second trimester

Antiretroviral adherence and barriers to adherence should be addressed at every prenatal visit. If the patient is started on antiretroviral therapy in pregnancy or is switched to an alternative cART regimen, viral load assessment should be performed 2 to 4 weeks after the start or change in cART and then repeated monthly until undetectable levels are achieved.3,26 If an undetectable viral load cannot be obtained, cART adherence should be thoroughly evaluated, and the patient should be referred to an infectious disease or HIV treatment specialist.26

If the initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable viral load, repeat viral load assessment can be performed every 3 months throughout the pregnancy.3 If initial prenatal testing indicates an undetectable HIV viral load and the T-lymphocyte count is greater than 200 cells/mm3, repeat viral load testing can be performed every 6 months to ensure stability.3

Early screening for gestational diabetes should be performed in patients receiving protease inhibitors because these agents may interfere with carbohydrate tolerance.22,26

Continue to: Third trimester...

 

 

Third trimester

Women with negative HIV screening at the initial prenatal evaluation should undergo repeat HIV screening in the third trimester if they are at high risk for HIV exposure.25 Factors that determine high-risk status are listed in TABLE 4.27 Sexually transmitted infection screening should be repeated in the third trimester.26

Repeat assessment of the viral load should be completed between 34 and 36 weeks’ gestation or sooner if additional indications for early term or late preterm delivery arise.3 Viral load assessments aid in determining delivery timing and route and the need for zidovudine (ZDV) treatment (FIGURE).

Studies that were performed prior to standardized cART use found higher rates of perinatal transmission associated with vaginal delivery when compared with cesarean delivery (CD).28-30 However, these studies did not account for measures of viral load within their study populations.28-30

In more recent studies performed in the era of standardized cART and viral load monitoring, CD does not provide protection from perinatal transmission when the maternal viral load is less than 1,000 copies/mL at the time of delivery.31 Similarly, delivery prior to 40 weeks’ gestation does not confer protection from perinatal transmission.32

Alternatively, if the maternal viral load is 1,000 copies/mL or greater, CD should be considered to reduce the risk of perinatal transmission. A scheduled, elective CD at 38 weeks’ gestation is recommended in those with a maternal viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater and no medical indication for earlier delivery in order to decrease the likelihood of labor onset and/or rupture of membranes prior to delivery.3,33

 

Intrapartum care

Rapid antigen testing (with follow-up confirmatory testing as indicated) is recommended in patients presenting to labor and delivery with no prior documentation of HIV status.3,8,26

Despite a significant decrease in perinatal transmission rates over the last 30 years, a large proportion of perinatal transmission cases are thought to result from intrapartum fetal exposure. While the mechanism of transmission is not known, a correlation between maternal viral load and risk for perinatal transmission has been shown. A maternal viral load of less than 1,000 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission risk of less than 2%.34,35 A maternal viral load between 50 and 999 copies/mL has been associated with a perinatal transmission rate of 1% to 2% compared with less than 1% for a maternal viral load of less than 50 copies/mL or undetectable measures.5,36,37

These differences in perinatal transmission rates have prompted the recommendation for administration of ZDV for a minimum of 3 hours prior to delivery in mothers with a viral load of 1,000 copies/mL or greater.4,38 The recommended ZDV dosing is: a 1-hour intravenous loading dose of 2 mg/kg followed by continuous infusion of 1 mg/kg per hour until delivery.39,40 Patients who opt for vaginal delivery despite nonsuppressed viral loads (≥1,000 copies/mL) after thorough perinatal counseling should receive ZDV at the start of labor through delivery.3 All patients should be continued on cART throughout their intrapartum and postpartum course.

The duration of membrane rupture and the use of invasive fetal monitoring (that is, fetal scalp electrodes) have been assessed as mechanisms of perinatal transmission. Although they were performed prior to the standardized use of cART, several studies demonstrated that increased perinatal transmission rates were associated with invasive fetal monitoring.34,41,42 While limited data have refuted this finding in women with suppressed viral loads (< 50 copies/mL), the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists recommends avoiding the use of invasive fetal monitoring in labor.26

Pre-cART studies demonstrated increased rates of perinatal transmission with longer durations of membrane rupture prior to delivery.43,44 More recent studies have reevaluated this association and determined that the increased perinatal transmission rates are more likely associated with higher maternal viral loads at the time of delivery rather than duration of membrane rupture.45-47 No clear evidence describes when or if CD after the onset of labor or rupture of membranes provides protection from perinatal HIV transmission in pregnant women with HIV receiving no antiretroviral drugs or only ZDV during labor.43,48 CD can be considered for patients in whom scheduled, pre-labor CD was planned who present in labor or with rupture of membranes prior to scheduled CD.26 These, and additional intrapartum considerations, are listed in TABLE 5.49,50

Appropriate personal protective equipment should be available and donned for all providers present throughout intrapartum management and at delivery.23,26 Should any provider injury occur, immediate cleansing of the injury site should be performed, followed by referral to proper workplace supervisors for additional laboratory testing and antiretroviral prophylaxis.

Continue to: Postpartum care...

 

 

Postpartum care

Postpartum contraception should be offered and provided in accordance with patient request. Regardless of other birth control methods, strict condom use should be advised. PrEP should be discussed and offered for all partners of serodiscordant couples.

Upon outpatient follow-up, assessment and provision of routine health maintenance should be performed. Any abnormal cervical pathology encountered during prenatal care should be managed in accordance with ASCCP guidelines.12 Follow-up care should be established with adult medicine, infectious disease, and ObGyn clinicians.26

Neonatal considerations

Neonates born to mothers with positive or unknown HIV status should undergo expedited HIV testing.51,52 Consultation should be conducted with pediatric or neonatology colleagues to determine the antiretroviral regimen and duration of therapy based on presumed HIV status of the neonate. Ideally, antiretroviral therapy should be initiated within 6 hours of delivery.3,53

Formula feeding should be implemented as maternal HIV infection is one of the few contraindications to breastfeeding.54,55 The risk of late breast milk transmission, defined as postnatal transmission that occurs after 1 month of age, may vary based on maternal viral load, but it has been reported as high as 8.9 transmissions per 100 person-years of breastfeeding.56

Resources available

Care of the pregnant patient with HIV and the reduction of perinatal transmission both depend on early diagnosis of HIV and effective treatment with cART. Such patients benefit from a team-based care model that includes the ObGyn and/or MFM specialist, infectious disease clinician, pediatrician, and social worker. As guidelines evolve for care of these patients, a reference checklist, such as the examples provided at the Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine website (smfm.org) or at HIV.gov, provide an outline for:

  • management before, during, and after pregnancy
  • suggestions for management teams of interest to successfully carry out the checklist requirements
  • proposals for measurements of quality performance with the use of checklists in the management of HIV in pregnancy.

In addition, assistance with clinical decision making for patients with HIV in pregnancy can be obtained via telephone consultation with the National Clinician Consultation Center–Perinatal HIV/AIDS (888-448-8765), which is available 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. ●

 
References
  1. Samji H, Cescon A, Hogg RS, et al; North American AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Research and Design (NA-ACCORD) of IeDEA. Closing the gap: increases in life expectancy among treated HIV-positive individuals in the United States and Canada. PLoS One. 2013;8:e81355. doi: 10.1371/journal. pone.0081355.
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. May 1, 2021. HIV Surveillance Report, 2019, vol. 32: Diagnosis of HIV infection in the United States and dependent areas, 2019. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/library/reports /hiv-surveillance.html
  3. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. https: //clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/pediatric-arv. Accessed February 15, 2022.
  4. Connor EM, Sperling RS, Gelber R, et al. Reduction of maternal-infant transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 with zidovudine treatment. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Protocol 076 Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1994;331:1173-1180.
  5. Townsend CL, Byrne L, Cortina-Borja M, et al. Earlier initiation of ART and further decline in mother-to-child HIV transmission rates, 2000-2011. AIDS. 2014;28:1049-1057.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. January 26, 2022. HIV and pregnant women, infants, and children. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/hiv/group/gender /pregnantwomen/index.html
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2018 Quick reference guide: Recommended laboratory HIV testing algorithm for serum or plasma specimens. National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, and TB Prevention (US); Division of HIV/AIDS Prevention; Association of Public Health Laboratories. Updated January 2018. https://stacks. cdc.gov/view/cdc/50872
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Association of Public Health Laboratories. June 27, 2014. Laboratory testing for the diagnosis of HIV infection: updated recommendations. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://stacks.cdc.gov/view /cdc/23447
  9. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in adults and adolescents with HIV. Updated April 12, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv .gov/en/guidelines/adult-and-adolescent-opportunistic -infection/whats-new-guidelines
  10. Rubin LG, Levin MJ, Ljungman P, et al. 2013 IDSA clinical practice guideline for vaccination of the immunocompromised host. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58: e44–e100. doi: 10.1093/cid/cit684.
  11. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. ACIP: Guidance for vaccine recommendations for pregnant and breastfeeding women. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov /vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/rec-vac-preg.html?CDC_AA _refVal=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fvaccines%2Facip %2Fcommittee%2Fguidance%2Frec-vac-preg.html
  12. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; for the 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525. Erratum in: J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:427.
  13. Cohen MS, Chen YQ, McCauley M, et al; HPTN 052 Study Team. Prevention of HIV-1 infection with early antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:493-505.
  14. Drug interactions between antiretroviral agents and hormonal contraceptives. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo .hiv.gov/en/table/table-3-drug-interactions-between -antiretroviral-agents-and-hormonal-contraceptives
  15. Panel on Treatment of HIV During Pregnancy and Prevention of Perinatal Transmission. Recommendations for use of antiretroviral drugs in pregnancy and interventions to reduce perinatal HIV transmission in the United States. Accessed July 7, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/perinatal /whats-new-guidelines
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for partner services programs for HIV infection, syphilis, gonorrhea, and chlamydial infection. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2008;57(RR-9):1–83.
  17. Gilead Sciences, Inc. Truvada (emtricitabine 200 mg/ tenofovir disoproxil fumarate 300 mg tablets). Accessed July 6, 2022. https://truvada.com
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Interim guidance for clinicians considering the use of preexposure prophylaxis for the prevention of HIV infection in heterosexually active adults. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012;61:586-589.
  19. Baeten JM, Donnell D, Ndase P, et al; Partners PrEP Study Team. Antiretroviral prophylaxis for HIV prevention in heterosexual men and women. N Engl J Med. 2012;367: 399-410.
  20. Celum C, Baeten JM. Antiretroviral-based HIV-1 prevention: antiretroviral treatment and pre-exposure prophylaxis. Antivir Ther. 2012;17:1483-1493.
  21. Thigpen MC, Kebaabetswe PM, Paxton LA, et al; TDF2 Study Group. Antiretroviral preexposure prophylaxis for heterosexual HIV transmission in Botswana. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:423-434.
  22. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. Special statement: updated checklists for pregnancy management in persons with HIV. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.smfm.org /publications/334-smfm-special-statement-updated -checklists-for-pregnancy-management-in-persons-with-hiv
  23. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.  ACOG committee opinion no. 752. Prenatal and perinatal human immunodeficiency virus testing. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e138-e142.
  24. Human immunodeficiency virus screening. Joint statement of the American  Academy of Pediatrics and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Pediatrics. 1999;104(1 pt 1):128.
  25. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2006; 55(RR-14):1-17.
  26. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 751. Labor and delivery management of women with human immunodeficiency virus infection. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e131-e137.
  27. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Factors increasing the risk of acquiring or transmitting HIV. November 12, 2019. Accessed July 29, 2022. https://www.cdc .gov/hiv/risk/estimates/riskfactors.html
  28. Mandelbrot L, Le Chenadec J, Berrebi A, et al. Perinatal HIV1 transmission: interaction between zidovudine prophylaxis and mode of delivery in the French Perinatal Cohort. JAMA. 1998;280:55-60.
  29. European Mode of Delivery Collaboration. Elective caesarean-section versus vaginal delivery in prevention of vertical HIV-1 transmission: a randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 1999;353:1035-1039.
  30. International Perinatal HIV Group; Andiman W, Bryson Y, de Martino M, et al. The mode of delivery and the risk of vertical transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1—a meta-analysis of 15 prospective cohort studies. N Engl J Med. 1999;340:977-987.
  31. Briand N, Jasseron C, Sibiude J, et al. Cesarean section for HIV-infected women in the combination antiretroviral therapies era, 2000–2010. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209: 335.e1-335.e12.
  32. Scott RK, Chakhtoura N, Burke MM, et al. Delivery after 40 weeks of gestation in pregnant women with well-controlled human immunodeficiency virus. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:502-510.
  33. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Committee opinion no. 560. Medically indicated late-preterm and early-term deliveries. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:908-910.
  34. Mofenson LM, Lambert JS, Stiehm ER, et al. Risk factors for perinatal transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 in women treated with zidovudine. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Study 185 Team. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:385-393.
  35. Garcia PM, Kalish LA, Pitt J, et al. Maternal levels of plasma human immunodeficiency virus type 1 RNA and the risk of perinatal transmission. Women and Infants Transmission Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:394-402.
  36. Briand N, Warszawski J, Mandelbrot L, et al; ANRS-EPF CO1CO11 Study Group. Is intrapartum intravenous zidovudine for prevention of mother-to-child HIV-1 transmission still useful in the combination antiretroviral therapy era? Clin Infect Dis. 2013;57:903-914.
  37. Myer L, Phillips TK, McIntyre JA, et al. HIV viraemia and mother-to-child transmission risk after antiretroviral therapy initiation in pregnancy in Cape Town, South Africa. HIV Med. 2017;18:80-88.
  38. Rodman JH, Flynn PM, Robbins B, et al. Systemic pharmacokinetics and cellular pharmacology of zidovudine in human immunodeficiency virus type 1-infected women and newborn infants. J Infect Dis. 1999;180:1844-1850.
  39. Wade NA, Birkhead GS, Warren BL, et al. Abbreviated regimens of zidovudine prophylaxis and perinatal transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:1409-1414.
  40. Nielsen-Saines K, Watts HD, Veloso VS, et al; NICHD HPTN 040/PACTG 1043 Protocol Team. Three postpartum antiretroviral regimens to prevent intrapartum HIV infection. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:2368-2379.
  41. Mandelbrot L, Mayaux MJ, Bongain A, et al. Obstetric factors and mother-to-child transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1: the French perinatal cohorts. SEROGEST French Pediatric HIV Infection Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1996;175(3 pt 1):661-667.
  42. Shapiro DE, Sperling RS, Mandelbrot L, et al. Risk factors for perinatal human immunodeficiency virus transmission in patients receiving zidovudine prophylaxis. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group protocol 076 Study Group. Obstet Gynecol. 1999;94:897-908.
  43. International Perinatal HIV Group. Duration of ruptured membranes and vertical transmission of HIV-1: a meta-analysis from 15 prospective cohort studies. AIDS. 2001;15:357-368.
  44. Nielsen TF, Hokegard KH. Postoperative cesarean section morbidity: a prospective study. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1983;146:911-916.
  45. Mark S, Murphy KE, Read S, et al. HIV mother-to-child transmission, mode of delivery, and duration of rupture of membranes: experience in the current era. Infect Dis Obstet Gynecol. 2012;2012:267969.
  46. Cotter AM, Brookfield KF, Duthely LM, et al. Duration of membrane rupture and risk of perinatal transmission of HIV1 in the era of combination antiretroviral therapy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;207:482.e1-482.e5.
  47. Peters H, Byrne L, De Ruiter A, et al. Duration of ruptured membranes and mother-to-child HIV transmission: a prospective population-based surveillance study. BJOG. 2016;123:975-981.
  48. Jamieson DJ, Read JS, Kourtis AP, et al. Cesarean delivery for HIV-infected women: recommendations and controversies. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;197(3 suppl):S96-S100.
  49. Cambic CR, Avram MJ, Gupta DK, et al. Effect of ritonavir-induced cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibition on plasma fentanyl concentrations during patient-controlled epidural labor analgesia: a pharmacokinetic simulation. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2014;23:45-51.
  50. Navarro J, Curran A, Burgos J, et al. Acute leg ischaemia in an HIV-infected patient receiving antiretroviral treatment. Antivir Ther. 2017;22:89-90.
  51. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Guidelines for Perinatal Care. 8th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 2017.
  52. Siberry GK, Abzug MJ, Nachman S, et al; Panel on Opportunistic Infections in HIV-Exposed and HIV-Infected Children. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in HIV-exposed and HIV-infected children: recommendations from the National Institutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the HIV Medicine Association of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, the Pediatric Infectious Diseases Society, and the American Academy of Pediatrics. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 32(suppl 2[0 2]):i–KK4.
  53. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines /pediatric-arv
  54. Committee on Health Care for Underserved Women, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 361. Breastfeeding: maternal and infant aspects. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;109(2 pt 1):479-480.
  55. Committee on Pediatric AIDS; Mofenson LM, Flynn PM, Aldrovandi GM, et al. Infant feeding and transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in the United States. Pediatrics. 2013;131:391-396.
  56. Breastfeeding and HIV International Transmission Study Group; Coutsoudis A, Dabis F, Fawzi W, et al. Late postnatal transmission of HIV-1 in breast-fed children: an individual patient data meta-analysis. J Infect Dis. 2004;189:2154-2166.
References
  1. Samji H, Cescon A, Hogg RS, et al; North American AIDS Cohort Collaboration on Research and Design (NA-ACCORD) of IeDEA. Closing the gap: increases in life expectancy among treated HIV-positive individuals in the United States and Canada. PLoS One. 2013;8:e81355. doi: 10.1371/journal. pone.0081355.
  2. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. May 1, 2021. HIV Surveillance Report, 2019, vol. 32: Diagnosis of HIV infection in the United States and dependent areas, 2019. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/library/reports /hiv-surveillance.html
  3. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. https: //clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/pediatric-arv. Accessed February 15, 2022.
  4. Connor EM, Sperling RS, Gelber R, et al. Reduction of maternal-infant transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 with zidovudine treatment. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Protocol 076 Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1994;331:1173-1180.
  5. Townsend CL, Byrne L, Cortina-Borja M, et al. Earlier initiation of ART and further decline in mother-to-child HIV transmission rates, 2000-2011. AIDS. 2014;28:1049-1057.
  6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. January 26, 2022. HIV and pregnant women, infants, and children. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/hiv/group/gender /pregnantwomen/index.html
  7. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 2018 Quick reference guide: Recommended laboratory HIV testing algorithm for serum or plasma specimens. National Center for HIV/AIDS, Viral Hepatitis, and TB Prevention (US); Division of HIV/AIDS Prevention; Association of Public Health Laboratories. Updated January 2018. https://stacks. cdc.gov/view/cdc/50872
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Association of Public Health Laboratories. June 27, 2014. Laboratory testing for the diagnosis of HIV infection: updated recommendations. Accessed February 15, 2022. http://stacks.cdc.gov/view /cdc/23447
  9. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in adults and adolescents with HIV. Updated April 12, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv .gov/en/guidelines/adult-and-adolescent-opportunistic -infection/whats-new-guidelines
  10. Rubin LG, Levin MJ, Ljungman P, et al. 2013 IDSA clinical practice guideline for vaccination of the immunocompromised host. Clin Infect Dis. 2014;58: e44–e100. doi: 10.1093/cid/cit684.
  11. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. ACIP: Guidance for vaccine recommendations for pregnant and breastfeeding women. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov /vaccines/hcp/acip-recs/rec-vac-preg.html?CDC_AA _refVal=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.cdc.gov%2Fvaccines%2Facip %2Fcommittee%2Fguidance%2Frec-vac-preg.html
  12. Perkins RB, Guido RS, Castle PE, et al; for the 2019 ASCCP Risk-Based Management Consensus Guidelines Committee. 2019 ASCCP risk-based management consensus guidelines for abnormal cervical cancer screening tests and cancer precursors. J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:102-131. doi: 10.1097/LGT.0000000000000525. Erratum in: J Low Genit Tract Dis. 2020;24:427.
  13. Cohen MS, Chen YQ, McCauley M, et al; HPTN 052 Study Team. Prevention of HIV-1 infection with early antiretroviral therapy. N Engl J Med. 2011;365:493-505.
  14. Drug interactions between antiretroviral agents and hormonal contraceptives. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://clinicalinfo .hiv.gov/en/table/table-3-drug-interactions-between -antiretroviral-agents-and-hormonal-contraceptives
  15. Panel on Treatment of HIV During Pregnancy and Prevention of Perinatal Transmission. Recommendations for use of antiretroviral drugs in pregnancy and interventions to reduce perinatal HIV transmission in the United States. Accessed July 7, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines/perinatal /whats-new-guidelines
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Recommendations for partner services programs for HIV infection, syphilis, gonorrhea, and chlamydial infection. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2008;57(RR-9):1–83.
  17. Gilead Sciences, Inc. Truvada (emtricitabine 200 mg/ tenofovir disoproxil fumarate 300 mg tablets). Accessed July 6, 2022. https://truvada.com
  18. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Interim guidance for clinicians considering the use of preexposure prophylaxis for the prevention of HIV infection in heterosexually active adults. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2012;61:586-589.
  19. Baeten JM, Donnell D, Ndase P, et al; Partners PrEP Study Team. Antiretroviral prophylaxis for HIV prevention in heterosexual men and women. N Engl J Med. 2012;367: 399-410.
  20. Celum C, Baeten JM. Antiretroviral-based HIV-1 prevention: antiretroviral treatment and pre-exposure prophylaxis. Antivir Ther. 2012;17:1483-1493.
  21. Thigpen MC, Kebaabetswe PM, Paxton LA, et al; TDF2 Study Group. Antiretroviral preexposure prophylaxis for heterosexual HIV transmission in Botswana. N Engl J Med. 2012;367:423-434.
  22. Society for Maternal-Fetal Medicine. Special statement: updated checklists for pregnancy management in persons with HIV. Accessed July 5, 2022. https://www.smfm.org /publications/334-smfm-special-statement-updated -checklists-for-pregnancy-management-in-persons-with-hiv
  23. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists.  ACOG committee opinion no. 752. Prenatal and perinatal human immunodeficiency virus testing. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e138-e142.
  24. Human immunodeficiency virus screening. Joint statement of the American  Academy of Pediatrics and the American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Pediatrics. 1999;104(1 pt 1):128.
  25. Branson BM, Handsfield HH, Lampe MA, et al; Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Revised recommendations for HIV testing of adults, adolescents, and pregnant women in health care settings. MMWR Recomm Rep. 2006; 55(RR-14):1-17.
  26. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 751. Labor and delivery management of women with human immunodeficiency virus infection. Obstet Gynecol. 2018;132:e131-e137.
  27. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Factors increasing the risk of acquiring or transmitting HIV. November 12, 2019. Accessed July 29, 2022. https://www.cdc .gov/hiv/risk/estimates/riskfactors.html
  28. Mandelbrot L, Le Chenadec J, Berrebi A, et al. Perinatal HIV1 transmission: interaction between zidovudine prophylaxis and mode of delivery in the French Perinatal Cohort. JAMA. 1998;280:55-60.
  29. European Mode of Delivery Collaboration. Elective caesarean-section versus vaginal delivery in prevention of vertical HIV-1 transmission: a randomised clinical trial. Lancet. 1999;353:1035-1039.
  30. International Perinatal HIV Group; Andiman W, Bryson Y, de Martino M, et al. The mode of delivery and the risk of vertical transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1—a meta-analysis of 15 prospective cohort studies. N Engl J Med. 1999;340:977-987.
  31. Briand N, Jasseron C, Sibiude J, et al. Cesarean section for HIV-infected women in the combination antiretroviral therapies era, 2000–2010. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2013;209: 335.e1-335.e12.
  32. Scott RK, Chakhtoura N, Burke MM, et al. Delivery after 40 weeks of gestation in pregnant women with well-controlled human immunodeficiency virus. Obstet Gynecol. 2017;130:502-510.
  33. American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Committee opinion no. 560. Medically indicated late-preterm and early-term deliveries. Obstet Gynecol. 2013;121:908-910.
  34. Mofenson LM, Lambert JS, Stiehm ER, et al. Risk factors for perinatal transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1 in women treated with zidovudine. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group Study 185 Team. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:385-393.
  35. Garcia PM, Kalish LA, Pitt J, et al. Maternal levels of plasma human immunodeficiency virus type 1 RNA and the risk of perinatal transmission. Women and Infants Transmission Study Group. N Engl J Med. 1999;341:394-402.
  36. Briand N, Warszawski J, Mandelbrot L, et al; ANRS-EPF CO1CO11 Study Group. Is intrapartum intravenous zidovudine for prevention of mother-to-child HIV-1 transmission still useful in the combination antiretroviral therapy era? Clin Infect Dis. 2013;57:903-914.
  37. Myer L, Phillips TK, McIntyre JA, et al. HIV viraemia and mother-to-child transmission risk after antiretroviral therapy initiation in pregnancy in Cape Town, South Africa. HIV Med. 2017;18:80-88.
  38. Rodman JH, Flynn PM, Robbins B, et al. Systemic pharmacokinetics and cellular pharmacology of zidovudine in human immunodeficiency virus type 1-infected women and newborn infants. J Infect Dis. 1999;180:1844-1850.
  39. Wade NA, Birkhead GS, Warren BL, et al. Abbreviated regimens of zidovudine prophylaxis and perinatal transmission of the human immunodeficiency virus. N Engl J Med. 1998;339:1409-1414.
  40. Nielsen-Saines K, Watts HD, Veloso VS, et al; NICHD HPTN 040/PACTG 1043 Protocol Team. Three postpartum antiretroviral regimens to prevent intrapartum HIV infection. N Engl J Med. 2012;366:2368-2379.
  41. Mandelbrot L, Mayaux MJ, Bongain A, et al. Obstetric factors and mother-to-child transmission of human immunodeficiency virus type 1: the French perinatal cohorts. SEROGEST French Pediatric HIV Infection Study Group. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1996;175(3 pt 1):661-667.
  42. Shapiro DE, Sperling RS, Mandelbrot L, et al. Risk factors for perinatal human immunodeficiency virus transmission in patients receiving zidovudine prophylaxis. Pediatric AIDS Clinical Trials Group protocol 076 Study Group. Obstet Gynecol. 1999;94:897-908.
  43. International Perinatal HIV Group. Duration of ruptured membranes and vertical transmission of HIV-1: a meta-analysis from 15 prospective cohort studies. AIDS. 2001;15:357-368.
  44. Nielsen TF, Hokegard KH. Postoperative cesarean section morbidity: a prospective study. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 1983;146:911-916.
  45. Mark S, Murphy KE, Read S, et al. HIV mother-to-child transmission, mode of delivery, and duration of rupture of membranes: experience in the current era. Infect Dis Obstet Gynecol. 2012;2012:267969.
  46. Cotter AM, Brookfield KF, Duthely LM, et al. Duration of membrane rupture and risk of perinatal transmission of HIV1 in the era of combination antiretroviral therapy. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2012;207:482.e1-482.e5.
  47. Peters H, Byrne L, De Ruiter A, et al. Duration of ruptured membranes and mother-to-child HIV transmission: a prospective population-based surveillance study. BJOG. 2016;123:975-981.
  48. Jamieson DJ, Read JS, Kourtis AP, et al. Cesarean delivery for HIV-infected women: recommendations and controversies. Am J Obstet Gynecol. 2007;197(3 suppl):S96-S100.
  49. Cambic CR, Avram MJ, Gupta DK, et al. Effect of ritonavir-induced cytochrome P450 3A4 inhibition on plasma fentanyl concentrations during patient-controlled epidural labor analgesia: a pharmacokinetic simulation. Int J Obstet Anesth. 2014;23:45-51.
  50. Navarro J, Curran A, Burgos J, et al. Acute leg ischaemia in an HIV-infected patient receiving antiretroviral treatment. Antivir Ther. 2017;22:89-90.
  51. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. Guidelines for Perinatal Care. 8th ed. American Academy of Pediatrics, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists; 2017.
  52. Siberry GK, Abzug MJ, Nachman S, et al; Panel on Opportunistic Infections in HIV-Exposed and HIV-Infected Children. Guidelines for the prevention and treatment of opportunistic infections in HIV-exposed and HIV-infected children: recommendations from the National Institutes of Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the HIV Medicine Association of the Infectious Diseases Society of America, the Pediatric Infectious Diseases Society, and the American Academy of Pediatrics. Pediatr Infect Dis J. 32(suppl 2[0 2]):i–KK4.
  53. Panel on Antiretroviral Therapy and Medical Management of Children Living with HIV. Guidelines for the use of antiretroviral agents in pediatric HIV infection. Accessed February 15, 2022. https://clinicalinfo.hiv.gov/en/guidelines /pediatric-arv
  54. Committee on Health Care for Underserved Women, American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists. ACOG committee opinion no. 361. Breastfeeding: maternal and infant aspects. Obstet Gynecol. 2007;109(2 pt 1):479-480.
  55. Committee on Pediatric AIDS; Mofenson LM, Flynn PM, Aldrovandi GM, et al. Infant feeding and transmission of human immunodeficiency virus in the United States. Pediatrics. 2013;131:391-396.
  56. Breastfeeding and HIV International Transmission Study Group; Coutsoudis A, Dabis F, Fawzi W, et al. Late postnatal transmission of HIV-1 in breast-fed children: an individual patient data meta-analysis. J Infect Dis. 2004;189:2154-2166.
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Page Number
16-23
Page Number
16-23
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media

Monkeypox: Another emerging threat?

Article Type
Changed
Tue, 09/06/2022 - 12:55

 

 

CASE Pregnant woman’s husband is ill after traveling

A 29-year-old primigravid woman at 18 weeks’ gestation just returned from a 10-day trip to Nigeria with her husband. While in Nigeria, the couple went on safari. On several occasions during the safari, they consumed bushmeat prepared by their guides. Her husband now has severe malaise, fever, chills, myalgias, cough, and prominent submandibular, cervical, and inguinal adenopathy. In addition, he has developed a diffuse papular-vesicular rash on his trunk and extremities.

  • What is the most likely diagnosis?
  • Does this condition pose a danger to his wife?
  • What treatment is indicated for his wife?

What we know

In recent weeks, the specter of another poorly understood biological threat has emerged in the medical literature and lay press: monkeypox. This article will first review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of this infection, followed by a discussion of how to prevent and treat the condition, with special emphasis on the risks that this infection poses in pregnant women.

 

Virology

The monkeypox virus is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus. The variola (smallpox) virus and vaccinia virus are included in this genus. It is one of the largest of all viruses, measuring 200-250 nm. It is enveloped and contains double-stranded DNA. Its natural reservoir is probably African rodents. Two distinct strains of monkeypox exist in different geographical regions of Africa: the Central African clade and the West African clade. The Central African clade is significantly more virulent than the latter, with a mortality rate approaching 10%, versus 1% in the West African clade. The incubation period of the virus ranges from 4-20 days and averages 12 days.1,2

Epidemiology

Monkeypox was first discovered in 1958 by Preben von Magnus in a colony of research monkeys in Copenhagen, Denmark. The first case of monkeypox in humans occurred in the Democratic Republic of Congo in 1970 in a 9-year-old boy. Subsequently, cases were reported in the Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria, and Sierra Leone. The infection was limited to the rain forests of central and western Africa until 2003. At that time, the first cases in the United States were reported. The US cases occurred in the Midwest and were traced to exposure to pet prairie dogs. These animals all came from a single distributor, and they apparently were infected when they were housed in the same space with Gambian rats, which are well recognized reservoirs of monkeypox in their native habitat in Africa.1-3

A limited outbreak of monkeypox occurred in the United Kingdom in 2018. Seventy-one cases, with no fatalities, were reported. In 2021 another US case of monkeypox was reported in Dallas, Texas, in an individual who had recently traveled to the United States from Nigeria. A second US case was reported in November 2021 from a patient in Maryland who had returned from a visit to Nigeria. Those were the only 2 reported cases of monkeypox in the United States in 2021.1-3

Then in early May 2022, the United Kingdom reported 9 cases of monkeypox. The first infected patient had recently traveled to Nigeria and, subsequently, infected 2 members of his family.4 On May 18, the Massachusetts Department of Public Health confirmed a case of monkeypox in an adult man who had recently traveled to Canada. As of July 7, 6,027 cases have been reported from at least 39 countries.5 Eight states in the United States reported cases. To date, 73 deaths have occurred in this recent outbreak of infections (case fatality rate, 4.5%).4-6

The current outbreak is unusual in that, previously, almost all cases occurred in western and central Africa in remote tropical rain forests. Infection usually resulted from close exposure to rats, rabbits, squirrels, monkeys, porcupines, and gazelles. Exposure occurred when persons captured, slaughtered, prepared, and then ate these animals for food without properly cooking the flesh.

The leading theory is that the present outbreak originated among men who had sex with men at 2 raves held in Spain and Belgium. The virus appears to have been spread by skin-to-skin contact, by respiratory droplets, by contact with contaminated bedding, and probably by sperm.2,4,6

Continue to: Clinical manifestations...

 

 

Clinical manifestations

Monkeypox evolves through 2 stages: a pre-eruptive stage and an eruptive stage. Prodromal symptoms include malaise, severe headache, myalgias, fever, drenching sweats, backache, fatigue, sore throat, dyspnea, and cough. Within 2-3 days, the characteristic skin eruption develops. The lesions usually begin on the face and then spread in a centrifugal manner to the trunk and extremities, including the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. The lesions typically progress from macules to papules to vesicles to pustules. They then crust and scab over. An interesting additional finding is the presence of prominent lymphadenopathy behind the ear, beneath the mandible, in the neck, and in the groin.1

Several different illnesses must be considered in the differential diagnosis of monkeypox infection. They include measles, scabies, secondary syphilis, and medication-associated allergic reactions. However, the 2 conditions most likely to be confused with monkeypox are chickenpox (varicella) and smallpox. Lymphadenopathy is much more prominent in monkeypox compared with chickenpox. Moreover, with monkeypox, all lesions tend to be at the same stage of evolution as opposed to appearing in crops as they do in chickenpox. Smallpox would be extremely unlikely in the absence of a recognized laboratory accident or a bioterrorism incident.7

 

Diagnosis

The presumptive diagnosis of monkeypox infection is made primarily based on clinical examination. However, laboratory testing is indicated to definitively differentiate monkeypox from other orthopoxvirus infections such as varicella and smallpox.

In specialized laboratories that employ highly trained personnel and maintain strict safety precautions, the virus can be isolated in mammalian cell cultures. Electron microscopy is a valuable tool for identifying the characteristic brick-shaped poxvirus virions. Routine histologic examination of a lesion will show ballooning degeneration of keratinocytes, prominent spongiosis, dermal edema, and acute inflammation, although these findings are not unique to monkeypox.1

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has developed serologic tests that detect immunoglobulin (Ig) M- and IgG-specific antibody. However, the most useful and practical diagnostic test is assessment of a skin scraping by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). This test is more sensitive than assessment of serum PCR.1

When the diagnosis of monkeypox is being considered, the clinician should coordinate testing through the local and state public health departments and through the CDC. Effective communication with all agencies will ensure that laboratory specimens are processed in a timely and efficient manner. The CDC website presents information on specimen collection.8

How do we manage monkeypox?

Prevention

The first step in prevention of infection is to isolate infected individuals until all lesions have dried and crusted over. Susceptible people should avoid close contact with skin lesions, respiratory and genital secretions, and bedding of patients who are infected.

The ultimate preventive measure, however, is vaccination of susceptible people either immediately before exposure (eg, military personnel, first responders, infection control investigators, health care workers) or immediately after exposure (general population). Older individuals who received the original smallpox vaccine likely have immunity to monkeypox infection. Unfortunately, very few women who currently are of reproductive age received this vaccine because its use was discontinued in the United States in the early 1970s. Therefore, the vast majority of our patients are uniquely susceptible to this infection and should be vaccinated if there is an outbreak of monkeypox in their locality.7,9

The current preferred vaccine for prevention of both smallpox and monkeypox is the Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) vaccine.10 This agent incorporates a replication-deficient live virus and does not pose the same risk for adverse events as the original versions of the smallpox vaccine. Jynneos is administered subcutaneously rather than by scarification. Two 0.5-mL doses, delivered 28 days apart, are required for optimal effect. The vaccine must be obtained from local and state health departments, in consultation with the CDC.7,9

There is very little published information on the safety of the Jynneos vaccine in pregnant or lactating women, although animal data are reassuring. Moreover, the dangers of monkeypox infection are significant, and in the event of an outbreak, vaccination of susceptible individuals, including pregnant women, is indicated.

Key points at a glance
  • Monkeypox is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus and is closely related to the smallpox virus. It is a large, double-stranded, enveloped DNA virus.
  • The virus is transmitted primarily by close contact with infected animals or other humans or by consumption of contaminated bushmeat.
  • The infection evolves in 2 phases. The pre-eruptive phase is characterized by severe flu-like symptoms and signs. The eruptive phase is distinguished by a diffuse papular-vesicular rash.
  • The most valuable test for confirming the diagnosis is a polymerase chain reaction test of a fresh skin lesion.
  • In women who are pregnant, monkeypox has been associated with spontaneous abortion and fetal death.
  • Three antiviral agents may be of value in treating infected patients: cidofovir, brincidofovir, and tecovirimat. Only the latter has an acceptable safety profile for women who are pregnant or lactating.
  • The new nonreplicating smallpox vaccine Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) is of great value for pre- and post-exposure prophylaxis.

Continue to: Treatment...

 

 

Treatment

Infected pregnant women should receive acetaminophen 1,000 mg orally every 8 hours, to control fever and provide analgesia. An antihistamine such as diphenhydramine 25 mg orally every 6-8 hours, may be used to control pruritus and provide mild sedation. Adequate fluid intake and optimal nutrition should be encouraged. Skin lesions should be inspected regularly to detect signs of superimposed bacterial infections. Small, localized bacterial skin infections can be treated with topical application of mupirocin ointment 2%, 3 times daily for 7-14 days. For diffuse and more severe bacterial skin infections, a systemic antibiotic may be necessary. Reasonable choices include amoxicillin-clavulanate 875 mg/125 mg orally every 12 hours, or trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole double strength 800 mg/160 mg orally every 12 hours.11 The latter agent should be avoided in the first trimester of pregnancy because of potential teratogenic effects.

Several specific agents are available through the CDC for treatment of orthopoxvirus infections such as smallpox and monkeypox. Information about these agents is summarized in the TABLE.12-16

 

Unique considerations in pregnancy

Because monkeypox is so rare, there is very little information about the effects of this infection in pregnant women. The report most commonly cited in the literature is that by Mbala et al, which was published in 2017.17 These authors described 4 pregnant patients in the Democratic Republic of Congo who contracted monkeypox infection over a 4-year period. All 4 women were hospitalized and treated with systemic antibiotics, antiparasitic medications, and analgesics. One patient delivered a healthy infant. Two women had spontaneous abortions in the first trimester. The fourth patient experienced a stillbirth at 22 weeks’ gestation. At postmortem examination, the fetus had diffuse cutaneous lesions, prominent hepatomegaly, and hydrops. No structural malformations were noted. The placenta demonstrated numerous punctate hemorrhages, and high concentrations of virus were recovered from the placenta and from fetal tissue.

Although the information on pregnancy outcome is quite limited, it seems clear that the virus can cross the placenta and cause adverse effects such as spontaneous abortion and fetal death. Accordingly, I think the following guidelines are a reasonable approach to a pregnant patient who has been exposed to monkeypox or who has developed manifestations of infection.3,7,9

  • In the event of a community outbreak, bioterrorism event, or exposure to a person with suspected or confirmed monkeypox infection, the pregnant patient should receive the Jynneos vaccine.
  • The pregnant patient should be isolated from any individual with suspected or confirmed monkeypox.
  • If infection develops despite these measures, the patient should be treated with either tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. Hospitalization may be necessary for seriously ill individuals.
  • Within 2 weeks of infection, a comprehensive ultrasound examination should be performed to assess for structural abnormalities in the fetus.
  • Subsequently, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed at intervals of 4-6 weeks to assess fetal growth and re-evaluate fetal anatomy.
  • Following delivery, a detailed neonatal examination should be performed to assess for evidence of viral injury. Neonatal skin lesions and neonatal serum can be assessed by PCR for monkeypox virus. The newborn should be isolated from the mother until all the mother’s lesions have dried and crusted over.

CASE Resolved

Given the husband’s recent travel to Nigeria and consumption of bushmeat, he most likely has monkeypox. The infection can be spread from person to person by close contact; thus, his wife is at risk. The couple should isolate until all of his lesions have dried and crusted over. The woman also should receive the Jynneos vaccine. If she becomes symptomatic, she should be treated with tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. ●

References
  1. Isaacs SN, Shenoy ES. Monkeypox. UpToDate. Updated June 28,2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com /contents/monkeypox?topicRef=8349&source=see_link
  2. Graham MB. Monkeypox. Medscape. Updated June 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://emedicine.medscape.com /article/1134714-overview.
  3. Khalil A, Samara A, O’Brien P, et al. Monkeypox and pregnancy: what do obstetricians need to know? Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol. 2022;60:22-27. doi:10.1002/uog.24968.
  4. World Health Organization. Monkeypox-United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. May 18, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseaseoutbreak-news/item/2022-DON383.
  5. WHO reports two new monkeypox deaths, cases in new areas. Reuters. July 7, 2022. https://www.reuters.com/world /who-reports-two-new-monkeypox-deaths-2022-07-07/. Accessed July 19, 2022.
  6. World Health Organization. Multi-country monkeypox outbreak in non-endemic countries: update. May 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int /emergencies/disease-outbreak-news/item/2022 -DON388#:~:text=Multi%2Dcountry%20monkeypox%20 outbreak%20in%20non%2Dendemic%20countries%3A%20 Update,-29%20May%202022&text=Since%2013%20 May%202022%2C%20monkeypox,Epidemiological%20 investigations%20are%20ongoing.
  7. Cono J, Cragan JD, Jamieson DJ, Rasmussen SA. Prophylaxis and treatment of pregnant women for emerging infections andbioterrorism emergencies. Emerg Infect Dis. 2006;12:16311637. doi:10.3201/eid1211.060618.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Preparation and collection of specimens. Reviewed June 29, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/prep-collection-specimens.html.
  9. Rao AK, Petersen BW, Whitehill F, et al. Monkeypox vaccination. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2022;71:734-742. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7122e1.
  10. Smallpox and monkeypox vaccine, live, nonreplicating. Package insert. Bavarian Nordic A/S; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.fda.gov/media/131078/download.
  11. Duff P. Commonly used antibiotics in ObGyn practice. OBG Manag. 2022;34:29, 36-40. doi:10.12788/obgm.0191.
  12. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Treatment information for healthcare professionals: interim clinical guidance for the treatment of monkeypox. Reviewed June 17, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/treatment.html.
  13. Brincidofovir. Prescribing information. Chimerix, Inc.; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov /drugsatfda_docs/label/2021/214460s000,214461s000lbl.pdf.
  14. Cidofovir. Package insert. Gilead Sciences, Inc.; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.gilead.com/~/media /Files/pdfs/medicines/other/vistide/vistide.pdf.
  15. Tecovirimat. Prescribing information. Catalent Pharma Solutions; 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs /label/2022/214518s000lbl.pdf.
  16. Vaccinia immune globulin IV. Prescribing information. Cangene Corporation; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https: //www.fda.gov/media/77004/download.
  17. Mbala PK, Huggins JW, Riu-Rovira T, et al. Maternal and fetal outcomes among pregnant women with human monkeypox infection in the Democratic Republic of Congo.  J Infect Dis. 2017;216:824-828. doi:10.1093/infdis/jix260.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Duff is Professor, Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

 

Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
29-33, 51
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Duff is Professor, Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

 

Author and Disclosure Information

Dr. Duff is Professor, Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Division of Maternal-Fetal Medicine, Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, University of Florida College of Medicine, Gainesville, Florida.

The author reports no financial relationships relevant to this article.

 

Article PDF
Article PDF

 

 

CASE Pregnant woman’s husband is ill after traveling

A 29-year-old primigravid woman at 18 weeks’ gestation just returned from a 10-day trip to Nigeria with her husband. While in Nigeria, the couple went on safari. On several occasions during the safari, they consumed bushmeat prepared by their guides. Her husband now has severe malaise, fever, chills, myalgias, cough, and prominent submandibular, cervical, and inguinal adenopathy. In addition, he has developed a diffuse papular-vesicular rash on his trunk and extremities.

  • What is the most likely diagnosis?
  • Does this condition pose a danger to his wife?
  • What treatment is indicated for his wife?

What we know

In recent weeks, the specter of another poorly understood biological threat has emerged in the medical literature and lay press: monkeypox. This article will first review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of this infection, followed by a discussion of how to prevent and treat the condition, with special emphasis on the risks that this infection poses in pregnant women.

 

Virology

The monkeypox virus is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus. The variola (smallpox) virus and vaccinia virus are included in this genus. It is one of the largest of all viruses, measuring 200-250 nm. It is enveloped and contains double-stranded DNA. Its natural reservoir is probably African rodents. Two distinct strains of monkeypox exist in different geographical regions of Africa: the Central African clade and the West African clade. The Central African clade is significantly more virulent than the latter, with a mortality rate approaching 10%, versus 1% in the West African clade. The incubation period of the virus ranges from 4-20 days and averages 12 days.1,2

Epidemiology

Monkeypox was first discovered in 1958 by Preben von Magnus in a colony of research monkeys in Copenhagen, Denmark. The first case of monkeypox in humans occurred in the Democratic Republic of Congo in 1970 in a 9-year-old boy. Subsequently, cases were reported in the Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria, and Sierra Leone. The infection was limited to the rain forests of central and western Africa until 2003. At that time, the first cases in the United States were reported. The US cases occurred in the Midwest and were traced to exposure to pet prairie dogs. These animals all came from a single distributor, and they apparently were infected when they were housed in the same space with Gambian rats, which are well recognized reservoirs of monkeypox in their native habitat in Africa.1-3

A limited outbreak of monkeypox occurred in the United Kingdom in 2018. Seventy-one cases, with no fatalities, were reported. In 2021 another US case of monkeypox was reported in Dallas, Texas, in an individual who had recently traveled to the United States from Nigeria. A second US case was reported in November 2021 from a patient in Maryland who had returned from a visit to Nigeria. Those were the only 2 reported cases of monkeypox in the United States in 2021.1-3

Then in early May 2022, the United Kingdom reported 9 cases of monkeypox. The first infected patient had recently traveled to Nigeria and, subsequently, infected 2 members of his family.4 On May 18, the Massachusetts Department of Public Health confirmed a case of monkeypox in an adult man who had recently traveled to Canada. As of July 7, 6,027 cases have been reported from at least 39 countries.5 Eight states in the United States reported cases. To date, 73 deaths have occurred in this recent outbreak of infections (case fatality rate, 4.5%).4-6

The current outbreak is unusual in that, previously, almost all cases occurred in western and central Africa in remote tropical rain forests. Infection usually resulted from close exposure to rats, rabbits, squirrels, monkeys, porcupines, and gazelles. Exposure occurred when persons captured, slaughtered, prepared, and then ate these animals for food without properly cooking the flesh.

The leading theory is that the present outbreak originated among men who had sex with men at 2 raves held in Spain and Belgium. The virus appears to have been spread by skin-to-skin contact, by respiratory droplets, by contact with contaminated bedding, and probably by sperm.2,4,6

Continue to: Clinical manifestations...

 

 

Clinical manifestations

Monkeypox evolves through 2 stages: a pre-eruptive stage and an eruptive stage. Prodromal symptoms include malaise, severe headache, myalgias, fever, drenching sweats, backache, fatigue, sore throat, dyspnea, and cough. Within 2-3 days, the characteristic skin eruption develops. The lesions usually begin on the face and then spread in a centrifugal manner to the trunk and extremities, including the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. The lesions typically progress from macules to papules to vesicles to pustules. They then crust and scab over. An interesting additional finding is the presence of prominent lymphadenopathy behind the ear, beneath the mandible, in the neck, and in the groin.1

Several different illnesses must be considered in the differential diagnosis of monkeypox infection. They include measles, scabies, secondary syphilis, and medication-associated allergic reactions. However, the 2 conditions most likely to be confused with monkeypox are chickenpox (varicella) and smallpox. Lymphadenopathy is much more prominent in monkeypox compared with chickenpox. Moreover, with monkeypox, all lesions tend to be at the same stage of evolution as opposed to appearing in crops as they do in chickenpox. Smallpox would be extremely unlikely in the absence of a recognized laboratory accident or a bioterrorism incident.7

 

Diagnosis

The presumptive diagnosis of monkeypox infection is made primarily based on clinical examination. However, laboratory testing is indicated to definitively differentiate monkeypox from other orthopoxvirus infections such as varicella and smallpox.

In specialized laboratories that employ highly trained personnel and maintain strict safety precautions, the virus can be isolated in mammalian cell cultures. Electron microscopy is a valuable tool for identifying the characteristic brick-shaped poxvirus virions. Routine histologic examination of a lesion will show ballooning degeneration of keratinocytes, prominent spongiosis, dermal edema, and acute inflammation, although these findings are not unique to monkeypox.1

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has developed serologic tests that detect immunoglobulin (Ig) M- and IgG-specific antibody. However, the most useful and practical diagnostic test is assessment of a skin scraping by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). This test is more sensitive than assessment of serum PCR.1

When the diagnosis of monkeypox is being considered, the clinician should coordinate testing through the local and state public health departments and through the CDC. Effective communication with all agencies will ensure that laboratory specimens are processed in a timely and efficient manner. The CDC website presents information on specimen collection.8

How do we manage monkeypox?

Prevention

The first step in prevention of infection is to isolate infected individuals until all lesions have dried and crusted over. Susceptible people should avoid close contact with skin lesions, respiratory and genital secretions, and bedding of patients who are infected.

The ultimate preventive measure, however, is vaccination of susceptible people either immediately before exposure (eg, military personnel, first responders, infection control investigators, health care workers) or immediately after exposure (general population). Older individuals who received the original smallpox vaccine likely have immunity to monkeypox infection. Unfortunately, very few women who currently are of reproductive age received this vaccine because its use was discontinued in the United States in the early 1970s. Therefore, the vast majority of our patients are uniquely susceptible to this infection and should be vaccinated if there is an outbreak of monkeypox in their locality.7,9

The current preferred vaccine for prevention of both smallpox and monkeypox is the Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) vaccine.10 This agent incorporates a replication-deficient live virus and does not pose the same risk for adverse events as the original versions of the smallpox vaccine. Jynneos is administered subcutaneously rather than by scarification. Two 0.5-mL doses, delivered 28 days apart, are required for optimal effect. The vaccine must be obtained from local and state health departments, in consultation with the CDC.7,9

There is very little published information on the safety of the Jynneos vaccine in pregnant or lactating women, although animal data are reassuring. Moreover, the dangers of monkeypox infection are significant, and in the event of an outbreak, vaccination of susceptible individuals, including pregnant women, is indicated.

Key points at a glance
  • Monkeypox is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus and is closely related to the smallpox virus. It is a large, double-stranded, enveloped DNA virus.
  • The virus is transmitted primarily by close contact with infected animals or other humans or by consumption of contaminated bushmeat.
  • The infection evolves in 2 phases. The pre-eruptive phase is characterized by severe flu-like symptoms and signs. The eruptive phase is distinguished by a diffuse papular-vesicular rash.
  • The most valuable test for confirming the diagnosis is a polymerase chain reaction test of a fresh skin lesion.
  • In women who are pregnant, monkeypox has been associated with spontaneous abortion and fetal death.
  • Three antiviral agents may be of value in treating infected patients: cidofovir, brincidofovir, and tecovirimat. Only the latter has an acceptable safety profile for women who are pregnant or lactating.
  • The new nonreplicating smallpox vaccine Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) is of great value for pre- and post-exposure prophylaxis.

Continue to: Treatment...

 

 

Treatment

Infected pregnant women should receive acetaminophen 1,000 mg orally every 8 hours, to control fever and provide analgesia. An antihistamine such as diphenhydramine 25 mg orally every 6-8 hours, may be used to control pruritus and provide mild sedation. Adequate fluid intake and optimal nutrition should be encouraged. Skin lesions should be inspected regularly to detect signs of superimposed bacterial infections. Small, localized bacterial skin infections can be treated with topical application of mupirocin ointment 2%, 3 times daily for 7-14 days. For diffuse and more severe bacterial skin infections, a systemic antibiotic may be necessary. Reasonable choices include amoxicillin-clavulanate 875 mg/125 mg orally every 12 hours, or trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole double strength 800 mg/160 mg orally every 12 hours.11 The latter agent should be avoided in the first trimester of pregnancy because of potential teratogenic effects.

Several specific agents are available through the CDC for treatment of orthopoxvirus infections such as smallpox and monkeypox. Information about these agents is summarized in the TABLE.12-16

 

Unique considerations in pregnancy

Because monkeypox is so rare, there is very little information about the effects of this infection in pregnant women. The report most commonly cited in the literature is that by Mbala et al, which was published in 2017.17 These authors described 4 pregnant patients in the Democratic Republic of Congo who contracted monkeypox infection over a 4-year period. All 4 women were hospitalized and treated with systemic antibiotics, antiparasitic medications, and analgesics. One patient delivered a healthy infant. Two women had spontaneous abortions in the first trimester. The fourth patient experienced a stillbirth at 22 weeks’ gestation. At postmortem examination, the fetus had diffuse cutaneous lesions, prominent hepatomegaly, and hydrops. No structural malformations were noted. The placenta demonstrated numerous punctate hemorrhages, and high concentrations of virus were recovered from the placenta and from fetal tissue.

Although the information on pregnancy outcome is quite limited, it seems clear that the virus can cross the placenta and cause adverse effects such as spontaneous abortion and fetal death. Accordingly, I think the following guidelines are a reasonable approach to a pregnant patient who has been exposed to monkeypox or who has developed manifestations of infection.3,7,9

  • In the event of a community outbreak, bioterrorism event, or exposure to a person with suspected or confirmed monkeypox infection, the pregnant patient should receive the Jynneos vaccine.
  • The pregnant patient should be isolated from any individual with suspected or confirmed monkeypox.
  • If infection develops despite these measures, the patient should be treated with either tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. Hospitalization may be necessary for seriously ill individuals.
  • Within 2 weeks of infection, a comprehensive ultrasound examination should be performed to assess for structural abnormalities in the fetus.
  • Subsequently, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed at intervals of 4-6 weeks to assess fetal growth and re-evaluate fetal anatomy.
  • Following delivery, a detailed neonatal examination should be performed to assess for evidence of viral injury. Neonatal skin lesions and neonatal serum can be assessed by PCR for monkeypox virus. The newborn should be isolated from the mother until all the mother’s lesions have dried and crusted over.

CASE Resolved

Given the husband’s recent travel to Nigeria and consumption of bushmeat, he most likely has monkeypox. The infection can be spread from person to person by close contact; thus, his wife is at risk. The couple should isolate until all of his lesions have dried and crusted over. The woman also should receive the Jynneos vaccine. If she becomes symptomatic, she should be treated with tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. ●

 

 

CASE Pregnant woman’s husband is ill after traveling

A 29-year-old primigravid woman at 18 weeks’ gestation just returned from a 10-day trip to Nigeria with her husband. While in Nigeria, the couple went on safari. On several occasions during the safari, they consumed bushmeat prepared by their guides. Her husband now has severe malaise, fever, chills, myalgias, cough, and prominent submandibular, cervical, and inguinal adenopathy. In addition, he has developed a diffuse papular-vesicular rash on his trunk and extremities.

  • What is the most likely diagnosis?
  • Does this condition pose a danger to his wife?
  • What treatment is indicated for his wife?

What we know

In recent weeks, the specter of another poorly understood biological threat has emerged in the medical literature and lay press: monkeypox. This article will first review the epidemiology, clinical manifestations, and diagnosis of this infection, followed by a discussion of how to prevent and treat the condition, with special emphasis on the risks that this infection poses in pregnant women.

 

Virology

The monkeypox virus is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus. The variola (smallpox) virus and vaccinia virus are included in this genus. It is one of the largest of all viruses, measuring 200-250 nm. It is enveloped and contains double-stranded DNA. Its natural reservoir is probably African rodents. Two distinct strains of monkeypox exist in different geographical regions of Africa: the Central African clade and the West African clade. The Central African clade is significantly more virulent than the latter, with a mortality rate approaching 10%, versus 1% in the West African clade. The incubation period of the virus ranges from 4-20 days and averages 12 days.1,2

Epidemiology

Monkeypox was first discovered in 1958 by Preben von Magnus in a colony of research monkeys in Copenhagen, Denmark. The first case of monkeypox in humans occurred in the Democratic Republic of Congo in 1970 in a 9-year-old boy. Subsequently, cases were reported in the Ivory Coast, Liberia, Nigeria, and Sierra Leone. The infection was limited to the rain forests of central and western Africa until 2003. At that time, the first cases in the United States were reported. The US cases occurred in the Midwest and were traced to exposure to pet prairie dogs. These animals all came from a single distributor, and they apparently were infected when they were housed in the same space with Gambian rats, which are well recognized reservoirs of monkeypox in their native habitat in Africa.1-3

A limited outbreak of monkeypox occurred in the United Kingdom in 2018. Seventy-one cases, with no fatalities, were reported. In 2021 another US case of monkeypox was reported in Dallas, Texas, in an individual who had recently traveled to the United States from Nigeria. A second US case was reported in November 2021 from a patient in Maryland who had returned from a visit to Nigeria. Those were the only 2 reported cases of monkeypox in the United States in 2021.1-3

Then in early May 2022, the United Kingdom reported 9 cases of monkeypox. The first infected patient had recently traveled to Nigeria and, subsequently, infected 2 members of his family.4 On May 18, the Massachusetts Department of Public Health confirmed a case of monkeypox in an adult man who had recently traveled to Canada. As of July 7, 6,027 cases have been reported from at least 39 countries.5 Eight states in the United States reported cases. To date, 73 deaths have occurred in this recent outbreak of infections (case fatality rate, 4.5%).4-6

The current outbreak is unusual in that, previously, almost all cases occurred in western and central Africa in remote tropical rain forests. Infection usually resulted from close exposure to rats, rabbits, squirrels, monkeys, porcupines, and gazelles. Exposure occurred when persons captured, slaughtered, prepared, and then ate these animals for food without properly cooking the flesh.

The leading theory is that the present outbreak originated among men who had sex with men at 2 raves held in Spain and Belgium. The virus appears to have been spread by skin-to-skin contact, by respiratory droplets, by contact with contaminated bedding, and probably by sperm.2,4,6

Continue to: Clinical manifestations...

 

 

Clinical manifestations

Monkeypox evolves through 2 stages: a pre-eruptive stage and an eruptive stage. Prodromal symptoms include malaise, severe headache, myalgias, fever, drenching sweats, backache, fatigue, sore throat, dyspnea, and cough. Within 2-3 days, the characteristic skin eruption develops. The lesions usually begin on the face and then spread in a centrifugal manner to the trunk and extremities, including the palms of the hands and soles of the feet. The lesions typically progress from macules to papules to vesicles to pustules. They then crust and scab over. An interesting additional finding is the presence of prominent lymphadenopathy behind the ear, beneath the mandible, in the neck, and in the groin.1

Several different illnesses must be considered in the differential diagnosis of monkeypox infection. They include measles, scabies, secondary syphilis, and medication-associated allergic reactions. However, the 2 conditions most likely to be confused with monkeypox are chickenpox (varicella) and smallpox. Lymphadenopathy is much more prominent in monkeypox compared with chickenpox. Moreover, with monkeypox, all lesions tend to be at the same stage of evolution as opposed to appearing in crops as they do in chickenpox. Smallpox would be extremely unlikely in the absence of a recognized laboratory accident or a bioterrorism incident.7

 

Diagnosis

The presumptive diagnosis of monkeypox infection is made primarily based on clinical examination. However, laboratory testing is indicated to definitively differentiate monkeypox from other orthopoxvirus infections such as varicella and smallpox.

In specialized laboratories that employ highly trained personnel and maintain strict safety precautions, the virus can be isolated in mammalian cell cultures. Electron microscopy is a valuable tool for identifying the characteristic brick-shaped poxvirus virions. Routine histologic examination of a lesion will show ballooning degeneration of keratinocytes, prominent spongiosis, dermal edema, and acute inflammation, although these findings are not unique to monkeypox.1

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has developed serologic tests that detect immunoglobulin (Ig) M- and IgG-specific antibody. However, the most useful and practical diagnostic test is assessment of a skin scraping by polymerase chain reaction (PCR). This test is more sensitive than assessment of serum PCR.1

When the diagnosis of monkeypox is being considered, the clinician should coordinate testing through the local and state public health departments and through the CDC. Effective communication with all agencies will ensure that laboratory specimens are processed in a timely and efficient manner. The CDC website presents information on specimen collection.8

How do we manage monkeypox?

Prevention

The first step in prevention of infection is to isolate infected individuals until all lesions have dried and crusted over. Susceptible people should avoid close contact with skin lesions, respiratory and genital secretions, and bedding of patients who are infected.

The ultimate preventive measure, however, is vaccination of susceptible people either immediately before exposure (eg, military personnel, first responders, infection control investigators, health care workers) or immediately after exposure (general population). Older individuals who received the original smallpox vaccine likely have immunity to monkeypox infection. Unfortunately, very few women who currently are of reproductive age received this vaccine because its use was discontinued in the United States in the early 1970s. Therefore, the vast majority of our patients are uniquely susceptible to this infection and should be vaccinated if there is an outbreak of monkeypox in their locality.7,9

The current preferred vaccine for prevention of both smallpox and monkeypox is the Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) vaccine.10 This agent incorporates a replication-deficient live virus and does not pose the same risk for adverse events as the original versions of the smallpox vaccine. Jynneos is administered subcutaneously rather than by scarification. Two 0.5-mL doses, delivered 28 days apart, are required for optimal effect. The vaccine must be obtained from local and state health departments, in consultation with the CDC.7,9

There is very little published information on the safety of the Jynneos vaccine in pregnant or lactating women, although animal data are reassuring. Moreover, the dangers of monkeypox infection are significant, and in the event of an outbreak, vaccination of susceptible individuals, including pregnant women, is indicated.

Key points at a glance
  • Monkeypox is a member of the orthopoxvirus genus and is closely related to the smallpox virus. It is a large, double-stranded, enveloped DNA virus.
  • The virus is transmitted primarily by close contact with infected animals or other humans or by consumption of contaminated bushmeat.
  • The infection evolves in 2 phases. The pre-eruptive phase is characterized by severe flu-like symptoms and signs. The eruptive phase is distinguished by a diffuse papular-vesicular rash.
  • The most valuable test for confirming the diagnosis is a polymerase chain reaction test of a fresh skin lesion.
  • In women who are pregnant, monkeypox has been associated with spontaneous abortion and fetal death.
  • Three antiviral agents may be of value in treating infected patients: cidofovir, brincidofovir, and tecovirimat. Only the latter has an acceptable safety profile for women who are pregnant or lactating.
  • The new nonreplicating smallpox vaccine Jynneos (Bavarian Nordic A/S) is of great value for pre- and post-exposure prophylaxis.

Continue to: Treatment...

 

 

Treatment

Infected pregnant women should receive acetaminophen 1,000 mg orally every 8 hours, to control fever and provide analgesia. An antihistamine such as diphenhydramine 25 mg orally every 6-8 hours, may be used to control pruritus and provide mild sedation. Adequate fluid intake and optimal nutrition should be encouraged. Skin lesions should be inspected regularly to detect signs of superimposed bacterial infections. Small, localized bacterial skin infections can be treated with topical application of mupirocin ointment 2%, 3 times daily for 7-14 days. For diffuse and more severe bacterial skin infections, a systemic antibiotic may be necessary. Reasonable choices include amoxicillin-clavulanate 875 mg/125 mg orally every 12 hours, or trimethoprim-sulfamethoxazole double strength 800 mg/160 mg orally every 12 hours.11 The latter agent should be avoided in the first trimester of pregnancy because of potential teratogenic effects.

Several specific agents are available through the CDC for treatment of orthopoxvirus infections such as smallpox and monkeypox. Information about these agents is summarized in the TABLE.12-16

 

Unique considerations in pregnancy

Because monkeypox is so rare, there is very little information about the effects of this infection in pregnant women. The report most commonly cited in the literature is that by Mbala et al, which was published in 2017.17 These authors described 4 pregnant patients in the Democratic Republic of Congo who contracted monkeypox infection over a 4-year period. All 4 women were hospitalized and treated with systemic antibiotics, antiparasitic medications, and analgesics. One patient delivered a healthy infant. Two women had spontaneous abortions in the first trimester. The fourth patient experienced a stillbirth at 22 weeks’ gestation. At postmortem examination, the fetus had diffuse cutaneous lesions, prominent hepatomegaly, and hydrops. No structural malformations were noted. The placenta demonstrated numerous punctate hemorrhages, and high concentrations of virus were recovered from the placenta and from fetal tissue.

Although the information on pregnancy outcome is quite limited, it seems clear that the virus can cross the placenta and cause adverse effects such as spontaneous abortion and fetal death. Accordingly, I think the following guidelines are a reasonable approach to a pregnant patient who has been exposed to monkeypox or who has developed manifestations of infection.3,7,9

  • In the event of a community outbreak, bioterrorism event, or exposure to a person with suspected or confirmed monkeypox infection, the pregnant patient should receive the Jynneos vaccine.
  • The pregnant patient should be isolated from any individual with suspected or confirmed monkeypox.
  • If infection develops despite these measures, the patient should be treated with either tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. Hospitalization may be necessary for seriously ill individuals.
  • Within 2 weeks of infection, a comprehensive ultrasound examination should be performed to assess for structural abnormalities in the fetus.
  • Subsequently, serial ultrasound examinations should be performed at intervals of 4-6 weeks to assess fetal growth and re-evaluate fetal anatomy.
  • Following delivery, a detailed neonatal examination should be performed to assess for evidence of viral injury. Neonatal skin lesions and neonatal serum can be assessed by PCR for monkeypox virus. The newborn should be isolated from the mother until all the mother’s lesions have dried and crusted over.

CASE Resolved

Given the husband’s recent travel to Nigeria and consumption of bushmeat, he most likely has monkeypox. The infection can be spread from person to person by close contact; thus, his wife is at risk. The couple should isolate until all of his lesions have dried and crusted over. The woman also should receive the Jynneos vaccine. If she becomes symptomatic, she should be treated with tecovirimat or vaccinia immune globulin IV. ●

References
  1. Isaacs SN, Shenoy ES. Monkeypox. UpToDate. Updated June 28,2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com /contents/monkeypox?topicRef=8349&source=see_link
  2. Graham MB. Monkeypox. Medscape. Updated June 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://emedicine.medscape.com /article/1134714-overview.
  3. Khalil A, Samara A, O’Brien P, et al. Monkeypox and pregnancy: what do obstetricians need to know? Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol. 2022;60:22-27. doi:10.1002/uog.24968.
  4. World Health Organization. Monkeypox-United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. May 18, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseaseoutbreak-news/item/2022-DON383.
  5. WHO reports two new monkeypox deaths, cases in new areas. Reuters. July 7, 2022. https://www.reuters.com/world /who-reports-two-new-monkeypox-deaths-2022-07-07/. Accessed July 19, 2022.
  6. World Health Organization. Multi-country monkeypox outbreak in non-endemic countries: update. May 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int /emergencies/disease-outbreak-news/item/2022 -DON388#:~:text=Multi%2Dcountry%20monkeypox%20 outbreak%20in%20non%2Dendemic%20countries%3A%20 Update,-29%20May%202022&text=Since%2013%20 May%202022%2C%20monkeypox,Epidemiological%20 investigations%20are%20ongoing.
  7. Cono J, Cragan JD, Jamieson DJ, Rasmussen SA. Prophylaxis and treatment of pregnant women for emerging infections andbioterrorism emergencies. Emerg Infect Dis. 2006;12:16311637. doi:10.3201/eid1211.060618.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Preparation and collection of specimens. Reviewed June 29, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/prep-collection-specimens.html.
  9. Rao AK, Petersen BW, Whitehill F, et al. Monkeypox vaccination. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2022;71:734-742. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7122e1.
  10. Smallpox and monkeypox vaccine, live, nonreplicating. Package insert. Bavarian Nordic A/S; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.fda.gov/media/131078/download.
  11. Duff P. Commonly used antibiotics in ObGyn practice. OBG Manag. 2022;34:29, 36-40. doi:10.12788/obgm.0191.
  12. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Treatment information for healthcare professionals: interim clinical guidance for the treatment of monkeypox. Reviewed June 17, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/treatment.html.
  13. Brincidofovir. Prescribing information. Chimerix, Inc.; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov /drugsatfda_docs/label/2021/214460s000,214461s000lbl.pdf.
  14. Cidofovir. Package insert. Gilead Sciences, Inc.; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.gilead.com/~/media /Files/pdfs/medicines/other/vistide/vistide.pdf.
  15. Tecovirimat. Prescribing information. Catalent Pharma Solutions; 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs /label/2022/214518s000lbl.pdf.
  16. Vaccinia immune globulin IV. Prescribing information. Cangene Corporation; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https: //www.fda.gov/media/77004/download.
  17. Mbala PK, Huggins JW, Riu-Rovira T, et al. Maternal and fetal outcomes among pregnant women with human monkeypox infection in the Democratic Republic of Congo.  J Infect Dis. 2017;216:824-828. doi:10.1093/infdis/jix260.
References
  1. Isaacs SN, Shenoy ES. Monkeypox. UpToDate. Updated June 28,2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.uptodate.com /contents/monkeypox?topicRef=8349&source=see_link
  2. Graham MB. Monkeypox. Medscape. Updated June 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://emedicine.medscape.com /article/1134714-overview.
  3. Khalil A, Samara A, O’Brien P, et al. Monkeypox and pregnancy: what do obstetricians need to know? Ultrasound Obstet Gynecol. 2022;60:22-27. doi:10.1002/uog.24968.
  4. World Health Organization. Monkeypox-United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. May 18, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseaseoutbreak-news/item/2022-DON383.
  5. WHO reports two new monkeypox deaths, cases in new areas. Reuters. July 7, 2022. https://www.reuters.com/world /who-reports-two-new-monkeypox-deaths-2022-07-07/. Accessed July 19, 2022.
  6. World Health Organization. Multi-country monkeypox outbreak in non-endemic countries: update. May 29, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.who.int /emergencies/disease-outbreak-news/item/2022 -DON388#:~:text=Multi%2Dcountry%20monkeypox%20 outbreak%20in%20non%2Dendemic%20countries%3A%20 Update,-29%20May%202022&text=Since%2013%20 May%202022%2C%20monkeypox,Epidemiological%20 investigations%20are%20ongoing.
  7. Cono J, Cragan JD, Jamieson DJ, Rasmussen SA. Prophylaxis and treatment of pregnant women for emerging infections andbioterrorism emergencies. Emerg Infect Dis. 2006;12:16311637. doi:10.3201/eid1211.060618.
  8. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Preparation and collection of specimens. Reviewed June 29, 2022. Accessed July 6, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/prep-collection-specimens.html.
  9. Rao AK, Petersen BW, Whitehill F, et al. Monkeypox vaccination. MMWR Morb Mortal Wkly Rep. 2022;71:734-742. doi:10.15585/mmwr.mm7122e1.
  10. Smallpox and monkeypox vaccine, live, nonreplicating. Package insert. Bavarian Nordic A/S; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.fda.gov/media/131078/download.
  11. Duff P. Commonly used antibiotics in ObGyn practice. OBG Manag. 2022;34:29, 36-40. doi:10.12788/obgm.0191.
  12. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Treatment information for healthcare professionals: interim clinical guidance for the treatment of monkeypox. Reviewed June 17, 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.cdc.gov/poxvirus /monkeypox/clinicians/treatment.html.
  13. Brincidofovir. Prescribing information. Chimerix, Inc.; 2021. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov /drugsatfda_docs/label/2021/214460s000,214461s000lbl.pdf.
  14. Cidofovir. Package insert. Gilead Sciences, Inc.; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.gilead.com/~/media /Files/pdfs/medicines/other/vistide/vistide.pdf.
  15. Tecovirimat. Prescribing information. Catalent Pharma Solutions; 2022. Accessed July 1, 2022. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs /label/2022/214518s000lbl.pdf.
  16. Vaccinia immune globulin IV. Prescribing information. Cangene Corporation; 2010. Accessed July 1, 2022. https: //www.fda.gov/media/77004/download.
  17. Mbala PK, Huggins JW, Riu-Rovira T, et al. Maternal and fetal outcomes among pregnant women with human monkeypox infection in the Democratic Republic of Congo.  J Infect Dis. 2017;216:824-828. doi:10.1093/infdis/jix260.
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Issue
OBG Management - 34(8)
Page Number
29-33, 51
Page Number
29-33, 51
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Conference Recap Checkbox
Not Conference Recap
Clinical Edge
Display the Slideshow in this Article
Medscape Article
Display survey writer
Reuters content
Disable Inline Native ads
WebMD Article
Article PDF Media